Bengali Vocab 6n4e6r

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali *

‘zausb± ®CÉj±a¿ SÈjm¸d va¿Á Êuj± caȬa½ * praathamik shabdakos inºrejii bhaasaa theke baanºlaay

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali *

‘zausb± ®CÉj±a¿ SÈjm¸d va¿Á Êuj± caȬa½ * praathamik shabdakos inºrejii bhaasaa theke baanºlaay

© 2007 B. J. Burford and E. J. Burford

Jaspell 2 Pilcox Hall Lane, Tendring, Clacton-on-Sea, Essex CO16 0DL (44) (0) 1255 830825 (44) (0) 7949 250403 [email protected] www.jaspell.co.uk © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

2

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali

INTRODUCTION The writer is very grateful to precious friends for their assistance in the preparation and refinement of the material published in this book. The dictionary provides English words in English Alphabetical order. Where the English word is ambiguous, secondary meanings clarify which meaning applies to the Bengali translation. Two main styles of Bengali language exist side by side — a common or “Chalito” style and a literary or classical style (“Sadhu”). Where appropriate, the most popular spelling in common style is given first followed in round brackets by the spelling in literary style. Bengali meanings are given both in Bengali script and in a Romanized form. This helps beginners to use the language until they have mastered the script. The romanized form differs from systems used by other writers and has the advantage of providing a consistent system of phonetic conversion from Bengali script that represents each Bengali character element accurately and uniquely. Its appearance reflects the pronunciation closely after accepting a few simple transcription rules. The same process of sound classification is consistent with a family of similar languages derived from Sanskrit. However, some use of Bengali script is no longer truly phonetic — mainly in cases where two consonants are ed into “conjuncts”, and the initial consonant is emphasized while the trailing consonant is effectively lost. See the following sections about on “Bengali Alphabet” and “Hints on Special Pronunciation”. Where appropriate, help with the pronunciation is given in square brackets after the romanized Bengali word. References such as "[See Grammar 57.3]" are for students using the comprehensive manual for learning Bengali that is also produced by the writer of this dictionary. Other hints are stated in square brackets ([…])

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

3

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali

THE BENGALI ALPHABET CLASSIFICATION OF BENGALI SOUNDS C Family

Guttural

O

N

S

Hard Soft Held Huffed Held Huffed ka

kha

ga

gha

O

N

A

N

ca

cha

ja

jha

ta

tha

da

dha

n¹a

ha

hha

a

@

A

n²a

ya

na

ra

qw er t m ra

rha

ta

tha

da

dha

pa

pha

ba

bha

la

ma

ba

zx c v b c Others

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

Long

Diphthongs

aa

e, ei ee, oy

AÁ J K

sha

i

ii

®

S

D

sa

rri

¿

H

n na

yu io p ¬ Labial

Short

ya

ER Dental

V O W E L S

Hard Spirants

¶ · ¸¹ ° ½ Cerebral

S

Soft Semivowels

±² ³ ´ µ ã Palatal

T

Soft Nasals

n°

n^

È

Ï

4

sa

\ hha

u

@

F

uu

o oo, au

G Lè

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali PRONUNCIATION OF VOWELS INDEPENDENT OR INITIAL AND SOUNDS ROMANIZED LIKE... PHONETIC Î(no vowel) A a very short "a" very short "o" Aa Aºa S D F G H J K L è È @ Ï

aa a i ii u uu rri e ee o oo nº hh ^

A DIFFERENT SHAPE IS USED WHEN IT IS ED BEHIND A CONSONANT (SUCH AS WITH “z” "pa" ...)

AS IN THE ENGLISH WORD (no sound) (inherent a) "wander" "off"

long "a" "far" flat "a" "apple" short "i" "fill" long "i" "feel" short "u" "pull" long "oo" "pool" short "ri" "triple" short "e" "egg" long "oi" "boil" short "o" "on" long "o" "owner", "now" nasal "ng" "singer" abrupt "h" "Judah" nasal faintly as in French "non"

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

5

zÎ z

p ("p'") pa

zÁ zºÁ sz zd zf zg zh Êz Ëz ÊzÁ Êzà zÈ z@ zÏ

paa pa, pyaa pi pii pu puu prri pe pee ("poi") po poo ("pau/pow") pan° ("pang") pahh p^a ("pan")

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali PRONUNCIATION OF CONSONANTS ROMANIZED AS

±… ²Î ³Î ´Î µÎ Palatal ¶… - on the palate ·… ¸… ¹Î °Î Cerebral q… - on the roof wÎ of the mouth e… EÎ r… RÎ tÎ Dental yÎ (=ù) - on the teeth uÎ iÎ oÎ pÎ Labial zÎ - on the lips x… cÎ v… bÎ nÎ Forward ½Î semi-vowels mÎ ¬Î Sibillants ®Î ¿Î \Î Guttural semi-vowel ã… Guttural - in the throat

k kh g gh n¹ c ch j jh n² t th d r dh rh n t th d dh n p ph b,v,w bh m y y r l sh s s h

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

LIKE

SOUNDS IN THE ENGLISH WORD

"k" "kh" "g" "gh" "n" "ch" chh" "j" "dgeh" "n" "t" "th" "d" "rr" "dh" "rrh" "n" "t" "th" "d" "dh" "n" "p" "ph" "b" "bh" "m" "j" "y" "r" "l" "sh" "sh" "sh" "h"

6

in "keen" in "rockhead" in "get" in "slagheap" in "donkey" in "chair" in "matchhead" in "enjoy" in "hedgehog" in "pinch" in "alter" in "malthouse" in "Dad" in "barred" in "goldhammer" in "myrrh lump" in "inlaid" in "ant" in "warthog" in "beds" in "redheads" in "bending" in "peace" in "uphold" in "bob"("swim, twin") in "nibholder" in "meet" in "jog" in "yes" in "right" in "love" in "ship" in "washtub" in "ensure" in "heart"

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali

WRITING OF SYLLABLES Vowel Leading Form: Independent or as Initial Followed by a Non-Vowel

a+ aa+ a+ i+ ii+ u+ uu+ rri+ e+ ee+ o+ oo+ n°+ hh+ ^+

+n°

+hha

+^

+p`

AÈ AaÈ AºaÈ SÈ DÈ FÈ GÈ HÈ JÈ KÈ LÈ èÈ -

A@ Aa@ Aºa@ S@ D@ F@ G@ H@ J@ K@ L@ è@ -

AÏ AÏa AºÏÁ SÏ DÏ FÏ GÏ HÏ JÏ KÏ LÏ èÏ -

Az… Aaz… Aaºz… Sz… Dz… Fz… Gz… Hz… Jz… Kz… Lz… èz… Èz… @z… Ïz…

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

7

+pa, etc. Az Aaz Aºaz Sz Dz Fz Gz Hz Jz Kz Lz èz Èz @z Ïz

+rpa, etc. Azí Aazí Aºazí Szí Dzí Fzí Gzí Hzí Jzí Kzí Lzí èzí -

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali Vowel Trailing (Also referred to as “Vowel Form Following a Consonant”) +' +a +aa +i +ii +u +uu +rri +e +ee +o +oo (+an°) k... kh.. g... gh.. n¹.. c... ch.. j... jh.. n².. t... th.. d... dh.. r... rh.. n... t... th.. d... dh.. n... p... ph.. b... bh.. m... y... y... r... l... sh.. s... s h...

±… ²Î ³Î ´Î µÎ ¶… ·… ¸… ¹Î °Î q… wÎ e… r… EÎ RÎ tÎ yÎ=ù uÎ iÎ oÎ pÎ zÎ x… cÎ v… bÎ ½Î nÎ mÎ ¬Î ®Î ¿Î \Î ã…

± ² ³ ´ µ ¶ · ¸ ¹ ° q w e r E R t y u i o p z x c v b ½ n m ¬ ® ¿ \ ã

±Á ²Á ³Á ´Á µÁ ¶Á ·Á ¸Á ¹Á °Á qÁ wÁ eÁ rÁ EÁ RÁ tÁ yÁ uÁ iÁ oÁ pÁ zÁ xÁ cÁ vÁ bÁ ½Á nÁ mÁ ¬Á ®Á ¿Á \Á ãÁ

s± s² s³ Ê´ sµ s¶ s· s¸ s¹ s° sq sw se sr sE sR st sy su si so sp sz sx sc sv sb s½ sn sm s¬ s® s¿ s\ sã

±d ²d ³d ´d µd ¶d ·d ¸d ¹d °d qd wd ed rd Ed Rd td yd ud id od pd zd xd cd vd bd ½d nd md ¬d ®d ¿d \d ãd

±‚ ±ƒ ±„ ²f ²g ²h Ó ³g ³h ´f ´g ´h µ› µœ µŸ ¶› ¶œ ¶Ÿ ·› ·œ ·Ÿ ¸› ¸œ ¸Ÿ ¹f ¹g ¹h °f °g °h q› qœ qŸ wf wg wh e› eœ eŸ r› rœ rŸ Ef Eg Rf Rg tf tg th y› yœ yŸ uf ug uh if=Û ig ih of og oh pf pg ph zf zg zh x‚ xƒ x„ cf cg ch v› vœ vŸ bf bg bh ½f ½g ½h nf ng nh mf=mÆ mg=mÇ ¬f ¬g ¬h ®f=ë ®g ®h ¿f ¿g ¿h \f \g \h ã›=À 㜠ãŸ=§

ʱ ʲ ʳ Ê´ ʵ ʶ Ê· ʸ ʹ Ê° Êq Êw Êe Êr ÊE ÊR Êt Êy Êu Êi Êo Êp Êz Êx Êc Êv Êb ʽ Ên Êm ʬ Ê® Ê¿ Ê\ Êã

˱ ˲ ˳ Ë´ ˵ ˶ Ë· ˸ ˹ Ë° Ëq Ëw Ëe Ër ËE ËR Ët Ëy Ëu Ëi Ëo Ëp Ëz Ëx Ëc Ëv Ëb ˽ Ën Ëm ˬ Ë® Ë¿ Ë\ Ëã

ʱÁ ʲÁ ʳÁ Ê´Á ʵÁ ʶÁ Ê·Á ʸÁ ʹÁ Ê°Á ÊqÁ ÊwÁ ÊeÁ ÊrÁ ÊEÁ ÊRÁ ÊtÁ ÊyÁ ÊuÁ ÊiÁ ÊoÁ ÊpÁ ÊzÁ ÊxÁ ÊcÁ ÊvÁ ÊbÁ ʽÁ ÊnÁ ÊmÁ ʬÁ Ê®Á Ê¿Á Ê\Á ÊãÁ

ʱà ʲà ʳà Ê´à ʵà ʶà Ê·à ʸà ʹà Ê°à Êqà Êwà Êeà Êrà ÊEà ÊRà Êtà Êyà Êuà Êià Êoà Êpà Êzà Êxà Êcà Êvà Êbà ʽà Ênà Êmà ʬà Ê®à Ê¿à Ê\à Êãà

±È ²È ³È ´È µÈ ¶È ·È ¸È ¹È °È qÈ wÈ eÈ rÈ EÈ RÈ tÈ yÈ uÈ iÈ oÈ pÈ zÈ xÈ cÈ vÈ bÈ ½È nÈ mÈ ¬È ®È ¿È \È ãÈ

Similar use applies with “+AºÁ, +@,+ Ï ” forming ±ºÁ, ±@, ±Ï..., ²ºÁ, ²@, ²Ï...,” and so on. Note the special forms:- Ó=³f ù=y… Û=if mÆ=mf mÇ=mg ë=®f À=ã› §=㟠© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

8

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali

HINTS ON SPECIAL PRONUNCIATION Bengali script is no longer pronounced truly phonetically. The pronunciation is often modified when certain consonants are ed in “conjuncts”. In these cases the first consonant is emphasized, and the second is effectively neglected. The main instances are:ñ ksa

= =

± k

+ +

¿ sa

YÂ tma

= =

y t

+ b + ma

sounds like Øþ,±Î± " kka, k'ka sounds like "

», yÎy tta, t'ta

Trailing n y or ½ ya are written as º ("yafla"). The effect on pronunciation is as shown above, for example:iº dya

= =

i d

+ n (½) + ya (ya)

sounds like é, iÎi " dda, d'da

The pronunciation of some conjuncts is changed more drastically:¡ jn2a

= =

¸ j

+ ° + n2a

sounds like ³º, ³Î½ " gya, g'ya

N hya

= =

ã h

+ n (½) + ya (ya)

sounds like æ¸, ¸Î¸ " jja, j'ja

Where appropriate, assistance is given in the dictionary after the romanized version of particularly problemmatical words.

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

9

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali A a, when meaning one J± ek a, when meaning one [see Study 21] -qÁ taa; -sq ti; -²apÁ -khaanaa A.D. J.se. e. di a- or un- prefix to form negative (c.f. assymmetry, unwell..) Ato abandon ·aEÁ chaaraa to abandon zsmyºa³ ±mÁ parityaag karaa to abandon igm ±mÁ duur karaa abashed ãya® hataash ability iñyÁ daksataa; ñbyÁ ksamataa -able -®d¬ shiil to be able to [see Vocabulary 9.1] zamÁ paaraa abode c\sy ³hã basati grriha abortion ³vízay (³CÖízay) garbhapaat (garbbhapaat) about ... (concerning) ..\BÃjï sambandhe; -d½ -iiya; ..\BÚj±í ...samparke; -'Jm sc¿j½ -'er visaye about (nearly) ‘za½ praay; -J± -ek about three syjp± tinek about three person syjp± ¸pÁ tinek janaa absolute \BÚgtí sampuurna abundance, plenty ‘za¶›níº praacuryya; Fz¶½ upacay; caÀ¬º baahulya abundantly Êrm dher; ‘z¶›m vajc pracur bhaabe to accept, receive ‘³ãt ±mÁ grahan karaa to accept, heed ‘³aN ±mÁ graahya karaa to accept, carry (death) (bhy›º)-cmt ±mÁ (mrrityu)-baran karaa acceptable ‘³ãtjna³º grahan-yogya accepted, approved Apfjbasiy anumodita to accomplish fully \BÚpÐ ±mÁ sampanna karaa accomplished \asoy saadhita to accommodate ‘z‘®½ ÊiL½Á prashray deoyaa according to Apf\ajm anusaare; -Apfna½d -anuyaayii accordingly yaS taai; yipf\ajm tadanusaare , report sccmt bibaran; sã\ac hisaab; sp±a® nikaash able ¸cacsisã jabaab-dihi © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

10

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali accurate \sw± sathik; spvfí¬ nirbhul accusation Êia¿ajmaz dosaarop; Asvjna³ ±mam ±aníº abhiyog karaar kaaryya to accuse Asvjna³ ±mÁ abhiyog karaa; Azmaod ±mÁ aparaadhii karaa acc Êia¿ajmaz±amd dosaarop-kaarii accustomed AvºaÅÕ abhyaastha to achieve \BÚaip ±mÁ sampaadan karaa acquaintance zsms¶y paricita to acquit ... spjiía¿ cs¬½Á

… bfs»M ÊiL½Á nirdos baliyaa… mukti deoyaa act of worship ‘ztab pranaam to act, behave, deal, pretend cºcãam ±mÁ byabahaar karaa action, step zijñz padaksep action, work ±a¸ kaaj; ±aníº kaaryya active force \sêM½ ®s»M sakriya shakti; ±aníº±amd ®s»M kaaryyakaari shakti actively \sêM½vajc sakriyabhaabe activity, works ±aníº±¬az kaaryyakalaap actually ‘z±„yzjñ prakrritapakse; ‘z±„yS prakrrita-i; Aa\j¬ aasale; cÅßy@zjñ vastutahhapakse actual, real ‘z±„y prakrrita A.D. J.se. e. di to add Êna³ ±mÁ yog karaa added \Ènf»M sanºyukta additional caEsy baar-ti address (postal) sw±apÁ thikaanaa to adjust, modify mici¬ ±mÁ rad-badal karaa; \bPý ±mÁ samanbay karaa adjusted \bPÃs½y samanbayita istration ‘z®a\p prashaasan iration bfú¤vajc ‘z®È\Á mugdhabhaabe prashanºsaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

11

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali adultery cºsv¶am byabhicaar advantage ¬av laabh to take advantage, benefit Fz¬sý ÊpL½Á upalabdhi neoyaa; Fz±am ÊpL½Á upakaar neoyaa advice Fzji® upadesh to advise Fzji® ÊiL½Á upadesh deoyaa advisable Fzji®bg¬± upadesh-muulak aeroplane scbap bimaan to affect ‘zvascy ±mÁ prabhaabita karaa affection Ê\Ðã sneha; va¬ca\Á bhaalabaasaa to have affection for va¬ca\Á bhaalabaasaa affiliation Êna³ajna³ yogaayog afternoon sc±a¬ bikaal; sc±a¬jc¬Á bikaal-belaa again [V5] Aacam aabaar We must see one another again [V5] Aacam Êi²Á ãSjc aabaar dekhaa haibe against -'Jm scmÆjÄ -'er biruddhe; -'Jm sczmdjy -'er bipariite age, era, [sometimes system] nf³ yug age [how old] c½\ bayas of age c½j\ bayase old age caoí±º baardhakya aged c½Åþ bayaska; ‘za¶dp praaciin aged person [male, female] ‘za¶dp, ‘za¶dpÁ praaciin, praaciinaa ageing caoí±º baardhakya agent, representative ‘zsyspso pratinidhi aggression AaêMbat aakramaan ago Aaj³ aage to agree, harmonize sb¬ ma²Á mil raakhaa agreeable, acceptable Fzjna³d upayogii agreeable, pleasant bjpamb manoram agreeable, willing ma¸d raajii not agreeable, unwilling Aspó·f± anicchuk; [³m-ma¸d gar-raajii] agreement, harmony \abª\º saamanjasya ahead \BÂf²cydí (\BÂf²c»dí) sammukh-bartii (sammukh-barttii) © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

12

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali aid, help \aãanº saahaayya aid, helper \ãa½ sahaay to aid \aãanº ±mÁ saahaayya karaa aim, target, focus ¬ñº laksya; Asv‘za½ abhipraay to aim ¬ñº ±mÁ laksya karaa air caya\ baataas alas ãa½ ãa½ haay haay alert \y±í satarka alike, same looking \ih® sadrrish; ApfmÇzvajc anuruup-bhaabe alive ¸dscy jiibita; ¸dÙ jiibanta all, every [V8] \±¬ sakal; \bÅÙ samasta; \c sab; all, entire \b‘³ samagra all, everyone \±j¬ sakale allegiance Aapf³yº aanugatya; spWÁ nisthaa to alleviate ±bapÁ kamaana to allow, permit ÊiL½Á deoyaa; Apfbsy ÊiL½Á anumati deoyaa almanac zfsª±Á punjikaa Almighty \cí®s»Mbap (\CÃí®s»Mbap) sarvashaktimaan (sarvvashaktimaan) alone, indeed, particular [V3] -S -i alone, only ʱc¬ kebal; baê maatra; ëofS shudhu-i; J±Á ekaa alone, by oneself J±a±d ekaakii; sp@\å nihh-sanga to carry along sc¬Bà ±mÁ bilamba karaa aloud Fjó¶\Ãjm ucchesvare; ʸajm jore alphabet ctíba¬Á barnamaalaa already, beforehand, by this time Ssybjoº(S) itimadhye(i); Sy@zgjcí (Sy@zgjCÃí) itahh-puurbe (itahh-puurbbe) also, too L o alteration zsmcyíp (zsmc»íp) paribartan (paribarttan) although, even though niºsz yadyapi; nsiL yadi-o always \cíiÁ (\CÃíiÁ) sarvadaa (sarvvadaa); s¶m±a¬ cirakaal amazed Aca± abaak to be amazed Aaô¶ní Êcao ±mÁ aashcarya bodh karaa; Aaô¶ní ¡ap ±mÁ aashcarya jnaan ["gyaan"] karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

13

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali American bas±íp maarkin ambassador maø÷igy raastraduut; ma¸igy raaj-duut ambi- Asv- abhiamid boºcydí (boºc»dí) madhyabartii (madhyabarttii) amount, sum Êbàq \bsø moot samasti; zsmbat parimaan; zsmbap parimaan to analyse scj®Ì¿p ±mÁ bishlesan karaa ancient, elderly ‘za¶dp praaciin; Aasib aadim ancient, worn out zfmayp puraatan and JcÈ ebanº; Aam aar; L o and, ing a series of adverbs [see G47.4] -S½Á -iyaa And with you be peace! L½a¬aS±‚ba\Î\a¬ab oyaalaaikumaassaalaam angel igy duut; \óíigy svargaduut; Êicigy dev-duut; Êxjm®ÎyÁ pheresh-taa anger ÊêMao krodh; ma³ raag angry, very angry ma³azgtí raagaapuurna; ma³azpÐ raagaapanna to be angry [V14] ma³ ±mÁ raag karaa to anger, to make angry ma³ajpÁ (ma³ap+) raagaano (raagaana) animal zë pashu; ¸Pß jantu; ¸apÎcam jaan'bar animate[d], living \¸dc sajiiv announcement Ê´a¿tÁ ghosanaa; ‘z¶am pracaar annual cas¿í± baarsik anointed Asvs¿»M abhisikta another Aðî anya; Azm apar answer F»m uttar answerable ¸cacsisã jabaab-dihi ant szÏzjE p^ipare anti- sc- bianxiety vaÁ bhaabanaa; FjIó udveg anxious vascy bhaabita; FsIóРudvigna any ʱã keha; ʱajpÁ kono or ʱap kona; [don't confuse this ʱap with ʱapÎ kon` meaning which particular…] anybody ʱã keha; ʱF keu; Ên ʱã ye keha anyhow [whatever may happen] naãaS ´q›± pÁ ʱp yaahaa-i ghatuk © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

14

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali naa kena; naãÁ Êãa± (naS ãF±) yaahaa hok (yaai hauk) anyone [any item of a group] ʱajpÁ kono or ʱap+ kona any other Aðî ʱajpÁ anya kono or Aðî ʱap anya kona anything Ên ʱajpÁ cÅß ye kono vastu; s±·f kichu anyway Ên ʱajpÁ ‘z±ajm ye kono prakaare anywhere Ên ʱajpÁ ÅÕajp ye kono sthaane apart from that yÁ (yaãÁ) ·aEÁ taa (taahaa) chaaraa apathy Fia\dpyÁ udaasiinataa apology ñbÁ ‘zauípÁ ksamaa praarthanaa apostle, one sent forth Ê‘zsmy prerita apparently AazaymÇjz aapaataruupe to appeal, feel good va¬ ¬a³Á bhaala laaga appearance, face ʶãamÁ cehaaraa to apply....., put...to use ‘zj½a³ ±mÁ prayog karaa; ¬a³ajpÁ (¬a³ap+) laagaano (laagaana) to appear, come into view Aascvœíy ãL½Á aabirbhuuta haoyaa to appear, seem... cj¬ bjp ãL½Á bale mane haoyaa applicable ‘zjnanº prayoyya to apply .... in life Êbjp (basp½Á) ¶¬Á mene (maaniyaa) calaa to lock (i.e. apply the lock):[Study 15, Grammar 54.2] ya¬Á ¬a³ajpÁ (¬a³ap+) taalaa laagaano (laagaana) appointed time spmÇszy \b½ niruupita samay appointed times of the nations ¸asy³jtm \b½ jaatiganer samay appointment, time to meet \añaù ±smcam cðicÅÙ saaksaat' karibaar bandabasta according to the appointed time spmÇszy \b½ Apff\ajm niruupita samay anusaare apostate doctrines obí öø bycai dharma bhrasta matabaad apostle Ê‘zsmy prerit [pronounced "prerit" not "prerita"; however, the similar word Ê‘zsmy meaning ‘sent forth’ is pronounced "prerita"] appointment, assignment spjna³ niyog appreciation, gratitude ±„y¡yÁ krritajnataa ["krritogyataa"] appreciation, gratitude Fz¬sý Êcao upalabdhi bodh © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

15

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to appreciate a quality Ótj± \buíp ±mÁ gun-ke samarthan karaa to approach sp±qc»dí ãL½Á nikat-barttii haoyaa approaching, coming, imminent, near Aa\pÐ aasanna appropriate, logical nfs»Mnf»M yuktiyukta; Fznf»M upayukta appropriate, proper Fs¶y ucit(a); Fs¶ù ucit; spséíø nirddista appropriately sc¬ñt bilaksan approval Apfjbaip anumodan; \BÂsy sammati approved Apfjbasiy anumodita apt (see "appropriate") Arabic Aamcd± aarabiik Aramaic Aamasb± archæologist ‘zYÐyYÃsci pratnatatvavid; ‘zYÐyas»¢± pratnataattvik archæology ‘zYÐyYà pratnatatva architect ÅÕzsy sthapati argument, criticism y±í tarka argument, quarrel ¹³EÁ jhag-raa ark of the covenant sp½b s\ðÛ± niyam sinduk suit of armour nfjÄm \æ¸Á yuddher sajjaa army Ë\ðîi¬ seenyadal; casãpd baahinii; Ê\pÁ senaa Armageddon, Harmageddon ãmÎbas³jiap har-maagidon around, all round ¶asm zaj® caaripaashe; ¶asm sij± caari dike; ¶am sij± caar dike to arouse Aa±aç²Á ¸as³½Á Êya¬Á aakaankhaa jaagiyaa tolaa arrangement, order sºa\ binyaas arrangement provision cºcÅÕÁ byabasthaa arrears, outstanding amount cj±½Á bakeyaa to arrest Ê‘³zÙam ±mÁ greptaar karaa; Aaq± ±mÁ aatak karaa arrival Aa³bp aagaman arrogant Aãȱamd ahanºkaarii; FÄy uddhata arrow ydm tiir article (in magazine) ‘zcï prabandha artist s®lÚd shilpii as, taken as ... ...cj¬ ...bale as a ... , equivalent to ..., in the form of ...sã\ajc ...hisaabe © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

16

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali as many as can be \aoºbjyÁ ny.. saadhyamato yata ... as well, also, too [Vocabulary 8] L o to ascend Aajmaãt ±mÁ aarohan karaa ascension to heaven \óíajmaãt svargaarohan ashamed ¬sæ¸y lajjita to ask, seek Apf\ïap ±mÁ anusandhaan karaa to ask, to enquire s¸¡a\Á ±mÁ jijnaasaa ["jigyaasaa"] karaa to ask for, to want: [Study11] ¶aL½Á caaoyaa asleep sps‘iy nidrita to assemble, construct ʸaEÁ ¬a³ajpÁ (ʸaEÁ ¬a³ap+) joraa laagaano (laagaana) assembly ¸p\vÁ janasabhaa; scoap \vÁ bidhaan sabhaa; \bajc® samaabesh assembly (as in circuit assembly) \jB¬p sammelan to assemble J±ê ãL½Á ekatra haoyaa assessment, study ³jc¿pÁ gabesanaa assignment spsÄíø ±aníº (spsÄíø ±aní) nirddhista kaaryya (nirddhista kaarya); spnfs»M niyukti to give an assignment spÄíasmy ±jm (±sm½Á) ÊiL½Á nirddhaarita kare (kariyaa) deoyaa to assist (see "aid") association, group, society \sbsy samiti; \jB¬p sammelan association of brothers, society of brothers öayŸ\ba¸ bhraatrrisamaaj associations, keeping company \È\³í sanºsarga; Êb¬ajb®Á bad associations ±‚\È\³í kusanºsarga assumed as, taken as … ... cj¬ (cs¬½Á) … bale (baliyaa) assurance, certainty, guarantee, reassurance spô¶½yÁ nishcayataa; Aa®Ãa\ aashvaas astrology ʸºasy¿-sciºÁ jyotis-vidyaa atheist pasÅÙ± naastik atom Apf anu atomic zambapsc± paaramaanabik atonement ‘za½sô¶» praayashcitta attempt ʶøÁ cestaa; ‘zj¶øÁ pracestaa; Fiºb udyam © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

17

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to attempt ʶøÁ ±mÁ cestaa karaa to attend, be present Êna³iap ±mÁ yog-daan karaa; Êna³ ÊiL½Á yog deoyaa attentive bjpajna³d manoyogii attentively bjpajna³ \ã±ajm manoyog sahakaare attitude bjpavac manobhaab to attract Aa±¿ít ±mÁ aakarsan karaa attracted Aa±s¿íy aakarsita; Aa±„ø aakrrista author ʬ²± lekhak authority, rule, domination, organisation ±yŸíYà (±»ŸíYÃ) kartrritva (karttrritva) authorities ±yŸízñ (±»Ÿízñ) kartrripaksa (karttrripaksa) authority, power Aso±am adhikaar; ñbyÁ ksamataa as one having authority ñbyÁ zpÐ cºs»Mm pºa½ ksamataa panna byaktir nyaay authorized ñbya‘zazÙ ksamataapraapta automatically AazpÁ Êuj±S aapanaa theke-i; AazpÁ ãSjyS aapanaa haite-i to be available ‘zaszÙ\aoº ãL½Á praaptisaadhya haoyaa to make available ÊzÏa¶a½ ÊiL½Á p^ocaay deoyaa average ³jE gare to avoid, keep away \smj½ ma²Á sariye raakhaa; zsmãam ±mÁ parihaar karaa to avoid, steer clear of JsEj½ (JEaS½Á) ¶¬Á eriye (eraaiyaa) calaa to await ‘zydñÁ ±mÁ pratiiksaa karaa; AjzñÁ ±mÁ apeksaa karaa Awake! \j¶yp ua±! sacetan thaaka! awake, alert \y±í satarka; \j¶yp sacetan awake, not sleeping ʸj³ (¸as³½Á) jege (jaagiyaa) to awaken (cause to be awake) [Study 13] ¸³ajpÁ (¸a³ap+) jaagaano (jagaana) aware Ac³y abagata; \y±í satarka to do away \smj½ (\maS½Á) ÊiL½Á sariye (saraaiyaa) deoyaa to go away [S15] ¶j¬ (¶s¬½Á) naL½Á cale (caliyaa) yaaoyaa to send away Ê·jE (·aEaS½Á) ÊiL½Á chere (chaaraaiyaa) deoyaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

18

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali B baby s®ë shishu Babylon casc¬p baabilan; casc¬ baabil Babylon the Great bãyd casc¬ mahaatii baabil to come back [Vocabulary 9.6] sxjm (sxmaS½Á)Aa\Á phire (phiraaiyaa) aasaa to give back sxjm (sxmaS½Á) ÊiL½Á phire (phiraaiyaa) deoyaa the back, rear zô¶aù pashcaat' bad bði manda, ²amaz khaaraap; Apºa½ anyaay bad- ±‚ - kubadness bas¬ðî maalinya baggage yslÚylÚÁ talpitalpaa balance, equilibrium \byÁ samataa; vam\abºyÁ bhaar-saamyataa balance, remainder cas± baaki; Acs®øaÈ® abashistaanºsha bald qa±-zEÁ taak-paraa baldness qa± taak bamboo cÏa® b^aash to ban spj¿o ±mÁ nisedh karaa banned, forbidden sps¿Ä nisiddha banana ±¬Á kalaa; ±i¬d kadalii Bangladesh caȬaji® baanºlaadesh baptism caszÙÅ baaptisma to baptize cazÙaS¸ ±mÁ baaptaaij karaa; cazÙaSs¸y ±mÁ baaptaaijita karaa baptized cazÙaSs¸y baaptaaijita baptizer cazÙaS¸± baaptaaijak bare empty ²as¬ khaali bare, naked F¬å ulanga barrage, barrier ‘zsycï±yÁ pratibandhakataa barren cïº bandhya barrenness cïºÁ bandhyaa; cïºyÁ bandhyataa base svs» bhitti; ´Ïasq gh^aati basic Êbàs¬± moolik basically ‘z±„yzjñ prakrritapakse © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

19

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali basin for water ¸¬zaê jal-paatra basis svs» bhitti bath \Ðap snaan; ʳa\¬ gosal; Ê´a\¬ ghosal; ´f\¬ ghusal to bathe [i Vocabulary 14] \Ðap ±mÁ snaan karaa; Êoày ±mÁ dhoota karaa bathroom \Ðapa³am snaanaagaar; \Ðap±ñ snaan-kaksa battle nfÄ yuddha bazaar ca¸am baajaar B. C. sc. s\.bi. si.; ²h@zg@ khrri. puu. [This is short for ²h«qajCÉm zgjcí khrristaabder puurbe.] B. C. E. \Á.±Á.zg. (\a@ ±a@ zg@) saa. kaa. puu. [This is short for \aoamt ±aj¬m zgjcí saadhaaran kaaler puurbe.] [This is now used instead of \Á.®.zg.] to be [S11] ãL½Á haoyaa not to be: am not, is not, are not, etc. (Imagine "not to be" "pÁ ãL½Á naa haoyaa" being compressed into a notional infinitive "pL½Á" "naoyaa". This word does not exist, but it might help you in understanding how the following verb declension is developed and used in comparison with "to be" "ãL½Á haoyaa".) [Studies 11, 17, 33] : pS,pL, p½, pp (psã, pjãÁ, pjã, pjãp) nai, nao, nay, nan (nahi, naho, nahe, nahen) not being in existence [Study 33] ÊpS (paS) nei (naai) to be acted upon - see the ive Voice [Study 52] beach \bf‘iydm samudratiir; \bf‘iyq samudratat beam of energy s±mt kiran beam of wood ±sE±aw karikaath; yœ¬aiÝ tuulaadanda to bear, carry [V9.1] omÁ dharaa; oamt ±mÁ dhaaran karaa; cãp ±mÁ bahan karaa to bear, put up with \N ±mÁ sahya ["sojjo"] karaa bear (the animal) vlìf± bhalluk; va¬f± bhaaluk to beat, hit bamÁ maaraa; Aa´ay ±mÁ aaghaat karaa; ‘zãam ±mÁ prahaar karaa; szqajpÁ (szqap+) pitaano (pitaana) beautiful \fðim sundar beauty \fðimd sundarii; Ê\àðiníº soondaryya © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

20

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali became, having become ãj½ (ãS½Á) haye (haiyaa) because ʱppÁ kenanaa; ±amt kaaran because of imÆp darun bed ÅÙm star; ®nºÁ shayyaa bedding sc·apazê bichaanaapatra bedtime ®½p±a¬ shayan-kaal bee Êbàbas· moomaachi I have been Aasb ãj½s· (ãS½as·) aami hayechi (haiyaachi); Aasb ãj½ Aa\s· aami haye aas-chi [wrongly rendered in some translations of scriptures : “Aasb Aas·” “aami aachi”] befitting Fznf»M upayukta; nuajna³º yathaayogya; by mata before, in front \BÂfj² sammukhe; \abjp saamane before, in the sight of... ..-'Jm \añajy ...-'er saaksaate Before our Common Era - see B. C. E. beforehand zgjcí (zgjCÃí) puurbe (puurbbe); Aaj³ aage; Aj‘³S agre-i to beg (for food) (²aiº) svñÁ ±mÁ (khaadya) bhiksaa karaa to beg in prayer ‘zauípÁ ±mÁ praarthanaa karaa; naó°Á ±mÁ yaacnaa karaa to begin, start off AamBÖ ±mÁ aarambha karaa; ëmÆ ±mÁ shuru karaa to begin, get started AamBÖ ãL½Á aarambha haoyaa to begin, embark mLpÁ (mL½apa) ãL½Á raonaa (raoyaanaa) haoyaa to begin (eating) [idioms: Grammar15, 54.2] ʲjy ¬a³Á (²aSjy ¬a³Á) khete laagaa (khaaite laagaa); ʲjy ëmÆ ±mÁ (²aSjy ëmÆ ±mÁ) khete shuru karaa (khaaite shuru karaa) beginning, start AamBÖ aarambha; ëmÆ shuru; ‘zamBÖ praarambha beginning time Aasi aadi in the beginning Aasijy aadite begotten, only begotten behalf, part (-Jm) zjñ (-er) pakse behaviour Aa¶mt aacaran; ¶a¬¶¬p caalacalan behind, to the rear of zô¶ajy pashcaate; sz·jp pichane; szj·ajp pichone behind (the curtain), in the concealment (of the curtain) (ziíam) AaEaj¬ pardaar aaraale © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

21

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali behind, waiting Ajzña±„y Ap‘³\m apeksaakrrita anagrasar belief, faith sc®Ãa\ to believe, put faith [V14] sc®Ãa\ ±mÁ bishbaas karaa bell ´TqÁ ghantaa belly y¬jzq tal-pet to belong Aso±amvf»M ãL½Á adhikaar-bhukta haoyaa beloved s‘z½yb priyatama; s‘z½¸p priyajan below spjBÐ nimne; pdj¶ niice; spBÐ- nimnaBelshazzar Êc¬®ù\m bel-shat'sar to bend cÏa±Á b^aakaa to bend (cause to be bent) [Grammar 12] cÏa±ajpÁ (cÏa±ap+) b^aakaano ( b^aakaana) to bend the knee py¸apf ãL½Á natajaanu haoyaa beneath spBÐ nimna; pdj¶ niice beneficial Fz±am¸p± upakaar-janak; ¬avia½± laabh-daayak benefit Fz±am upakaar; ¬av laabh; Apf‘³ã anugraha; \fscoÁ subidhaa Bengali (language) caȬÁ baanºlaa Bengali person caåa¬d baangaalii beside ±aj· kaache besides, apart from cºydy byatiita; cºsyjmj± byatireke besides, apart from this J·aEÁ echaaraa; yaãa·aEÁ taahaachaaraa best Ay›º»b atyuttam; \cí»b (\jCÃía»b) sarvottam (sarvvottam); \c ʶj½ vaj¬Á (\c ʶj½ va¬) sab ceye bhaalo (sab ceye bhaala) betel zap betel-nut \fzamd supaarii Bethlehem Ëcùj¬jãb beet'lehem; Ëcu¬jãb beethalahem to betray ‘zyamtÁ prataaranaa betrayer sc®Ãa\´ay± bishbaas-ghaatak between bjoº madhye to beware \y±í ua±Á satarka thaakaa; \acoap ua±Á saab-dhaan thaakaa beyond igjm duure beyond- zm- parBible caSjc¬ baaibel © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

22

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali bicycle \aSj±¬ saaikel big cE bara bill (money) sã\ac hisaab; qa±am xií taakaar phard to bind, tie (t) [Vocabulary 9.1] cÏaoÁ b^aadhaa binding contract Aåd±am angiikaar biology ¸dcsc¡ap jiibabijnaan ["jiibabigyaan"] birth ¸P janma to give birth ¸P ÊiL½Á janma deoyaa birth-control ¸PÂ-sp½Pòt janma-niyantran birth-giver, mother ¸ppd jananii birthday ¸PÂsip janmadin bit qf±mÁ tukaraa to bite iÈ®p ±mÁ danºshan karaa; ‘zyamtÁ ±mÁ prataaranaa karaa to bite (by people) ±abmajpÁ (±abEap+) kaamaraano (kaamaraana) to bite (by snake) ‘zcasÞy ±mÁ prabaancita karaa bitter scm»M birakta; scms»M birakti; ±q›±sqcº katukativya black ±a¬ kaala; ±aj¬Á kaalo to blame spðiÁ ±mÁ nindaa karaa; Êia¿ajmaz ±mÁ dosaarop karaa blanket ±Bì kambal blasphemy D®Ãm spðiÁ iishbar nindaa; Azscê va¿Á apabitra bhaasaa blast of a trumpet yœmdO¢sp turiidhvani blaze Fæ梬 As³Ðs®²Á ujjval agni-shikhaa to blaze æ¢s¬½Á FwÁ jvaliyaa uthaa to bleed m»Mzay ãL½Á raktapaat haoyaa blemished ±¬á kalanka blessed oðî dhanya; Aa®dcíai‘zazÙ (Aa®dCÃíi‘zazÙ) aashiirbaad-praapta ((aashiirbbaad-praapta) blessing Aa®dcíai (Aa®dCÃíai) aashiirbaad (aashiirbbaad); \f²ia½± cÅß sukh-daayak bastu blind Aï andha; A¡ ajna ["ogyo"] blood m»M rakta blood-pressure m»M¶az raktacaap bloodshed m»Mzay raktapaat; ãyºÁ hatyaa to blow x‚Ï ÊiL½Á ph^u deoyaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

23

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali blue pd¬ niil; pd¬ctí niil-barna to boast, show pride Aãȱam ±mÁ ahanºkaar karaa; ³cí (³CÃí) ±mÁ garba (garbba) karaa boat Êpà±Á nookaa; ¸aãa¸ jaahaaj bodily ®amdsm± shaariirik; Ëisã± deehik body Êiã deha; ®mdm shariir bold, courageous \aã\d saahasii boldening, encouraging \aãs\± saahasik bolt s²¬ khil bomb ÊcabÁ bomaa bona fide \m¬ sc®Ãaj\ saral bishbaase; ²Ïasq kh^aati; ²Ïaqd kh^aatii bond (letter) ‘zsy¡azê pratijnaapatra ["protiggyaapotra"] bond (tie) \Èjna³ sanºyog; cïpd bandhanii; cïp bandhan perfect bond of union s\sÄm Êna³cïp siddhiir yog-bandhan bondage ia\Yà daasatva; csðiYà banditva; cïd bandhi bone AsÅÕ asthi; ãaE haar; ‘³sPÕ granthi book cS bai; zfÅÙ± pustak booklet zfsÅÙ±Á pustikaa booth ±‚sq kuti border ‘zaPÙ praanta; \dbÁ siimaa; oam dhaar to bore, drill s·‘i ±mÁ chidra karaa; scÄ ±mÁ biddha karaa born ¸P³y janmagata; ‘z±„y³y prakrritagata; ¸ay jaata to be born ¸PÂÁ janmaa; ¸P ‘³ãt ±mÁ janma grahan karaa; ¸P ¬av ±mÁ janma laabh karaa to cause to be born ¸ð‰ajpÁ (¸PÂap+) janmaano (janmaana) to borrow, to take on loan oam ±mÁ dhaar karaa to borrow, copy Apf±mt ±mÁ anukaran karaa both Fv½S ubhaya-i bound in promise ‘zsy¡acÄ pratijnaabadha ["protigyaaboddho"] boundary \dbapÁ siimaanaa boundless A\db asiim bow, act of obeisance ‘ztab pranaam to bow, to show submission py ±mÁ nata karaa; côîyÁ \Ãd±am ±mÁ bashyataa sviikaar karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

24

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to bow down ‘zstzay ±mÁ pranipaat karaa, ‘zty ãL½Á pranata haoyaa bowing in request, stooping modestly ssy binati boy ca¬± baalak; Ê·j¬ chele; zfê putra; zf»÷ puttra; vŸyº bhrritya bracelet ãam haar brain bsÅÙÑþ mastiska; cfsÄ buddhi; bauam s´¬f maathaar ghilu brainy FIÖa®d¬ udbhaaban-shiil; bauaL½a¬Á maathaaoyaalaa branch ®a²Á shaakhaa; caÀ baahu branch, department scva³ bibhaag brave, courageous \aã\d saahasii to brave (treat as of little concern) y›ó· ±mÁ tuccha karaa breach of the peace ®asPÙ-vå shaanti-bhanga to break (t & i) vaåÁ bhaangaa; vå ±mÁ bhanga karaa to break down s\o ±aqÁ sidha kaataa to break, fall in pieces vaså½Á zEÁ bhaangiyaa paraa to break off ties \BÚ±í scjó·i ±mÁ samparka bicched karaa to break [law, promise] ¬ç´p ±mÁ langhan karaa breakdown vaåp bhaangan breakfast paÅÙÁ naastaa; ‘zsy@ma® pratihh-raash breath ®Ãa\-‘z®a\ shvaas-prashaas; x‚Ï ph^u breath of life ‘zatca½f praan-vaayu breeze caya\ baataas; bhÛ bði ca½f mrridu manda vaayu bribery ´f¿ iap cÁ ‘³ãt ghus daan baa grahan brick Sq it bride sccajãm ±jp bibaaher kane; scj½m ±jp biyer kane; cof badhu bridegroom cm bar; pL®Á naoshaa bridge Ê\y› setu; zf¬ pul brief \ÈsñzÙ sanºksipta bright, shiny Fæ梬 ujjval; zsmÑþam pariskaar bright, intelligent cfsÄbap buddhimaan to bring AapÁ aanaa to bring about Fzpdy ±mÁ upaniita karaa broad ‘z®ÅÙ prashasta; ¶LEÁ caoraa broken v³Ð bhagna; Êvjå (vaså½Á) bhenge (bhaangiyaa) brother vaS bhaai; öayÁ bhraataa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

25

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali brother and sister [V27.1] vaSjcap bhaaibon brothers and sisters vaSjcajpmÁ bhaaiboneraa brothers [G8.1, G8.4] vaSj½mÁ bhaaiyeraa; vaS'JmÁ bhaai'eraa; öayŸ³t bhraatrrigan brotherhood öayŸYà bhraatrritva; öayŸ\ba¸ bhraatrrisamaaj brotherly öayŸ bhraatrri brow ±za¬ kapaal; öÇ bhruu brown caiabd baadaamii; szå¬ pingal; ±qÁ kataa brush yœs¬ tuuli; ¹aEÁ jhaaraa; cfmÆ® burush; ¹ÏaqÁ jh^aataa bucket ca¬Îsy baal-ti bud ±‚ÏsE k^uri; bf±f¬ mukul Buddhism ÊcàÄobí (ÊcàÄoBÂí) boodha-dharma (booddha-dharmma) Buddhist ÊcàÄ boodha build spbíat (spBÂíat) ±mÁ nirmaan (nirmmaan) karaa; ³wp ±mÁ gathan karaa to build, cause to be built capajpÁ (capap+) baanaano (baanaana) to build up, encourage ʳÏju (³Ïasu½Á) Êya¬Á g^ethe (g^aathiyaa) tolaa; \aã\ ÊiL½Á saahas deoyaa to build up, erect ³sE½Á Êya¬Á gariyaa tolaa building ³wp gathan buildings ³hãasi grrihaadi; Aqas¬±Á ataalikaa bull ¿ÏaE s^aar burden Êca¹Á bojhaa; vam bhaar burial place ±cm kabar buried \basãy samaahita; ±cmÅÕ kabarastha to (make) burn iú¤ ±mÁ dagdha karaa; ‘zæ¢s¬y ±mÁ prajvalita karaa to (make) burn to death zfsEj½ (zfEaS½Á) bamÁ puriye (puraaiyaa) maaraa burned at the stake ±aW ijÝ zfsEj½ (zfEaS½Á) kaastha dande puriye (puraaiyaa) to burst into tears ʱÏji (±Ïasi½Á) FwÁ k^ede (k^aadiyaa) uthaa; ʱjði (±asði½Á) FwÁ kende (kaandiyaa) uthaa to bury \baso ÊiL½Á samaadhi deoyaa; ʳàm ÊiL½Á goor deoyaa bus ca\ baas © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

26

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali bush ʹaz jhop; Ó¼b gulma business cºc\Á byavasaa; Êz®Á peshaa; ±amcam kaarabaar business, matter ±aj¸m \aju \BÃsïy sc¿½ business person cºc\a½d byabasaayii busy cºÅÙ byasta; zsm‘®bd parishramii but s±Pß kintu; ʱc¬ kebal; cºydy byatiita but (after negative), rather cmÈ baranº; cmÞ baranca to buy ʱpÁ kenaa; êM½ ±mÁ kray karaa; to buy back zfpma½ êM½ ±mÁ punaraay kray karaa buyer ÊêMyÁ kretaa by, near sp±jq nikate; zaj®Ãí paarshve by, through ±yŸí± (±»Ÿí±) kartrrik (karttrik); iÃamÁ dvaaraa by, via bjoº si½Á madhye diyaa by doing which najy ±jm (naãajy ±sm½Á) yaate kare (yaahaate kariyaa) to by ´fmzju naL½Á ghur-pathe yaaoyaa C cabbage cÏaoa±sz b^aadhaakapi cable, telegramyam taar calamity Abå¬ amangal to calculate ³tpÁ ±mÁ gananaa karaa; sã\ac ±mÁ hisaab karaa Calcutta ʱa¬±ayÁ kol-kaataa; ±s¬±ayÁ kalikaataa calendar ±ºaj¬Ýam kyaalendaar; c¿í zsª±Á barsa panjikaa to call, name Asvsãy ±mÁ abhihita karaa; \BÖa¿t ±mÁ sambhaasan karaa to call, summon ea±Á daakaa called Asvsãy abhihita, Aa²ºay aakhata is called -ʱ c¬Á na½ -ke balaa yaay calm manner ®aPÙ shaanta; sÅÕm sthir; spÅÙý nistabdha; Asc¶s¬y abicalita calm conditions, peace ®asPÙ shaanti camel Fq uut campaign ‘zj¶øÁ pracestaa; Asvnap abhiyaan can, to be able to [Exercise 30.1] zamÁ paaraa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

27

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali canal ²a¬ khaal to cancel casy¬ ±mÁ baatil karaa cap qfsz tupi capable men cdm zfmÆ¿ biir purus captive csði bandi captivity csðiYà banditva; csðii®Á bandidashaa car ³aEd gaarii; ³asE gaari; Êbaqm³aEd motar-gaarii by car ³asE ±jm (±sm½Á) gaari kare (kariyaa) card ya\ taas care nYÐ yatna; s¶PÙÁ cintaa to care about ... -'Jm ¸ðî nYÐ ÊpL½Á -'er janya yatna neoyaa to care for ... -'Jm s¶PÙÁ ±mÁ -'er cintaa karaa carefree ±¬ºat kalyaan carefully nYÐ ±jm yatna kare; bjpajna³ \ã±ajm manoyog sahakaare careless, inattentive Abjpajna³d amanoyogii; AnYЮd¬ careless, unthinking Ascjc¶± abibecak caring, attentive nYЮd¬ yatnashiil caring, concerned s¶sPÙy cintita carpenter \gêom suutradhar carpentry ±ajwm ±a¸ kaather kaaj carpet ³as¬¶Á gaalicaa carrot ³a¸m gaajar to carry, transport cãp ±mÁ bahan karaa to carry along sc¬Bà ±mÁ bilamba karaa; cãp ±mÁ bahan karaa to carry on, bear Êcao ±mÁ bodh karaa to carry on, bear up, endure \N ±mÁ sahya karaa to carry out \BÚaip ±mÁ sampaadan karaa; \aop ±mÁ saadhan karaa; \asoy ±mÁ saadhita karaa carved ʲasiy khodita case, issue sc¶aníº sc¿½ bicaaryya bisay cash, small change p³i qa±Á nagad taakaa; vaåasp bhaangaani; vaÈqÁ bhaanºtaa cast out casãm spsñzÙ baahir niksipta to cast lots Ós¬cÏaq ±mÁ gulib^aat karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

28

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali casualty ãyaãy hataahata; Ëic´qpÁ deebaghatanaa cat scEa¬ biraal; ÊcEa¬ beraal cataclysmic scsó·pÐ bicchinna catastrophe \cípa® sarvanaash to catch a thief ʶam omÁ cor dharaa to catch hold of by hand ãay si½Á omÁ haat diyaa dharaa fire catches on As³Ð ¬aj³ agni laage catholic ±ºaus¬± kathalik cattle ³casi zë gabaadi pashu; ʳamÆ goru; ³aS gaai cauliflower x‚¬±sz phul-kapi cause, purpose Fjéôî uddeshya cause, source, origin Fù\ ut'sa to cause, stir up ¸ð‰ajpÁ (¸PÂap+) janmaano (janmaana) to cause to do [V13] ±majpÁ (±map+) karaano (karaana) causing -iam -daar; -ia½± -daayak caution, wariness \acoapyÁ saabadhaanataa caution, warning \acoajpm ca±º saabadhaaner baakya; \y±í cast satarka baani C.E. ²høaCÉ khrristaabda to celebrate Fù\c ±mÁ ut'sab karaa celebration Fù\c ut'sab; obdí½ ApfWap dharmiya anusthaan; oBÂíapfWap dharmmaanusthaan; FiÎnazp ud'yaapan cell of organism ʱa¿ kos; ¸dcj±a¿ jiiv-kos cemetery ±cmÅÕap kabarasthaan; ʳamÅÕap gorasthaan central ʱð‘id½ kendriiya; boºcydí (boºc»dí) madhyabartii (madhyabarttii) century ®yaCÉd shataabdii; ®yc¿í shatabarsa certain, assured spsô¶y nishcita; spsô¶y nishcit certain, fixed amount spsiíø (spséíø) nirdista nirddista certain, some or other [S21] ʱap kona certain, particular (person) -¸p -jan; [three particular men syp¸p bapf¿ tin-jan maanus] certain, particular (thing) -qÁ -taa; sq -ti; [three particular books sypqÁ cS tin-taa bai] © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

29

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali certain ones -scj®¿ -bishes certainly spô¶½S nishcay-i; sp@\jðiã nihh-sandeh; AcôîS abashyai chain Ê®±¬ shekal; ÊcEd berii by chance, suddenly ãwaù hathaat' by chance, unexpectedly A‘zyºas®y vajc apratyaashita bhaabe by chance, unintentional, without design Aa±sÅš± aakasmik by chance coming to life Aa±sÅš± ´qpÁ ´qam baoºjb ¸dcjpm FIÖc ãjy aakasmik ghatanaa ghataar maadhyame jiivaner udbhab hate to change, alter zsmcyíp (zsmc»íp) ±mÁ paribartan (paribarttan) karaa to change clothes ±azE ·aEajpÁ (·aEap+) kaapar chaaraano (kaapar chaaraana) to change money qa±Á vaåajpÁ (vaåap+) taakaa bhaangaano (bhaangaana) to change, modify zsmty ±mÁ parinata karaa chaos sc®h粬Á bishrrinkhalaa; sczní½ biparyay chaotic Jj¬ajbj¬Á elomelo; sc®h粬 bishrrinkhal chapter Aoºa½ adhyaay; zsmjó·i paricched character, personal quality ¶smê caritra; \fpab sunaam; cºas»Mm \Ãvac byaaktiir svaabhaab characteristic, quality Ót gun characteristics, features Ëcs®øº beeshistya without charge sÁ bgj¬º binaa muulye chaste zscê pabitra; ¶smêcap caritrabaan; scëÄ bishuddha chaste person [male] \aof saadhu; \y sata chaste person [female] \aO¢d saadhbii; \yd satii chastity \ydYà satiitva; zscêyÁ pabitrataa cheap \ÅÙÁ sastaa; \f¬v sulabh to cheat wa±ajpÁ (w±ap+) thakaano (thakaana); ‘zyamtÁ ±mÁ prataaranaa karaa; xÏas± ÊiL½Á ph^aaki deoyaa cheese zspm panir chemical [substance] m\a½p rasaayan chemical [quality] m\a½sp± rasaayanik chief ‘zoap pradhaan; bf²º mukhya chiefly ‘zoapy@ pradhaanatahh; scj®¿y@ bishesatahh; bf²º vajc © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

30

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali mukhya bhaabe child \PÙap santaan; caó¶Á baaccaa; s®ë shishu childhood Ë®®cacÅÕÁ sheeshabaabasthaa children, son and daughter Ê·j¬jbj½ chelemeye; Ê·j¬szj¬ chelepile; \PÙap santaan children, sons and daughters Ê·j¬jbj½mÁ chelemeyeraa chlorophyll zêãsmù patraharit' choice bjpap½p manonayan; spcía¶p nirvaacan cholera F¬aFwÁ ulaauthaa; Fimab½ udaraamay to choose, prefer z·ði ±mÁ pachanda karaa to choose, select spcía¶p ±mÁ nirvaacan karaa; bjpapdy ±mÁ manoniita karaa to choose, set aside Êcj· (ca·aS) ±mÁ beche (baachaai) karaa; Êcj· (cas·½Á) ÊpL½Á beche (baachiyaa) neoyaa Christ s‘²«q khrista; ²Ídø khriista; ²hø khrrista Christendom s‘²«qd½ ¸³ù khristiiya jagat'; ²Ídød½ ¸³ù khriistiiya jagat' Christian s‘²«qap khristaan; ²Ídøap khriistaan chronicle cÈ®acs¬ banºshaabali chronological \b½apfêMsb± samayaanukramik church s³æ¸íÁ girjjaa; s³¸íÁ girjaa circle (shape) ch» brritta; ¶êM cakra; Êcøp±amd bestan-kaarii circle (perimeter) \dba¶êM siimaacakra circuit zsmjcø± paribestak; zsm\dbÁ parisiimaa circum- Asv- abhicircumcision Yñ…j·i tvak'ched citizen pa³sm± naagarik city p³m nagar; ®ãm shahar civil, gentle ®as¬p shaalin; v‘i bhadra civil, non-military Êc\absm± besaamarik civil war ³hãnfÄ grrihayuddha; AavºaPÙmdt sczÌc antar biplab civilian Êc\absm± besaamarik civilized \vº sabhya civilization \vºyÁ sabhyataa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

31

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to claim iasc ±mÁ daabi karaa to clap with hands ãayyas¬ ÊiL½Á haatataali deoyaa to clarify, elucidate sc®i ±mÁ bishad karaa; ÅÚø ±sm½Á ÊiL½Á spasta kariyaa deoyaa; zsmÑþam ±sm½Á ÊiL½Á puriskaar kariyaa deoyaa class Ê‘®td shrenii; Ê‘®td scva³ shrenii bibhaag clean zsmÑþam pariskaar; spbí¬ nirmal; zscê pabitra; ëÄ shuddha; ës¶ shuci to cleanse, to clean zsmÑþam ±mÁ pariskaar karaa; ës¶ ±mÁ shuci karaa; scëÄ ±mÁ bishuddha karaa; zsmsó·pÐ ±mÁ paricchinna karaa in clean standing F»b bap c¸a½ uttam maan bajaay clear to understand ÅÚø spasta; \Ãó· svaccha; zsmÑþam pariskaar clear as in tea ãa¼±Á haalkaa; ãa¬±Á haal-kaa clear conscience ëÄ scjc± shuddha bibek clear headed scjc¶± bibecak cleared away igmdvgy duuriibhuuta clearly ÅÚøy@ spastatahh; ÅÚøyS spastata-i clergy na¸±c³í yaajak-varga clever ¶y›m catur; ¶a¬a± caalaak client bjØþ¬ makkel climate zsmjc® paribesh; ¸¬ca½f jal-vaayu; AacãaL½Á aabahaaoyaa climax ¶mb zsmtsy caram parinati to climb ¶EÁ caraa to cling s¬zÙ ãL½Á lipta haoyaa clock ´sE ghari close, nearby ±a¶a±as¶ kaacaakaaci close, warm ´spø ghanista to close [i S14] cï ±mÁ bandha karaa closeness \aspÐoº saannidhya cloth cÅò vastra; zsmó·i paricchad clothing ±azE ʶazE kaapar copar; Êza¬a± zsmó·i polaak paricchad cloud Êb´ megh cloudy Êb´¬Á meghalaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

32

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali clue mãj\ºm \gê rahasyer suutrra; Ssåy ingit coarse, fat ÊbaqÁ motaa coast Fz±‚¬ upakul; \bfj‘im s±pamÁ samudrer kinaaraa coat Aaó·aip aacchaadan; Fzjmm ¸abÁ uparer jaamaa cobra ʳa²jmÁ gokharo; ʱFsq½Á keutiyaa cockroach Êy¬ajza±Á telaa pokaa; Aamë¬Á aarashulaa; Aamj\a¬Á aarasolaa code of law \Èj±y sanºket; AaSp \È‘³ã aain sanºgrah coherent \Ȭ³Ð sanºlagna; \ȳy sanºgata to coin, start FIÖa ±mÁ udbhaaban karaa to collapse ÊvjåÏ (vasåϽÁ) zEÁ bh^enge (bhaang^iyaa) paraa cold ®dy¬ shiital; waÝÁ thaandaa to collect \È‘³ã ±mÁ sanºgraha karaa collection (monetary contribution) ¶ÏaiÁ c^aadaa college bãasciºa¬½ mahaabidyaalay colonial Fzspjcs®± upanibeshik colony Fzspjc® upanibesh colour mÈ ranº; mµ ran¹; ctí barna column uab thaam; ÅÙBà stamba comb for hair s¶mÆsp ciruni comb of bees Êbà¶a± moocaak to combat \È‘³ab ±mÁ sanºgraam karaa to come Aa\Á aasaa "Let's come" - meaning "Do let's come together again." [V5] Aas\ aasi to come to mind bjp Aa\Á mane aasaa; bjp zEÁ mane paraa comedy sb¬paPÙ pasq±Á milanaanta naatikaa comfort \aðYÃpÁ saantvanaa; Aamab aaraam coming, arrival Aa³bp aagaman coming, arriving Aa³y aagata coming, next Aa³abd aagaamii command Aaji® aadesh to command Aaji® ±mÁ aadesh karaa; zsm¶a¬pÁ ±mÁ paricaalanaa karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

33

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali order, commandment Aa¡Á aajnaa ["aagyaa"]; Fzji® upadesh; À±‚b hukum commemoration ÅÂhsy mñam ¸ðî Fù\c smrriti raksaar janya ut'sab commendable ‘z®È®a¸p± prashanºshaajanak; ‘z®È\pd½ prashanºsaniiya; \fxasm®jna³º suphaarish-yogya commendation ‘z®È\Á prashanºsaa comment, criticism \baj¬a¶pÁ samaalocanaa comment, remark, response bPÙcº mantabya commentary oamasccmtd dhaaraabibaranii commerce cºc\Á byabasaa; cast¸º baanijya commercial casts¸º± baanijyik commission \BÚaip sampaadan commitment Aåd±am angiikaar; caoºcao±yÁ baadhyabaadhakataa committee \sbsy samiti common \aoamt saadhaaran C.E. [Common Era] \Á. ±Á. saa. kaa. [This is short for \aomt ±a¬ saadharan kaal. Previously, \Á.®. saa.sha. was used.] communication of messages \Ècai Aaiap-‘ziap sanºvaad aadaan-pradaan communication by travel Êna³ajna³ yogaayog comparatively Ajzña±„yvajc apeksaakrritabhaabe; yf¬pa½ tulanaay to compare sb¬ajpÁ (sb¬ap+) milaano (milaana); y›¬pÁ ±mÁ tulanaa karaa comion ±mÆtÁ karunaa; \ãapfvgsy sahaanubhuuti compatible Êna³º yogya; \f\ȳy susanºgata competitive ‘zsyjnas³yabg¬± pratiyogitaamuulak to complain Asvjna³ ±mÁ abhiyog karaa complementary, completive zsmzgm± paripuurak complete \b‘³ samagra; \BÚgtí sampuurna complete in himself spj¸jyS zsmzgtí nijete-i paripuurna completely \BÚgtímÇjz sampuurnaruupe; \BÚgtí sampuurna to eat up completely [S15] ʲj½ (²aS½Á) Êx¬Á kheye (khaaiyaa) phelaa complex, intricate ¸sq¬ jatil © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

34

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali complexity, intricacy ¸sq¬yÁ jatilataa complicated ¸sq¬ jatil component AÈ® anºsha to compose m¶pÁ ±mÁ racanaa karaa; \ȳwp ±mÁ sanºgathan karaa composite Ênàu yootha to comprehend cf¹Á bujhaa comprehensible Êcao³bº bodh-gamya to comprise APÙvgí»M antarbhukta karaa compulsory caoºyabg¬± baadhyataamuulak to compute, calculate ³tpÁ ±mÁ gananaa karaa to conceal ʳazp ±mÁ gopan karaa; ¬f±ajpÁ (¬f±ap+) lukaano (lukaana) to conceive in mind ±lÚpÁ ±mÁ kalpanaa karaa to conceive in womb ³vícyd ãL½Á garbhabatii haoyaa; oamt ±mÁ dhaaran karaa power to conceive cÈ® Fùzaijpm ®s»M banºsha ut'paadaner shakti to concentrate, focus ʱð‘idvgy ±mÁ kendriibhuuta karaa concerned, anxious FsIóРudvigna concerning sc¿j½ bisaye; \BÃjï sambandhe; \BÚj±í samparke concise \ÈsñzÙ sanºksipta to conclude, finish \bazÙ ±mÁ samaapta karaa; Ê®¿ ±mÁ shes karaa conclusion, finish Ê®¿ shes; \baszÙ samaapti conclusion, summary Fz\Èãam upasanºhaar; zsm\baszÙ parisamaapti to condemn, abhor yd‘c spðiÁ ±mÁ tiibra nindaa karaa condemnation spðiÁ nindaa condition, situation AcÅÕÁ abasthaa condone, excuse ñbÁ ±mÁ ksamaa karaa conduct, behaviour zu ‘zi®íp path pradarshan; Aa¶mt aacaran; cºcãam byabahaar to conduct one's life ¸d nazp ±mÁ jiiban yaapan karaa confectionery sbøapÐ mistaann; sb«qapÐ mistaann conference Aaj¬a¶pÁ aalocanaa; \jB¬p sammelan to confess \Ãd±am ±mÁ sviikaar karaa confession \Ãd±„sy sviikrriti © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

35

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali confident Asysc®Ãa\d atibishvaasii; \fspsô¶y sunishcita; AaÅÕÁ spj½ aasthaa niye confidence AaÅÕÁ aasthaa to confirm \‘zbat ±mÁ sapramaan karaa [See Esther 2:23 for this unusual Bengali word.] to confront, face boldly \BÂf²dp ãL½Á sammukhiin haoyaa to confront, bring to issue bfj²abfs² AapÁ mukhomukhi aanaa to confront, to oppose, face sczmdy sij± ua±Á bipariita dike thaakaa confused ãycfsÄ hatabuddhi confusion sc®h粬Á bishrrinkhalaa; scöasPÙ±m zsmsÅÕsy bibhraantikar paristhiti congratulation Asvpðip abhinandan congregation bݬd mandalii; obí\vÁ dharmasabhaa connection \BÚ±í samparka; \BÃï sambandha; \Èjna³ sanºyog to conquer ¸½ ±mÁ jay karaa conqueror sc¸½d bijayii; sc¸½yÁ bijayataa conquest ¸½ jay conscience scjc± bibek clear conscience ëÄ scjc± shuddha bibek conscious \¡ap sajnaan ["sogyaan"]; \j¶yp sascetan consciousness ʶypÁ cetanaa consequence ‘zvac prabhaab; x¬ phal consequently AyJc ataeb consider s¶PÙÁ ±mÁ cintaa karaa; scjc¶pÁ ±mÁ bibecanaa karaa; bjpajna³ ±mÁ manoyog karaa consistent with -Jm \aju sb¬ -er saathe mil consonant cºªp ctí byanjan barna to constitute ‘zsyzaip ±mÁ pratipaadan constitution \Èscoap sanºbidhaan; ®a\pyPò shaasan-tantra to construct spBÂíat ±mÁ nirmmaan karaa; m¶pÁ racanaa constructed \ÈÅÕaszy sanºsthaapita construction \ÈÅÕazp sanºsthaapan constructor \ȳw± sanºgathak; spbíat±yíÁ (spBÂíat±»íÁ) nirmaan-kartaa (nirmmaan-karttaa) © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

36

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to consume ‘³a\ ±mÁ graas karaa; sø ±mÁ binasta karaa; cº½ ±mÁ byay karaa contained, involved APÙv›í»M antarbhukta contemporary \b\abs½± samasaamayik contented \Pßø santusta; zsmy›ø paritusta context ‘z\å prasanga; zgcÅgê puubasuutra continent bãaji® mahaadesh to continue, keep doing; c¸a½ ma²Á bajaay raakhaa; csoíy ±mÁ bardhita karaa it continues, remains occuring, goes on mj½j· rayeche; sqs±½Á uaj± tikiyaa thaake; ¶s¬jy uaj± calite thaake by continuing ¶¬am iÃamÁ calaar dvaaraa continuous êMba³y kramaagata; Ascmy abirata continuously êMba³y vajc kramaagata bhaabe; Ascmy vajc abirata bhaabe contraceptive ³víspjmao± garbhanirodhak contract Aåd±am angiikaar contractor sw±aiam thikaadaar contradiction, logic conflict zmÅÚmscjmaod ±uÁ paraspar-birodhii kathaa contradiction, denial A\Ãd±am asviikaar contrary scmÆÄ biruddha; sczmdy bipariita contrariwise, against Azm zjñ apar pakse; sczmdy zjñ bipariita pakse; sczmdjy bipariite contrast, difference Ëc\aihôî beesaadrrishya contrastingly Jm sczmdjy er bipariite; Ëc\aihôîmÇjz beesaadrrishyaruupe contribution ¶ÏaiÁ c^aadaa control ®a\p shaasan; sp½Pòt niyantran to control ®a\p ±mÁ shaasan karaa; ibp ±mÁ daman karaa; sp½Pòt ±mÁ niyantran karaa controller -±yíÁ (±»íÁ) kartaa (karttaa); sp½Pòt ±yíÁ niyantran kartaa controversial scy±íbg¬± bitarkamuulak convenience Fzjnas³yÁ upayogitaa; \fscoÁ subidhaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

37

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali conveniently \fscoabjyÁ subidhaamato convention Asojc®p adhibeshan; \jB¬p sammelan District Convention ʸ¬Á \jB¬p jelaa sammelan conversation Aaj¬a¶pÁ aalocanaa; ±uaz±up kathaapakathan to convert obíaPÙjm idsñy ±mÁ dharmaantare diiksita karaa; zsmty ±mÁ parinata karaa to convince yj±í zmavgy ±mÁ tarke paraabhuuta karaa convinced y±í zmavgy tarka paraabhuuta; \fspsô¶y sunishcita; ihR‘zyº½d drrirhapratyayii convincing sc®Ãa\¸p± bishbaas-janak cool, cold ®dy¬ shiital; waÝÁ thaandaa to cook something mapÐÁ raannaa; mÏaoÁ r^aadhaa; mïp ±mÁ randhan karaa to co-operate \ã±amd ãL½Á sahakaarii haoyaa co-operation \ãjnas³yÁ sahayogitaa co-operative \ã±amd sahakaarii; \ãjna³d sahayogii to cope Êba±ajc¬Á ±mÁ mokaabelaa karaa copper yabÁ taamaa copy p±¬ nakal; Apf±mt anukaran; copyist Aoºaz± adhyaapak; s¬sz±am lipikaar cordial AaPÙsm± aantarik cordially AaPÙsm±vajc aantarik-bhaabe corn opºasi ®\º dhanyaadi shasya; ®\º±tÁ shasyakanaa; ³b gam corner-stone ‘zoap svs»-‘zÅÙm pradhaan bhitti-prastar corpse bapfj¿m ®c maan shab; ¬a® laash correct, true sw± thik; \sw± sathik; ëÄ shuddha corrected \Èj®asoy sanºshodhita correction \Èj®aop sanºshodhan correlation zmÅÚm \BÃï paraspar sambandha to corrupt pø ±mÁ nasta karaa; Ûs¿y ±mÁ dusita karaa corrupted igpdísy‘³ÅÙ duurniitigrasta corruption Êia¿ dos; Ëpsy± Asy neetik abanati; A\amyÁ asaarataa coruler \ã®a\± sahashaasak cost bg¬º muulya; iab daam; ²m¶ kharac © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

38

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to cost, take up ¬a³Á laagaa How much does it cost? ±y qa±Á ¬aj³? kata taakaa laage? to cough ±a®Á kaashaa counsel Fzji® upadesh; zmab®í paraamaarsha to count [t V9.1] ³tpÁ gananaa; ʳatpÁ gonanaa counted in sã\ajc ³sty hisaabe ganita counted, numbered ³sty ganita counted as, creditted as ³sty ãj½j· (ãS½aj·) ganita hayeche (haiyaache) country Êi® desh countryside zlìd AÞ¬ palli ancal couple, pair ʸaEÁ joraa couple (married) iBÚsy dampati courage \aã\ saahas course ³sy gati course of study zawºÅgs¶ paathyasuuci court sc¶ama¬½ bicaaraalay courtyard ‘zaåt praangan; AasåpÁ aanginaa covenant sp½b ¶fs»M niyam cukti cover ra±pÁ dhaakanaa; AaEa¬ aaraal to cover ra±Á dhaakaa; Aaó·asiy ±mÁ aacchaadita karaa covetous ʬav lobh cow ³mÆ garu; ³aS gaai; ³avd gaabhii coward vdmÆ bhiiru; vdy› bhiitu to crack, split, tear xaqÁ phaataa craft, skill ʱ஬ kooshal craftsman sbÅòd mistrii crafty acts ¶ay›md caaturii cramped Û³íb durgam craving Asv¬a¿ abhilaas crazy FB» ummatta to create \hsø ±mÁ srristi karaa creation \hsø srristi Creator \hsø±»íÁ srristikarttaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

39

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali creature ¸Pß jantu crept in ãabaÓsE ÊiL½Á haamaaguri deoyaa crime Azmao aparaadh criminal Azmaod aparaadhii; Azmao \BÚ±dí½ aparaadh samparkiiya cripple ¬ºaÈEÁ lanºraa crisis time \ȱq±a¬ sanºkatkaal critical, very serious \ȱqzgtí sanºkat-puurna critical times sc¿b \b½ bisam samay to criticise ¶¶íÁ ±mÁ carcaa karaa; \baj¬a¶pÁ ±mÁ samaalocanaa karaa crooked cÏa±Á b^aakaa; A\m¬ asaral crop in field x\¬ phasal cross êfM® krush crow ±a± kaak crowd ¸pyÁ janataa; svE bhir great crowd scmaq ¸pyÁ biraat janataa; scÅÙm ʬa± bistar lok crown ma¸bf±‚q raaj-mukut crude ±Ïa¶Á k^aacaa cruel spWfm nisthur cruelty ph®È\yÁ nrrishanºsataa to crumble, go to pieces qf±mÁ qf±mÁ ãL½Á tukaraa tukaraa haoyaa to crumble, make go to pieces qf±mÁ qf±mÁ ±mÁ tukaraa tukaraa karaa crusade obínfÄ dharmayuddha to crush ¶ftí ±mÁ curn karaa to cry, weep ±ÏaiÁ k^aadaa; êMðip ±mÁ krandan karaa to cry out ʶ϶ajpÁ (ʶ϶ap+) c^ecaano (c^ecaana); s¶ù±am ±mÁ cit'kaar karaa cryptic mã\º¸p± rahasyajanak; ÓzÙ gupta cryptogram, sign s¶ãM cihna culprit Azmaod cºs»M aparaadhii byakti to cultivate ¶a¿ ±mÁ caas karaa cultivation, tillage ±¿ít karsan culture, historical background KsyN eetihya culture, moral or mental training \ÈÅþ„sy sanºskrriti; ±„sø krristi -culture, tillage -±¿ít -karsan © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

40

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali cunning(ness) ogyí dhuurta; ¶y›m catur cup Êz½a¬Á peyaalaa curious ʱày›ã¬ kootuhal curiousity ʱày›ã¬d kootuhalii current, flow ‘zcaã prabaah; Ê‘\ay srot current, of that time yù±a¬dp tat'kaaliin to curse Asv®az ÊiL½Á abhishaap deoyaa to curtail \ÈsñzÙ ±mÁ sanºksipta karaa curtain b®asm mashaari; ziíÁ pardaa custom mdsy riiti; ‘zuÁ prathaa; Hsy rriti customs ë¼± shulka to cut, reap ±aqÁ kaataa to cut a way through ÊcsE½Á Aa\Á beriyaa aasaa D Dacca, Dhaka ra±Á dhaakaa Daddy cacÁ baabaa daily Ëisp± deenik; Êma¸ roj; ‘zsy sip prati din of a daily routine Ëipsðip deenandin damage ñsy ksati; Aspø anista; pf±…\ap nuk`saan damp sv¸Á bhijaa to dance pa¶Á naacaa; phyº ±mÁ nrritya karaa danger sczi bipad dangerous sczæ¸p± bipajjanak; ²ym-pa± khatar-naak dark Aï±am andhakaar; Aaj¬aãdp aalohiin darling s‘z½ priya; s‘z½zaê priyapaatra date (of time) [Grammar 58.2] yasm² taarikh date (to eat) ʲ¸fm khejur out of date Ê\j±j¬ sekele up to date Aaofsp± aadhunik dating back to \b½±a¬dp samay-kaaliin daughter Êbj½ meye; ±jðî kanye; ±pºÁ kanyaa daughters of men (human daughters) bpf¿º ±jpºmÁ manusya kanyeraa David ia½gi daayuud dawn Êvam bhor © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

41

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali day sip din sic\ dibas day after tomorrow Aa³abd zmë aagaamii parashu day before yesterday ³y zmë gata parashu day to day ‘zyºsã± pratyahik; Ëipsðip deenandin the day after zmc»dí sip parabarttii din the day before zgcíc»dí sip puurbabarttii din the next day ±¬º kalya; ±a¬ kaal Day of Judgement sc¶ajmm sip bicaarer din day's text Aa¸j±m ®aÅòzaw aaj-ker shaastrapaath Monday Ê\abcam som-baar Tuesday bå¬cam mangal-baar Wednesday cfocam budh-baar Thursday chãÅÚsycam brrihaspatibaar Friday ëêMcam shukrabaar Saturday ®spcam shanibaar Sunday msccam ravibaar; Kycam eetabaar dazzled bfú¤ mugdha dead bhy mrrita; ³syãdp gatihiin; bjm s³j½ mare giye deaf csom badhir dealings actions cºcãam byabahaar; ±aní±¬az (±aníº±¬az) kaaryakalaap (kaaryyakalaap) dear, cherished s‘z½ priya dear, expensive bãå mahanga; bå manga death bhy›º mrrityu; sa® binaash death-sentence bhy›ºiÝ mrrityudanda debility Ûcí¬yÁ durbalataa debt Ht rrin; ia½ daay; oam dhaar decade i\± deceit, trickery ‘zcÞpÁ prabancanaa deceit, hypocrisy ±zqyÁ kapatataa deceitful ²¬ khal; ogyí dhuurta to deceive ‘zyamtÁ ±mÁ prataaranaa karaa; wa±ajpÁ (w±ap+) thakaano (thakaana); xÏas± ÊiL½Á ph^aaki deoyaa to be deceived w±Á thakaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

42

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali arch deceiver bãÁ ‘zyam± mahaa prataarak decency v‘iyÁ bhadrataa; s®øa¶am shistaacaar deception ‘zcÞpÁ prabancanaa; ¶ay›md caaturii; ·¬apÁ chalanaa to decide s\ÄaPÙ ±mÁ siddhaanta karaa; s\ÄaPÙ ÊpL½Á siddhaanta neoyaa decimal i®sb± dashamik decision s\ÄaPÙ siddhaanta; bdbaÈ\ miimaanºsaa; spÅÚs» nispatti declaration Ê´a¿tÁ ghosanaa declaring, proclaiming, accepting \Ãd±am±amd sviikaar-kaarii to decrease ±bÁ kamaa; ±jb (±sb½Á) naL½Á kame (kamiyaa) yaaoyaa to dedicate Fù\³í ±mÁ ut'saarga karaa; Fù\s³í±„y ±mÁ ut'sargikrrita karaa dedication Fù\³í ut'sarga; Fù\s³í±mt ut'sargikaran to deduce sptí½ ±mÁ nirnay karaa to define \È¡as½y ±mÁ sanºjnaayita ["sanºgyaayita"] karaa defined \È¡as½y sanºjnaayita ["sanºgyaayita"] deed, act ±a¸ kaaj; ±aní (±aníº) kaarya (kaaryya) deed document is¬¬ dalil deep ³vdm gabhir to deepen ³vdmym ±mÁ gabhiiratar karaa deer ãsmt harin defeat zma¸½ paraajay; zmas¸y ±mÁ (paraajita karaa); ãam haar defeated zmas¸y paraajita; zmaÅÙ paraasta defence ‘zsymñÁ pratiraksaa; zñ \buíp paksa samarthan to defer Êxs¬½Á ma²Á pheliyaa raaksaa deficiency Avac abhaab defiled ±¬fs¿y kalusita to define (limit or meaning) (\dbÁ cÁ Auí) spmÆzt ±mÁ (siimaa baa artha) nirupan karaa definite spséíø nirddista to defraud ‘zcÞpÁ ±mÁ prabancanaa karaa degradation Ao@zyp adhahh-patan delay Êimd derii; sc¬Bà bilamba without delay Asc¬jBà abilambe © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

43

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to delay, run late Êimd ±mÁ derii karaa to delay, postpone ÅÕs³y ma²Á sthagita raakhaa; \smj½ ma²Á sariye raakhaa to deliberate s¶PÙÁ ±mÁ cintaa karaa; scjc¶pÁ ±mÁ bibecanaa karaa deliberate, intentional, purposeful Fjéôî ‘zjtasiy uddeshya pranadita; Ê\Ãó·azgCÃí± (Ê\Ãó·azgcí±) svecchaapurbbak (svecchaapuurbak) deliberately, knowingly ¸apÁ ¸asp jaanaa jaani; Só¶a±„y vajc icchaa-krrita bhaabe deliberately, thoughtfully s¶PÙÁ ±jm (±sm½Á) cintaa kare (kariyaa) delicate, finely made bjpaãm manohar delicate, frail Ûcí¬ durbal delicate, fine, narrow s¶±p cikan delight Aajbai aamod to delight in -Jm \sãy ‘zt½ ±mÁ -er sahit pranay karaa delightful zmb Aapði¸p± param aanandajanak; Aapðiia½± aanandadaayak to deliver, to free bf»M ±mÁ mukta karaa; FÄam ±mÁ uddhaar karaa deliverance bfs»M mukti deluge ¸¬zÌa jal-plaaban to deluge AazÌascy ±mÁ aaplaabita karaa demand ¶asãiÁ caahidaa to demand, ask s¸j¡\ (s¸¡a\Á) ±mÁ jijnes [“jigyesh”] (jijnaasaa [“jigyaasaa”]) karaa to demand as a claim iasc ±mÁ daabi karaa to demand, require ¶aL½Á caaoyaa democracy ³tyPò ganatantra demon vgy bhuuta; Ëiyº deetya; sz®a¶ pishaac demonstration, display ‘zi®íp pradarshan denarius s\s± siki dentist iPÙ-s¶s±ù\± danta-cikit'sak to deny A\Ãd±am ±mÁ asviikaar karaa to depart mLpÁ (mL½apÁ) ãL½Á raonaa (raoyaanaa) haoyaa; ‘zÅÕap ±mÁ prasthaan karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

44

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali departing mLpÁ (mL½apÁ) raonaa (raoyaanaa) departure ‘zÅÕap prasthaan; departing mLpÁ (mL½apÁ) raonaa (raoyaanaa) to depend spvím ±mÁ nirbhar karaa dependable spvím®d¬ nirbhar-shiil to depict s¶sêy ±mÁ citrita karaa depopulated ¸p®gðî janashuunya to depopulate ¸p®gðî ±mÁ janashuunya karaa to depreciate bg¬º ±bajpÁ (±bap+) muulya kamaano (kamaana) depression Ac\ai abasaad; FiºbãdpyÁ udyam-hiinataa to deprive, take from scnf»M ±mÁ biyukta karaa to deprive, bereave of csÞy ±mÁ bancita karaa depth ³vdmyÁ gabhiirataa deputy, representative ‘zsyspso pratinidhi; Fz- upato descend Fzpdy ãL½Á upaniita haoyaa; Êpjb (pasb½Á) Aa\Á neme (naamiyaa) aasaa to be descended Êpjb (pasb½Á)ãL½Á neme (naamiyaa) haoyaa descendant cÈ®om banºshadhar; szyŸj¬a± pitrrilok descending spBгabd nimnagaamii to describe ctípÁ ±mÁ barnanaa karaa; cstíy ±mÁ barnita karaa description ctípÁ barnanaa; sccmt bibaran desert bmÆvgsb marubhuumi deserved, due, payable obtainable ‘zazº praapya deserving Fznf»M upayukta to design AÏa±Á aa^kaa; p±Î®Á ±mÁ nak'shaa karaa to design, form idea zsm±lÚpÁ ±mÁ parikalpanaa karaa designed zsm±slÚy parikalpita designer zsm±lÚ± parikalpak desire, urge Só·Á icchaa; caÞÁ baancaa; casÞy cÅß baancita bastu; ±abpÁ kaamanaa; Aa±aç²Á aakaankhaa; Asv¬a¿ abhilaas to desire Só·Á ±mÁ icchaa karaa; caÞÁ ±mÁ baancaa karaa; ±abpÁ ±mÁ kaamanaa karaa to despair ãya® cÁ spma® ãL½Á hataash baa niraash haoyaa desperate Ëpmaôî neeraashya; Û³íaPÙ durgaanta © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

45

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to despise Ac¡Á ±mÁ abajnaa ["obogyaa"] karaa; sciÍÇz ±mÁ bidruup karaa despite \j»¢L sattve-o destiny, fate va³º bhaagya; ¬ñº laksya to destroy O¢È\ ±mÁ dhvanºsa karaa; sa® ±mÁ binaash karaa; sø ±mÁ binasta karaa destruction O¢È\ dhvanºsa; sa® binaash; pa® naash destructive scO¢È\d bidhvanºsii; O¢È\aY± dhvanºsaatmak detail zfç²apfzfç² punkhaanupunka in detail zfç²apfzfç²mÇjz punkhaanupunkharuupe; sc®aivajc bishaad-bhaabe to detail, describe in detail zfç²apfzfç²mÇjz ctípÁ ±mÁ punkhaanupunkharuupe barnanaa karaa details sccmt bibaran determination \ȱlÚ sanºkalpa devastating scO¢È\d bidhvanºsii devastation Fùzaqp ut'paatan; scO¢È\ bidhvanºsa development Fpнp unnayan; êMbsc±a® kramabikaash device, craft, skill ʱ஬ kooshal devil [slanderer] si½ac¬ [Azcai±] diyaabal [apabaadak] devoid ëðî shunya; -ãdp -hiin; cs¸íy barjita to devote Fù\³í ±mÁ ut'sarga karaa; bjpaspjc® ±mÁ manonibesh karaa devoted to, -ish -zm -par devotion Fù\³í ut'sarga; Fza\pÁ upaasanaa exacting exclusive devotion \Ãj³àmc mñjt FiÎjna³d svagoorab raksane ud'yogii godly devotion D®Ãmd½ vs»M iishvariiya bhakti with godly devotion D®Ãmd½ vs»M \ã±ajm iishvariiya bhakti sahakaare to devour ‘³a\ ±mÁ graas karaa dew s®s®m shishir dialect ÅÕapd½ va¿Á sthaaniiya bhaasaa Dhaka, Dacca ra±Á dhaakaa diarrhoea Fimab½ udaraamay © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

46

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali dictionary ®CÉj±a¿ shabdakos; Asvoap abhidaan to die bmÁ maraa; bsm½Á naL½Á mariyaa yaaoyaa; ‘zatyºa³ ±mÁ praan-tyaag karaa difference zauí±º paarthakya; Akp±º aneekya different, various svpÐ bhinna; scsvpÐ bibhinna; zhu± prrithak difficult ±swp kathin; ±ø±m kastakar; ®»M shakta dignified Aaimpd½ aadaraniiya dignity \BÂap sammaan; bap maan dilemma Fv½-\ȱq ubhay-sanºkat diligence zsm‘®b parishram; Aoºc\a½ adhyabasaay diligent ‘®b®d¬ shramashiil; zsm‘®bd parishramii dim ñdt ksiina dinner Êva¸ bhoj evening dinner majym Êva¸ raater bhoj diplomat ±ƒqpdsysciÎ kuutniitivid` direct Ê\a¸Á sojaa; ‘zyºñ pratyaksa to direct zsm¶a¬pÁ ±mÁ paricaalanaa directly created \ma\sm \hø saraasari srrista direction, way ¬ñº laksya; si±Î dik' direction, instruction Aaji® aadesh; Aa¡Á aajnaa [“aagyaa”] direction, control zsm¶a¬pÁ paricaalanaa; spjéí®pÁ nirddeshanaa directive spjéí® nirddesh director zsm¶a¬± paricaalak; FzjiøÁ upadestaa dirt ÊpaÈmÁ nonºraa; pÈmÁ nanºraa; ÊpaÈ‘³Á nonºgraa disagreement Asb¬ amil; byjvi matabhed disappearance APÙoíap antardhaan; syjmavac tirobhaab disappointed ãya® hataash disappointment ãya®Á hataashaa; ËpmaôîyÁ neeraashyataa disaster Aa±sű sczi aakasmik bipad; Ûvía³º durbhaagya natural disaster ‘za±„sy± sczní½ praakrritik biparyay disc ua¬Á thaalaa discerning \fñÂi®dí suksmadarshii disciple s®¿º shisya; Apf³abd anugaamii; s®ñaydí shiksaartii discipline [restraint] ®h粬Á shrrinkalaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

47

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali discipline [training] sp½bapfcsyíyÁ niyamaanubartitaa disconnect scsó·pÐ ±mÁ bicchinna karaa discontent A\jPÙa¿ asantos to discourage spmÆù\asãy ±mÁ nirut'saahita karaa discover AascÅþam ±mÁ aabiskaar karaa discovered AascÅþ„y aabiskrrita discredit Ûpíab durnaam discreet cfsÄbap buddhimaan discrete zhu± prrithak; Aa¬aiÁ aalaadaa discrimination ‘zjvi prabhed discussion Aaj¬a¶pÁ aalocanaa; caiapgcai baadaanuubaad; Aa¬az aalaap disease Êma³ rog; A\f² asukh to disguise ·IÂjc® oamt ±mÁ chabesh dhaaran karaa; Ëc±¬º Êi²ajpÁ (Êi²ap+) beekalya dekhaano (dekhaana) disharmony A\ȳsy asanºgati disheartened bjpavå manobhanga dishonest A\ù asat'; ‘zcÞ± prabancak dishonour Azbap apamaan disobedience AcaoºyÁ abaadhyataa to disobey Acaoº ãL½Á abaadhya haoyaa; Abaðî ±mÁ amaanya karaa disorder sc®h粬Á bishrrinkhalaa; ʳa¬jna³ golayog display ‘zi®íp ±mÁ pradarshan karaa disposition of mind bjpavac manobhaab disruption scjó·i bicched; A®asPÙ ashaanti distance igmYà duuratva distance from Acso abadhi distant igmc»dí duurabarttii distinction zauí±º paarthakya distress naypÁ yaatanaa; AyºPÙ Êû±¿ atyanta kles; iasm‘iº daaridrya to distribute scsÅòy ±mÁ distribution scymt bitaran; cTqp bantan; scsÅòsy bistriti district ʸ¬Á jelaa; s¸¬Á jilaa District Convention ʸ¬Á Asojc®p jelaa adhibeshan © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

48

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali disturbance A®asPÙ ashaanti diverse scsco bibidha to divide zhu± ±mÁ prrithak karaa; va³ ±mÁ bhaag karaa dividing work scv»M±mjtm ±a¸ bibhaktakaraner kaaj divine, godly Ks®± eeshik divine, heavenly \ódí½ svargiiya division, department scva³ bibhaag division, breakdown scjó·i bicched divisions, factions i¬ais¬ dalaadali to dive efc ÊiL½Á dub deoyaa; efcÁ dubaa divorce sccaãyºa³ bibaah-tyaag; sccaã scjó·i bibaah bicched to do ±mÁ karaa to cause to do, to make happen ±majpÁ (±map+) karaano (karaana) to do away with \smj½ (\maS½Á) ±mÁ sariye (saraaiyaa) karaa doctor ea»MamÎ daaktaar'; s¶s±ù\± cikit'sak doctrine bycai matabaad document is¬¬ dalil doer of ... ..-±yíÁ (-±»íÁ) ...-kartaa(-karttaa) dog ±‚±‚m kukur doing... ..-±amd ...kaarii doll zfy›¬ putul dominance Asozyº adhipatya dominant ‘zc¬ prabal to dominate ±yŸíYà (±»ŸíYÃ) ±mÁ kartrritva (kartrritva) karaa dominated ±yŸíYÃaodp kartrrivaadhiin domination Asozyº adhipatya donation ¶ÏaiÁ c^aadaa; iap daan done ...-±„y ...-krrita done by [S22, 23] ... ±yŸí± (±»Ÿí±) ...-kartrrik (karttrrik) donkey ³iív gardabh; ³aoÁ gaadhaa donor -iayÁ -daataa doomed, predetermined zgcíspoíasmy puurbanirdhaarita door im¸Á darajaa double siÃÓt dvigun; ʸaEÁ joraa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

49

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali doubt \jðiã sandeh dove ±cfym kabutar; ±jzay kapot down spBÐ nimna; pdj¶ niice to cast down spsñzÙ ±mÁ niksipta karaa to fall down in awe vgsbW ãL½Á bhuumistha haoyaa downwards spBÐsij± nimnadike; zyjpm sij± pataner dike dragon pa³ naag drain piíbÁ nardamaa drainage zasp spÑþa®p paani niskaashan drama paq± naatak dramatically paq±d½vajc naatakiiyabhaabe to draw, derive, obtain A¸íp ±mÁ arjan karaa to draw, pull, attract Aa±¿ít ±mÁ aakarsan karaa dream \ÃzÐ svapna dress Êza®a± poshaak; Êc® besh to dress, put on zsmoap ±mÁ paridhaan karaa; \sæ¸y ±mÁ sajjita karaa to drink zap ±mÁ paan karaa to drink tea ¶Á ²aL½Á caa khaaoyaa drinking water ²acam zasp khaabaar paani; zasp½ ¸¬ paaniiya jal to drive, make move ¶a¬ajpÁ (¶a¬ap+) caalaano (caalaana) driven zsm¶as¬y paricaalita driven away ¶as¬y caalita driver ¶a¬± caalak (tear) drop (A‘®Æ)scðÛ (ashru)bindu drop of blood m»MscðÛ raktabindu drought Apachsø anaabrristi drug, medicine è¿o oosadh; Êp®Á neshaa; Êp®a±m L¿fo neshaakar osudha drunk baya¬ maataal dry ëÑþ shuska; ë±pÁ shukanaa; ë±jpÁ shukano; ë±Á shukaa dual case sIÃc¶p dvivacan dumb ÊcacÁ bobaa dummy zfy›¬ putul © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

50

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali dung ʳacm gobar duration sÅÕsy±a¬ sthitikaal during osm½Á dhariyaa; cºasz½Á byaapiyaa dusk \ïºÁ sandhyaa dust ofs¬ dhuli; ÓEÁ guraa dust of the ground bhs»±am ogs¬ mrrittikaar dhuuli duty as responsibility ±yícº (±»ícº) kartabya (karttabya) duty as tax ë¼± shulka dwelling ca\ÅÕap baasasthaan; FzscW upabistha dwelling place spca\ nibaas dysentery m»Maba®½ raktaamaashay; Aaba®Á aamaashaa E each ‘zjyº± pratyek; ‘zsy prati eager Fù\f± ut'suk; cº‘³ byagra; Aa‘³ãd aagrahii; K±asPÙ±d eekaantikii; Aodm adhiir eagerness Fù\aã ut'saaha; Aa‘³ã aagraha; ¬a¬\Á laalasaa eagle D³¬ zñd iigal paksii ear ±¬ kal; ±tí karna; ±ap kaan ear-tickling ±ap¶f¬±asp kaan-cul-kaani early \±a¬ \±a¬ sakaal sakaal; Aaj³ aage earth zhsucd prrithibii earthly zhsucdÅÙ prrithibiista earthquake vgsb±BÚ bhuumikampa ease Aamab aaraam; scmab biraam east zgcí (zgCÃí) puurba (puurbba); zgcísi±Î (zgCÃísi±Î) puurbadik' (puurbbadik'); ‘za¶ºji® praacyadesh easy \㸠sahaj to eat Aaãam ±mÁ aahaar karaa; ²aL½a khaaoyaa to eat up ʲj½ Êx¬Á kheye phelaa eccentric ²abj²½s¬zgtí khaam-kheyalipuurna economical, of economics, financial Auíkpsy± arthaneetik economics AuísciºÁ arthabidyaa; Auípdsy arthaniiti -ed, done -±„y -krrita edge oam dhaar; s±pamÁ kinaaraa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

51

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali edible ²aiº khaadya; vñpd½ bhaksaniiya edition \ÈÅþmt sanºskaran editor \BÚai± sampaadak education s®ñÁ shiksaa; ʬ²Á zEÁ lekhaa paraa effect x¬ phal; ‘zvac prabhaab; x¬ax¬ phalaaphal effective x¬‘zi phalaprad; ±aní±amd (±aníº±amd) kaaryakaarii (kaaryyakaarii) effectively cÅßy@ bastutahh effort ʶøÁ cestaa; ʶ«qÁ cestaa; ‘zj¶øÁ pracestaa; ‘zj¶«qÁ pracestaa egg sebÎ dim' Egyptian sb®m Êi®d½ mishar deshiiya; sb‘\d½ misriiya eight Aaq aat eighth Aøb astam either, or AucÁ athabaa either one or the other Ûj½m bjoº J± duyer madhye ek to eject spjñz ±mÁ niksep karaa elbow ±pfS kanui elder ʸºW jyestha; A‘³¸ agraj; ‘za¶dp vaS praaciin bhaai elderly [male] chÄ brriddha; ‘za¶dp praaciin elderly [female] chÄÁ brriddhaa; ‘za¶dpÁ praaciinaa to elect spcías¶y ±mÁ nirbaacita karaa; spcía¶p ±mÁ nirbaacan karaa election spcía¶p nirbaacan electric Ëcifºsy± beedyutik; yasEy taarita electricity scifºy bidyut electro-magnetic ysEy¶fBñ taritacumbak elegance Ê\àðiní (Ê\àðiníº) soondarya (soondaryya) element Fzaiap upaadaan elementary ‘zausb± praathamik; Êbàs¬± moolik elephant ãasy haati; ãay haat eligible Êna³º yogya eloquence casúbyÁ baagmita eloquent person casúb baagmi elsewhere Aðî ʱauaL anya kothaa-o embankment cÏao b^aadh © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

52

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali embarkation casã³íbp baahirgaman embassy igyaca\ duutaabaas emblem ‘zyd± pratiik; s¶ãM cihna to embrace, involve ¸EajpÁ (¸Eap+) jaraano (jaraana) emergency ¸mÆmd AcÅÕÁ jarurii abasthaa; ¸mÆsm jaruri emergent, urgent ¸mÆmd jarurii emigrant ‘zca\d cºs»M prabaasii byakti world empire of false religion sbuºÁ ojbím sc®Ã \a‘ba¸º mithyaa dhaarmer bishbasaamraajya emotion vajcm Aajc³ bhaaber aabeg; Aajc³ aabeg; ‘zctyÁ prabanataa emotional Aajc³b½ aabegamay emperor \‘baq samraat emphatic ʸamaj¬Á joraalo empire \a‘ba¸º saamrajya employee ±bí¶amd karmacaarii; ¶a±‚jm cakure to employ, use cºcãam ±mÁ byabahaar karaa; ±aj¸ ‘zj½a³ ±mÁ kaaje prayog karaa employment ±ajní (±ajníº) spj½a³ kaarye (kaaryye) niyog empty ²as¬ khaali; ®gðî shuunya enable \ñb ±mÁ saksam karaa; ¶a¬ajpÁ (¶a¬ap+) caalaano (caalaana) to encircle the globe sc®ÃzsmêMbÁ ±mÁ bishvaparakramaa karaa encouragement Fù\aã ut'saaha end Ê®¿ shes; \bazÙ samaapt ending \baszÙ samaapti endless, unending spyº nitya; ApPÙ ananta; Ascmab abiraam; Aj®¿ ashes endless, limitless \dbaãdp siimaahiin endlessly ApPÙ vajc ananta bhaabe to endure \㺠(\N) ±mÁ sahya (sahya) [“sajja”] karaa; Êva³ ±mÁ bhog karaa endurance sÅÕsy sthiti; \sã©‚yÁ sahisnutaa; Ëoní (Ëoníº) dheerya (dheeryya) enduring, firm sÅÕm sthir; ihR drrirha © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

53

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali enemy ®êÆ shatru energy ®s»M shakti; scifºy bidyut to engage in marriage or in work AacÄ ±mÁ abaddha karaa engagement for marriage Aåd±am angiikaar engagement for employment spj½a³ niyog engine ±¬ kal engineer ‘zj±à®¬d prakooshalii engineering nPòsciºÁ yantrabidyaa; ±asm³asm sciºÁ kaarigaari bidyaa English language SÈjm¸d va¿Á inºrejii bhaasaa English person SÈjm¸ inºrej; SÈma¸ inºraaj to be engrossed in ·›qÁ chutaa engulfed Aaó·pÐ aacchanna to enhance casoíy ±mÁ baardhita karaa; Êya¬Á tolaa to enjoy Fzjva³ ±mÁ upabhog karaa enjoyment Aajbai aamod to enlarge chsÄ ±mÁ brriddhi karaa to enlighten s®ñÁ ÊiL½Á shiksaa deoyaa; Aaj¬a±zay ±mÁ aalok-paat karaa enlightening siszÙb½ diptimay enlightenment Aaj¬a± aalok enmity ®êÆyÁ shatrutaa enormous scmaq biraat; sc®a¬ bishaal; ‘z¶fm pracur enough nju¯q, njuø yathesta; ‘za¶f½í (‘za¶fníº) praacurya (praacuryya) enslavement c®d±„sy bashiikrriti to ensure spsô¶y ±mÁ nishcita karaa to enter ‘zjc® ±mÁ prabesh karaa enterprise ‘zsyWap pratisthaan to entertain a guest Asysu atithi; \ù±am ±mÁ sat'kaar karaa entertainment Aajbai aamod to enthrone s\Èãa\jp ÅÕazp ±mÁ sinºhaasane sthaapan karaa; ma¸zji Asvj¿± ±mÁ raaj-pade abhisek karaa enthronement ma¸ºasvj¿± raajyaabhisek enthusiasm Fù\aã ut'saaha enthusiastic Aa‘³ãastÃy aagrahaanvita; cº‘³ byagra © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

54

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to entice ‘zj¬asvy ±mÁ pralobhita karaa enticements ‘zj¬avp pralobhan entire \BÚgtí sampuurna; ʳaqÁ gotaa entirely \BÚgtívajc sampuurnabhaabe; Jj±cajm ekebaare entrance ‘zjc®iÃam prabeshdvaar to entreat sbpsy ±mÁ minati karaa; Apfjmao ±mÁ anurodh karaa entreaty sbpsy minati; Apfjmao anurodh envelope ²ab khaam to envelope Aaó·aip ±mÁ aacchaadan karaa envious D¿íastÃy iirsaanvita environment zsmjc® paribesh envoy igy duut epidemic [cºaz±] bãabamd [byapak] mahaamaarii equal \bap samaan equality \bvac samabhaab to equip \sæ¸y ±mÁ sajjita karaa equipment \a¸-\mªab saaj-saranjaam equipment, suit of armour nfjÄm \æ¸Á yuddher sajjaa equipment, spiritual suit of armour obí (oBÂí) nfjÄm \æ¸Á dharma (dharmma) yuddher sajjaa equivalent \by›¬º samatulya; \b±ñ samakaksa -er, -ist, -monger -L½a¬Á -oyaalaa -er, more: [see Study 55] -ym -tar; AamL ... aar-o ... era nf³ yug; ACÉ abda; Aab¬ aamal to erase bfj· (bf·aS½Á) ÊiL½Á muche (muchaaiyaa) deoyaa; bfj· (bf·aS½Á) Êx¬Á muche (muchaaiyaa) phelaa erect ²aEÁ khaaraa to erect spbíat (spBÂíat) ±mÁ nirmaan (nirmmaan) karaa; Fj»a¬p ±mÁ uttolan karaa error, mistake vf¬ bhul error, sin against God Azmao aparaadh to escape bf»M ãL½Á mukta haoyaa; z¬a½p ±mÁ palaayan karaa; mñÁ ±mÁ raksaa karaa especially ‘zoapy@ pradhaanatahha; scj®¿ vajc bishes bhaabe © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

55

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali essential Ayºacôî± atyaabashyak -est, most: [see Study 55] -yb -tam; \cj¶j½ sab-ceye; \±¬ Êuj± sakal theke; \±¬ ãjy (ãSjy) sakal hate (haite) to establish ÅÕazp ±mÁ sthaapan karaa; ‘zsysøy ±mÁ pratistita karaa to estimate ³tpÁ ±mÁ gananaa karaa eternal \payp sanaatan; spyº nitya eternity ApPÙ±a¬ anantakaal; spyºyÁ nityataa eunuch p@zfÏ\± nahhp^usak evaluation bg¬ºa½p muulyaayan even, at all -L -o; even, equal \bap samaan even so Au¶ athaca even with ... -\jYÃL (-\j»¢L) -satve-o (-sattve-o) evening \ﺱa¬ sandhyakaal; \ïºÁ Êc¬Á sandhya belaa; sc±a¬ bikaal Evening Meal \ïºjva¸ sandhyabhoj event ´qpÁ ghatanaa eventually êMb®@ kramashahha ever at all ±²jpÁ kakhano; ±²pL kakhan-o ever- s¶m- cir-; spyº- nityaeverlasting spyº nitya; s¶mÅÕa½d cirasthaayii every ‘zjyº± pratyek; \±¬ sakal everyone ‘zjyºj± pratyeke; \±j¬ sakale everything ‘zjyº±sq s¸sp¿ pratyek-ti jinis everywhere ‘zjyº± ÅÕajp pratyek sthaane; \c ¸a½³a½ sab jaay-gaay; \cíê sarvatra evidence \añº saaksya; ‘zbat pramaan evident ‘zyd½bap pratiiyamaan evil bði manda; A\ù asat' to evoke FiÃÄ ±mÁ udvaddha karaa; Aascvgíy ±majpÁ (±map+) aabirbhuuta karaano (karaana); Aaã¢ap ±mÁ aahvaan karaa evolution sccyíp (scc»íp) bibartan (bibarttan); êMbsccyíp (êMbscc»íp) kramabibartan (kramabibarttan); êMbsc±a® kramabikaash; êMjbaù±¿í kramot'kars; êMjbàpÐsy kramoonnati evolutionist êMbsccyípcaid kramabibartan-baadii © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

56

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali exact sw± thik; \yº satya; \sw± sathik to exaggerate Asymsªy ±mÁ atiranjita karaa exaggeration Asymªp atiranjan examination, test, experiment zmdñÁ pariiksaa example, illustration ihøaPÙ drristaanta; Fiaãmt udaaharan example, model Aai®í aadarsha example, sample, pattern pbfpÁ namunaa excavation ²pp khanan excellence Fù±¿íyÁ ut'karsataa excellent ¶bù±am camat'kaar; ²fc va¬ khub bhaala Excellent! Êc®! besh! except cºydy byatiita; cºsyjmj± byatireke; ·aEÁ chaaraa; caji baade exception cºsyêMjb byatikrame; Azs» apatti excess Aaso±º aadhikya excessive Asysm»M atirikta excessively, to extremes Asybaêa½ atimaatraay excessively, too Êcs® beshi; Êc®d beshii; zsm- pariexchange scspb½ ±mÁ binimay karaa to excite Fj»s¸y ±mÁ uttejita karaa excitement Fj»¸pÁ uttejanaa exciting Fj»¸± uttejak exclusive cs¸íy barjita; cai si½Á baad diyaa exacting exclusive devotion \Ãj³àmc mñjt Fjiºa³d svagoorab raksane udyogii exclusively \BÚgtímÇjz sampuurnaruupe excruciating nPòpaia½± yantradaayak to excuse ñbÁ ±mÁ ksamaa karaa; bax ±mÁ maaph karaa to execute \BÚaip ±mÁ sampaadan karaa execution, performance spÅÚs» nispatti to exercise in faith or work Apf®d¬p ±mÁ anushiilan karaa; ¶¶íÁ ±mÁ carcaa karaa to exercise physically cºa½ab ±mÁ byaayaam karaa exertion of self ‘zatzt praan-pan exhausted sp@j®s¿y nihhashesita; û±aPÙ klaanta © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

57

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to exhibit Êi²ajpÁ (Êi²ap+) dekhaano (dekhaana) exhibiting ‘zi®ípd½ pradarshaniiya exhibition ‘zi®ípd½ pradarshaniiya to exhort FiÃfÄ ±mÁ udvuddha karaa; ‘zjtasiy ±mÁ pranodita karaa exile spcía\p nirbaasan to exist [see below] ãL½Á haoyaa ... exists, is in place Aaj· aache; yam (yaãam) AsÅÙYà Aaj· taar (taahaar) astitva aache ... exists, goes on mj½j· rayeche ... exists not, is not in place ÊpS (paS) nei (naai) existence AsÅÙYà astitva exit ‘zÅÕajpm zu prasthaaner path; casãm baahir exoneration bfs»M mukti to expand, make larger scÅÙŸy ±mÁ bistrrita karaa; scÅÙasmy ±mÁ bistaarita karaa to expand, be made larger ‘z\am¬av ±mÁ prasaar-laabh karaa expansion ‘z\amt prasaaran; \b‘z\amp samaprasaaran; scÅÙamp bistaaran to expect Aa®Á ±mÁ aashaa karaa; AjzñÁ ±mÁ apeksaa karaa; ‘zydñÁ ±mÁ pratiiksaa karaa to expel yasEj½ (yaEaS½Á) ÊiL½Á taariye (taaraaiyaa) deoyaa; csãÅþ„y ±mÁ bahiskrrita karaa to expend cº½ ±mÁ byaay karaa expense ²m¶ kharac experience Asv¡yÁ abhijnataa ["abhigyataa"] experienced Asv¡ abhijna ["abhigya"] experiment, test, examination zmdñÁ pariiksaa expert, skilled iñ daksa; scj®¿¡ bishesajna ["bishesagya"] to expire, die bjm (bsm½Á) naL½Á mare (mariyaa) yaaoyaa to expire, finish, come to an end Ê®¿ ãL½Á shes haoyaa; expiry Ac\ap abasaan; Ê®¿ shes to explain cºa²ºÁ ±mÁ byaakhyaa karaa; ctípÁ ±mÁ barnanaa karaa explanation cºa²ºÁ byaakhyaa; Auí artha; ˱sx½ù keephiyat' to exploit weakness Ûcí¬yam (ÛCÃí¬yam) \fjna³ ÊpL½Á durbbalataar © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

58

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali (durbalataar) suyog neoyaa exploitation Ê®a¿t shosan explosion scj«xamt bisphoran to export mzÙapd ±mÁ raptaanii karaa to expose Apachy ±mÁ anaabrrita karaa to express cº»M ±mÁ byakta karaa; ‘z±a® ±mÁ prakaash karaa express, rapid iÍÆy³abd drutagaamii expression vac bhaab; cºªpÁ byanjanaa; Asvcºs»M abhibyakti to extend scÅÙŸy ±mÁ bistrrita karaa; scÅÙasmy ±mÁ bistaarita karaa extended, offered scÅÙŸy bistrrita; scÅÙasmy bistaarita external cas㺱 baahyik extinguisher spcíaz± (spCÃíaz±) nirbaapak (nirbbaapak) extra Asysm»M atirikta extraordinary A\aoamt asaadhaaran; AIÖgy adbhuut extreme, to the limit Ê®¿ \dba½ shes siimaay; ¶mb \dba½ caram siimaay extremely, very very AyºPÙ atyanta; Asy- atiextremely, to extremes, excessively, O. T. T. (over the top) Asybaêa½ atimaatraay extremity, extreme, crisis Ê®¿ \dbÁ shes siimaa; ¶mb \dbÁ caram siimaa to exult Flìas\y ãL½Á ullaasita haoyaa; Flìa\ ±mÁ ullaas karaa; Aapði ±mÁ aananda karaa eye ¶ñf caksu; Êpê netra; AÏa² aa^kh eyeball ¶ñ‚j³a¬± caksugolak eye-sight ihsø®s»M drristishakti eye-witness ‘zyºñi®dí pratyaksa-darshii F face bf² mukh, bf²bݬ mukh-mandal to face bfj²abfs² ãL½Á mukhomukhi haoyaa to face up to Êba±asc¬Á (Êba±ajc¬Á) ±mÁ mokaabilaa (mokaabelaa) karaa faced with -Jm \BÂf²dp -er sammukhiin fact caÅÙc baastab; yuº tathya; \yº satya; ´qpÁ ghatanaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

59

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali facts Aa\¬ \yºqÁ aasal satyataa factory ±am²apÁ kaarakhaanaa in factions i¬ais¬ dalaadali factual caÅÙsc± baastabik; Aa\¬ aasal to fail spma® ±mÁ niraash karaa; cºuí ãL½Á byartha haoyaa failing cºuí byartha to be failing to do ±smjy A±„y±aní (A±„y±aníº) ãL½Á karite akrritakaarya (akrritakaaryya) haoyaa failure cºauíyÁ vyaarthataa; v›¬êÆsq bhul-truti faith sc®Ãa\ bishbaas faithful sc®Ãa\d bishbaasii; sc®ÃÅÙ bishbassta; sc®a\º vishaasya faithfulness sc®ÃÅÙyÁ bishbastataa fall zyp patan to fall zEÁ paraa to fall down in awe vgsbW ãL½Á bhuumistha haoyaa fallen flesh As\Ä baÈs\± Êiã asiddha maanºsik deha falling short of the glory ʳàmc-scãdp goorab-bihiin false sbuºÁ mithyaa; vf¬ bhul; va»M bhaakta false prophets va»M vaccaid³t bhaakta bhaababaadiigan false religion sbuºÁ obí mithyaa dharma falsehood sbuºÁ mithyaa familiar zsms¶y paricita famine Ûsvíñ durbhiksa; ²ajiºm Avac khaadyer abhaab family [see Grammar 56.4,56.5] zsmcam paribaar of the family zasmcasm± paaribaarik famous sc²ºay bikhyaat fan za²Á paakhaa fanatic ʳÏaEÁ g^oraa; AyºPÙ Fù\aãd atyanta ut'saahii far igm duur; igmcydí (igmc»dí) duurabartii (duurabarttii) far and wide igmigmajPÙ duur-duuraante faraway place igmji® duur-desh fare vaEÁ bhaaraa farewell scia½ Asvpðip bidaay abhinandan farm ±„s¿jñê krrisiksetra © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

60

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali farmer ±„¿± krrisak; ¶a¿d caasii farmhouse, farmyard ²abam khaamaar Farsi xma\d pharaasii farther igmym duuratar; AamL Aso± igjm aar-o adhik duure fashion mdsy riiti; zÄsy paddhati; Aa±„sy aakrriti fast, quick yaEÁ yasE taaraa taari; ‘iÆy druta; ‘iÆy³abd drutagaamii fast, firm ihR drrirh fasting Fzca\ upabaas; Êma¸Á rojaa; Apaãam anaahaar fat, obeise ÊbaqÁ motaa; baÈ\¬ maanºsal fat, oily ¶scí carbi fatal \aÈ´asy± saanºghaatik; bamaYš± maaraatmak fatalistic Aigøcaid aduustavaadii fate, fortune, luck va³º bhaagya father szyÁ pitaa; cacÁ baabaa; szy@ pitahha; AaCÃÁ aabbaa fathers' ËzyŸ± peetrrik fatigue û±asPÙ klaanti fault Êia¿ dos; êÆsq truti to find fault Êia¿ omÁ dos dharaa fauna ¸dc¸PÙ jiib-janta favour Apf‘³ã anugraha in favourable and unfavourable season \bj½ L A\bj½ samaye o asamaye favourite one s‘z½zaê priyapaatra favourite, preferred s‘z½yb priyatama; \cj¶j½ s‘z½ sab-ceye priya favouritism zñzasyYà paksapaatitva; bf²ajzñÁ mukhaapeksaa fear v½ bhay; ®È±Á shanºkaa; svs» bhitti with fear \v½ sabhay fearful, frightened vdy bhiita; vdmÆ‘z±„sym bhiiruprakrritir fearful, frightening v½acã bhayaabaha to become fearful v½ zaL½Á bhay paaoyaa; ®Ès±y ãL½Á shanºkita haoyaa; v½ ²aL½Á bhay khaaoyaa fearlessness spví½yÁ nirbhayataa; Av½yÁ abhayataa fearsome v½ám bhayankar; v½È±m bhayanºkar feast Êva¸ bhoj © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

61

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali feature Ëcs®«qº beeshistya fed ²aL½ajpÁ ãL½Á khaaoyaano haoyaa feeble Ûcí¬ durbal to feed ²aL½ajpÁ (²aL½ap+) khaaoyaano (khaaoyaana); Aaãam ±map+ (±majpÁ) aahaar karaana (karaano) to feel, sense Apfvc ±mÁ anubhab karaa to feel, touch ¬a³ap+ (¬a³ajpÁ) laagaana (laagaano); ÅÚ®í ±mÁ sparsha karaa to feel, be felt, strike as ¬a³Á laagaa it feels good va¬ ¬aj³ bhaala laage fear is felt v½ ¬aj³ bhay laage feeling experienced Apfvgsy anubhuuti; Apfvc anubhab feeling expressed, influence Apfvac anubhaab fellow \åd sangii; \vº sabhya fellow- \ã- sah-; \b- samfellow religionists \bobdí ʬaj±mÁ samadharmii lokeraa fellow believers \ãsc®Ãa\dmÁ sah-bishbaasiiraa fellowship cï‚Yà bandhutva; cï‚»¢ bandhuttva; chs» brritti female bsã¬Á mahilaa; pamd naarii; Åòd strii feminine Åòd¸asy½ striijaatiya fertile Fcím (FCÃím) urbar (urbbar) festival Fù\c ut'sab to fetch AapÁ aanaa fever æ¢m jvar few AlÚ alpa; \abaðî saamaanya few in number AlÚ \Ȳº± alpa sanºkhyak fiance ca³Îi» zfmÆ¿ baag'datta purus fiancee ca³Îi»Á pamd baag'datta naarii fidelity sc®ÃÅÙyÁ bishbastataa field Êñê ksetra; Êñy kset; baw maath fierce v½ám bhayankar; ‘z¶Ý pracand; sc¿b bisam fifth, ordinary ordinal zÞb pancam fifth in dates zÏa¶S p^aac-i fig efbfm dumur © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

62

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali fight nfÄ yuddha; iÃðià dvandva; ¬EaS laraai; bamabasm maaraamaari to fill zgtí ±mÁ puurna karaa; zgmt ±mÁ puuran karaa; vmÁ bharaa; vsyí (vs»í) ±mÁ bharti (bhartti) karaa final Ê®¿ shes; ¶mb caram; ¶›maPÙ curaanta; AsPÙb antim finally Ê®j¿ shese; zsmtajb parinaame; Acj®j¿ abashese; zsmj®j¿ parishese to find Êna³ajpÁ (Êna³ap+) yogaano (yogaana); Êi²jy (Êis²jy) zaL½Á dekh-te (dekhite) paaoyaa fine, good \fðim sundar; F»b uttam fine, thin zay¬Á paatalaa; \fñÎp suksna fine, clarified scëÄ bishuddha finger ãajym AaçÓ¬ haater aangul; Aaåf¬ aangul finish, conclusion \baszÙ samaapti; Fz\Èãam upasanºhaar; Ê®¿ shes; ±aní (±aníº) \aop kaarya (kaaryya) saadhan to finish, complete Ê®¿ ±mÁ shes karaa; \bazÙ ±mÁ samaapta karaa to be finished of, crushed Fsó·pÐ ãL½Á ucchinna haoyaa to be finished, done ãj½ (ãS½Á) naL½Á haiyaa yaaoyaa to be finished doing --, ("it has been") ãj½j· (ãS½aj·) hayeche (haiyaache) fire AaÓp aagun fire catches on As³Ð ¬aj³ agni laage to set fire to AaÓp omajpÁ (omap+) aagun dharaano (dharaana) fire-extinguisher As³Ðspcíaz± nPò agninirbaapak yantra firm, hard ±swp kathin; ihR drrirh firm, lasting sÅÕm sthir; ihR drrirh first, ordinary ordinal ‘zub pratham first in dates z½¬Á payalaa first born ‘zub ¸ay pratham jaata first part As‘³baÈ® agrimaanºsha firstly ‘zuby@ prathamatahh; Aaj³ aage fish ba· maach fisher -man(-woman) ʸj¬ (-pd) jele(-nii) fit, suitable Fznf»M upayukta; Êna³º yogya; Fs¶ù ucit' fit for -Êna³º -yogya © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

63

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to fit ¬a³Á laagaa it fits here J²ajp ¬aj³ ekhaane laage fitness, compliance Êna³ºyÁ yogyataa fitting \bfs¶y samucit flag zya±Á pataakaa; sp®ap nishaan flame As³Ðs®²Á agnishikhaa to flash ¶b±ajpÁ (¶b±ap+) camakaano (camakaana) flat ¶ºaZqÁ cyaaptaa; \by¬ samatal a flattish ... [S21] -²apÁ -khaanaa; -²asp -khaani flavour ³ï gandha; Aa\Ãaip aasvaadan flea ±dq-scj®¿ kiit-bishes to flee, dissipate ã÷a\ ãL½Á hraas haoyaa to flee, escape z¬a½p ±mÁ palaayan karaa flesh baÈ\ maanºsa in the flesh baÈj\ maanºse flexible pbpd½ namaniiya; sdy biniita; p‘b®d¬ namra-shiil flight F¥½p uddayan flock of sheep zaj¬mÁ paaleraa; Êb¿-za¬ mes-paal flood zÌa plaaban; ¸¬zÌa jal-plaaban floor Êbj¹ mejhe flora ³a·za¬Á gaach-paalaa flour b½iÁ mayadaa; AaqÁ aataa to flow ‘zcasãy ãL½Á prabaahita haoyaa; ¶¬a¶¬ ±mÁ calaacal karaa flower x‚¬ phul flu SpÎûx‚j½ªÁ in'phluyenjaa fluent ca±Îzqf baak'patu fly bas· maachi to fly FEÁ uraa; FjE (FsE½Á) naL½Á ure (uriyaa) yaaoyaa to let fly, squander FsEj½ (FEaS½Á) ÊiL½Á uriye (uraaiyaa) deoyaa flying FEPÙ uranta; F¥½p uddayan foe ®êÆ shatru fog ±‚½a®Á kuyaashaa fold, ply vÏa¸ bh^aaj; Aas¬åt aalingan to follow, apply ¬a³ajpÁ (¬a³ap+) laagaano (laagaana) © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

64

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to follow, maintain, obey za¬p ±mÁ paalan karaa; Apf\mt ±mÁ anusaran karaa; Êbjp (basp½Á) ¶¬Á mene (maaniyaa) calaa to follow, understand Auí Êca¹Á arthaa bojhaa; cf¹Á bujhaa follower, disciple Apf³abd anugaamii; s®¿º shisya; Apf¶m anucar; -caid -baadii following, next zmcydí (zmc»dí) parabartii (parabarttii) to be fond of va¬ca\Á bhaalabaasaa fondness va¬ca\Á bhaalabaasaa food ²aiº khaadya food shortage ²ajiºm Avac khaadyer abhaab; ²aiºavac khaadyaabhaab; Ûsvíñ durbhiksa fool bokaa bokaa; spjcíao nirbodh foolish Êca±ajbÁ bokaamo foot (on body) zi pad; ziy¬ padatal; zaibg¬ paadamuul; zÁ paa; ¶mt caran foot (measure) x‚q phut footpath zaj½ ¶¬Á zu paaye calaa path footstep zis¶ãM padacihna for, in the sake of, in behalf of -Jm ¸ðî -er janya; -Jm spsb» -er nimitta for the time being J²p±am ¸ðî ekhan-kaar janya to forbid spj¿o ±mÁ nisedh karaa; sps¿Ä ±mÁ nisiddha karaa; spcamt ±mÁ nibaaran karaa forbidden spj¿o nisedh; sps¿Ä nisiddha; Akco abeedha to force caoº ±mÁ baadhya karaa forceful ®s»M \BÚpÐ shakti sampanna; F‘³ ugra; ʸamaj¬Á joraalo forefather zgcízfmÆ¿ (zgCÃízfmÆ¿) puurbapurus (purbbapurus) foregleam zgcícayíÁ puurbabaartaa to forego zsmyºa³ ±mÁ parityaag karaa foreign scji®d½ bideshiiya; Ëcjis®± beedeshik foreigner scji®d ʬa± bideshii lok to foresee Aj‘³ ¸apÁ agre jaanaa; vsc¿ºiÃatd ±mÁ bhabisyadvaanii karaa forest Amðî aranya; ban; aÞ¬ banaancal © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

65

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali foretaste zgcí\Ãai puurvasvaad to foretell vsc¿ºiÃatd ±mÁ bhabisyadvaanii karaa; vsc¿ºù c¬Á bhabisat' balaa; zgcívas¿y (zgCÃívas¿y) ±mÁ puurbabhaasita (puurbbabhaasita) karaa forever \cíiÁ (\CÃíiÁ) sarvadaa (sarvvadaa); s¶m±a¬ ojm (osm½Á) cirakaal dhare (dhariyaa); sp½y niyata; nfj³ nfj³ yuge yuge; ApPÙ ±aj¬m ¸ðî ananta kaaler janya forever- spyº- nitya-; ApPÙ- ananta-; s¶m- cirto forget vfj¬ (v›s¬½Á) naL½Á bhule (bhuliyaa) yaaoyaa; Acjã¬Á ±mÁ abahelaa karaa to forgive, pardon, excuse ñbÁ ±mÁ ksamaa karaa [“kkomaa koraa”]; bax ±mÁ maaph karaa forgiveness, wiping away sin zajzm Êba¶p paaper mocan fork ±ÏaqÁ k^aataa form, appearance mÇz ruup form made Aa±„sy aakrriti form, shape Aa±am aakaar in a pure form Aqfq atut in the form of sã\ajc hisaabe to form ³wp ±mÁ gathan karaa formal, customary mdyºpf\ajm riityanusaare formal, regular, to a rule sp½sby niyamita formal witness sp½sby \añº iap niyamita saaksya daan formation ³wp gathan; Fùzaip ut'paadan former, maker \ȳw± sanºgathak former, previous zgjcím (zgjCÃím) puurber (puurbber) formerly Ssyzgjcí (SsyzgjCÃ) itipuurbe (itipuurbbe); zfma±aj¬ puraakaale fornication cºsv¶am byabhicaar fort Û³í durga fortress Û³í durga; ³E gar fortnight zñ paks; J±zñ ek-paks; zjpm+ sip panera din fortunate in luck ëv shubh; va³ºcap bhaagyabaan forward, eager A‘³\mbap agrasar-maan; ‘zÅßy prastut; Fù\f± ut'suk © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

66

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to forward, despatch, zawajpÁ (zawap+) paathaano (paathaana) forwards Aj‘³ agre; A‘³cydí (A‘³c»dí) agrabartii (agrabarttii); \BÂfj² sammukhe foster- za¬± paalak found, located -sÅÕy -sthita to found, establish ÅÕazp ±mÁ sthaapan karaa foundation(s) svs» bhitti; svs»bg¬ bhittimuul foundation-stone svs»-‘zÅÙm bhitti-prastar founded, established svs»‘zazÙ bhitti-praapta four-footed ¶yÑzi cataspad fourth, ordinary ordinal ¶yfuí caturtha fourth in dates ʶàwÁ coothaa fowl bfms³ muragi fragile Ûcí¬ (ÛCÃí¬) durbal (durbbal); vçÓm bhangur; ñdt¸dcd ksiin-jiibii frame, shape Aa±am aakaar framework ±aqajbÁ cºcÅÕÁ kaataamo byabasthaa xma\d pharaasii frankly speaking ʲa¬a\Á ±jm (±sm½Á) c¬Á kholaasaa kare (kariyaa) balaa fraud, deception ‘zcÞtÁ prabancanaa free, without cost bg¬ºscãdp free, independent \Ãaodp svaadhiin -free -bf»M -mukta to free, deliver bf»M ±mÁ mukta karaa; FÄam ±mÁ uddhaar karaa to free, let loose Ê·jE (·asE½Á) ÊiL½Á chere (chaariyaa) deoyaa freedom bfs»M mukti; \ÃaodpyÁ svaadhiinataa freedom from care ±¬ºat kalyaan `freely', without charge sÁ bgj¬º binaa muulye; spsoíoa½ (spsÄíoa½) nirdhidhaay (nirddhidhaay) free-will Ê\Ãó·abg¬± svecchaamuulak; \Ãaodp Dó·Á svaadhiin icchaa to freeze ´pdvgy ±mÁ ghaniibhuuta karaa French ‘xað\d phraansii frequently camÈcam baaranºbaar; Avºa\by abhyaas-mata © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

67

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali fresh \jy¸ satej; \fÅÕ sustha; py›p natun Friday ëêMcam shukrabaar friend cïf bandhu fright vdsy bhiiti to frighten vdy ±mÁ bhiita karaa; AayÈs±y ±mÁ aatanºkita karaa to get frightened v½ zaL½Á bhay paaoyaa; v½ ²aL½Á bhay khaaoyaa; sc㢬 ãL½Á bihval haoyaa frigid, cold ®dy¬ shiital; waÝÁ thaandaa frigid, unfeeling §i½ãdp hrriday-hiin frog cºaµ byaan1; cºaÈ byaanº; Êcµ ben1 from Êuj± theke; ãjy (ãSjy) hate (haite); igjm duure from then on yiacso tadaabadhi front \BÂf²va³ sammukh-bhaag; A‘³va³ agrabhaag frontal ‘zyºñ pratyaksa frontal attack ‘zyºñ AaêMbt pratyaksa aakraman frontier \dbÁ siimaa frontier land \dbaPÙ-‘zji® siimaanta-pradesh frozen Apaia½d anaadaayii; ¸baqcaoÁ AcÅÕÁ jamaatabaadhaa abasthaa fruit x¬ phal to bear fruit x¬ omÁ phal dharaa fruitage x¬ phal; x¬\bfi½ phal-samudaya; x¬\bgã phal-samuuha fruitful, having many offspring ‘z¸aÙ prajaabanta fruitful, productive x¬capÎ phalabaan'; x¬aùzaid phalaat'paadii fruitless spÑx¬ nisphal; Apfcím anurbar frustrated ãya®Á hataashaa fuel æ¢a¬apd jvaalaanii to be fulfilled zgtíyÁ ¬av ±mÁ puurnataa laabh karaa fulfillment zsmzgtíyÁ paripuurnataa; zgtíyÁ puurnataa; \baszÙ samaapti full zgtí puurna; zsmzgtí paripuurna; zfmÁ puraa full of - -zgtí -puurna; -zpÐ -panna to the full zgtí baêa½ puurna maatraay fullness vsyí bharti fully \BÚgtímÇjz sampuurnaruupe fun, enjoyment Aajbai aamod; yaba®Á taamaashaa; b¸Á majaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

68

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali fun, ridicule zsmãa\ parihaas function, arrangement ApfWap anusthaan functional ±aníñb kaaryaksam fund bg¬op muul-dhan; yãsc¬ tahabil fundamental ‘zausb± praathamik; Êbàs¬± moolik funeral \baso samaadhi funny b¸am majaar; AIÖgy adbhuut; ãa\º±m haasyakar further, additionally Asysm»M atirikta; yÛzjm tadupare further, more distant igmym duuratar furthest, most distant igmyb duuratama furthest part ‘zaPÙ praanta futile y›ó· tuccha; A\am asaar; spmuí± nirarthak future vsc¿ºù bhabisyat'; vacd bhaabii; Aa³abd aagaamii in future vsc¿ºjy bhabisyate G to gain zaL½Á paaoyaa; Fzjva³ ±mÁ upabhog karaa; ¬av ÊpL½Á laabh neoyaa to gamble ¸f½aj²¬Á juyaakhelaa gambler ¸f½aEd juyaarii game ʱàyf± kootuk; ʲ¬Á khelaa gang i¬ dal gangrene z¶Á ´Á pacaa ghaa gap xÏa±Á ph^aakaa garden cÁ³Áp baagaan; Fiºap udyaan gardener bÁ¬d maalii to gargle ±f¬Î±fs¶ ±mÁ kul'kuci karaa garlic m\fp rasun garment Êza¿a± posaak gas ³ºa\ gyaas gate xq± phatak; iÃam dvaar to gather, cause to accumulate, bring together \È‘³ã ±mÁ san0graha karaa; J±sêy ±mÁ ekatrita karaa; ¸bajpÁ (¸bap+) jamaano (jamaana) to gather, come together J±sêy ãL½Á ekatrita haoyaa; \bajcy ãL½Á © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

69

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali samaabet haoyaa gathered \vÁÅÙ sabhasta; \sBÂs¬y sammilita gathering \va sabha gem mYÐÁ ratna; Asy bg¬ºcap cÅß ati mulyaban vastu gender s¬å linga gene cÈ®apfêMjbm ±st±Á banºshaanukramer kanikaa genealogy cÈ®acs¬-zê banºshaabali-patra general \aoamt saadharan generally \aoamty@ saadharanatahh;Êbaqabfsq mataamuti to generate Fùzaip ±mÁ utpaadan karaa; ¸P ÊiL½Á janma deoyaa generation Fùzaip utpaadan; cÈ® ban0sha generosity Fiam udaar generous Fiam®d¬ udaar-shil; bf»MãÅÙ muktahasta; ‘z¶fm pracur most generous Aydc \i½ atib sadaya generously Fiamvajc udaar-bhaabe Genesis Aasi zfÅÙ± aadi pustak genetics ‘z¸ppsciºÁ prajanan-bidyaa end of the Gentile Times ¸asy³jtm \bj½m Ê®¿ jaatiganer samayer shes gentle p‘b namra; ®ÁPÙ shaanta; bhÛ mrridu; \f®d¬ sushiila; v‘i bhadra gentleman v‘ij¬a± bhadralok; bãa®½ mahaashay gentlewoman bãa®½Á mahaashayaa genuine, true, pure \sw± sathika; A±„sêb akrritrima; nuauí yathaartha genuine, unhypocritical A±zq akapat genuineness, accuracy nuauíyÁ yathaarthataa geographical Êvàj³as¬± bhoogolik; vgj³a¬\BÃïd½ bhuugol-sambandhiiya geography vgj³a¬ bhuugol geological vgy»¢sc¿½± bhuutattvabisayak geology vgy»¢ bhuutattva geometrical ¸ºasbsy± jyaamitik; ¸ºasbsy-sc¿½± jyaamiti-bisayak geometry ¸ºasbsy jyaamiti © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

70

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali germ Aȱ‚m bg¬ muula; ¸dcapf jiibaanu German ¸abíap jaarmaan gesture Aåvåd angabhangii to get zaL½Á paaoyaa to get acted upon, undergo naL½Á yaaoyaa; ãL½Á haoyaa an action [see ive Voice Study 52] to get down pabÁ naamaa to get up FwÁ uthaa ghost vgy bhuut giant Ëiyº deetya; A\fm asur gift iap daan; Fzãam upahaar; zsmiap paridaan giggle bf² ʶjz (¶asz½Á) ãa\Á mukh cepe (caapiyaa) haasaa to get the giggles ãas\ zaL½Á haasi paaoyaa ginger AaiÁ aadaa girl Êbj½ meye; cas¬±Á baalikaa; ±ðîÁ kanyaa to give ÊiL½Á deoyaa; iap ±mÁ daan karaa give! [Study43] sip! din!; ÊiL! deo! Let him give it! sysp yaS (yãaS) siFp tini taa-ii (tahaaii) diun to give up ·asE½Á (Ê·jE) ÊiL½Á chere (chaariyaa) deoyaa given i» datta given to -, -ish -b½ may -giver -iayÁ -daataa giving ‘ziap pradaan -giving -ia½± -daayak glad ²fs® khushi glamour naÛ yaadu; Sð‘i¸a¬ indrajaal to glance ¬ñº ±mÁ laksya karaa glass container ±Ïaj¶m zaê k^aacer paatra; s³¬a\ gilaas glass material ±Ïa¶Î k^aac'; izíp darpan globe ʳa¬± golak global, world-wide ¸³iúazd jagadvyaapii glory ʳàmc goorab; bsãbÁ mahimaa; ‘zyaz prataap to glorify Aaj¬a± zay ±mÁ aalok paat karaa; ʳàmcspÃy ±mÁ goorabaanvita karaa; bsãbaspÃy mahimaanvita karaa; ‘zyazasPÃy an0kur;

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

71

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali ±mÁ prataapaanvita karaa glorious ʳàmcb½ goorab-may; Fæ梬 ujjval glue AawÁ aathaa to go naL½Á yaaoyaa; ³bp ±mÁ gaman karaa going on ¶j¬ (¶s¬½Á) cale (caliyaa) to go, move, walk ¶¬Á calaa to go after Apf\mt ±mÁ anusaran karaa to go out, go around ÊcEajpÁ (ÊcEap+) beraano (beraana); ÊcmajpÁ (Êcmap+) beraano (beraana) to go away ¶j¬ (¶s¬½Á) naL½Á cale (caliyaa) yaaoyaa goal Fjéôî uddeshya goat ·Á³ chaag; ·a³¬ chaagal; c±Îsm bakri God (Sanskrit form, as speaking to Hindus and generally) D®Ãm iishvar Most High God (Sanskrit form) zmjb®Ãm parameshvar God (Arabic form, as speaking to Muslims) ʲaiÁ khodaa a god Êic deb gods, gods and godesses Êicjicd deb-debii godless pasÅÙ± naastik godlike Êicyay›¬º debataatulya godly K®Ãsm± eeshvarik godly devotion D®Ãmd½ vs»M iishvariiya bhakti with godly devotion vs»Mvajc bhaktibhaabe going - Ênjy (naSjy) yete (yaaite) one going -³abd -gaamii gold Ê\apÁ shonaa; \Ãtí svarna Gomorrah ´jbamÁ ghamoraa good, benefit va¬ bhaala; vaj¬Á bhaalo good, nice va¬ bhaala, vaj¬Á bhaalo, Fznf»M upayukta, \f- suGood Day "bå¬ ãF±" mangal hauk, pbÅþam namaskaar good news \f\ba¶am susamaacaar, va¬ ²cm bhaala khabar Good-bye scia½ bidaay Good-bye, come again Aas\ aasi Good-bye, see you again Aacam Êi²Á ãSjc aabaar dekhaa haibe © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

72

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali good-for-nothing material ¸´ðî ziauí jaghanya padartha good-for-nothing person A±bíÁ akarmaa goodness bå¬ mangal, \yyÁ satataa, \aofyÁ saadhutaa, bå¬vac mangal-bhaab goods \BÚi sampad goodwill ‘z\am prasaar to gossip ¸lÚpÁ jalpanaa; ca¶a¬ baacaal; ³a¬³lÚ ±mÁ gaalgalpa karaa gourd ¬aF laau to govern zsm¶as¬y ±mÁ paaricaalita karaa; ®a\p ±mÁ shasan karaa governer \m±am sarakaar government ®\p shasan; \m±am sar-kaar governments \m±amÓs¬ sar-kaar-guli to grab ãwaù omÁ hathaata dharaa grace Apf‘³ã anugraha; ±„zÁ krripaa gracious i½ab½ dayaamaya; Apf‘³ã®d¬ anugrahashiil; ±„zab½ krripaamay gradually baj¹ baj¹ maajhe maajhe; êMjb êMjb krame krame; êMby@ kramatahh; ±a¬êMjb kaalkrame grain ®\º shasya, ²aiº®\º khaadyashasya grammar cºa±mt byaakaran grand bãù mahat' grandchild (see Study 56) grandparents iaÛsiiÁ daadudidaa to grant Apfiap ±mÁ anudaan karaa; bªfm ±mÁ manjur karaa grape AÁçÓm aangur grappling iron AÏa±EÁ aa^karaa to grasp, grip AÏa±EÁ ÊpL½Á aa^karaa neoyaa grass ´a\ ghaas grasshopper xsEÈ pharinº grateful ±„y¡ krritajna ["krritagya"] gratitude ±„y¡yÁ krritajnataa ["krritagyataa"] grave, serious ³vdm gabhiir grave, place of dead ±cm kabar graveyard ±cmÅÕap kabar-sthaan © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

73

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali gravitation boºa±¿ít ®s»M madhyaakarsan shakti gravity, seriousness ³aBÖdnº gaambhiiyya, ÓmÆYà gurutva great sc®a¬ bishaala great in grandness bãap mahaan, ‘zoap pradaan, bãyd mahatii great in force ‘zc¬ prabala great in number scÅÙm bistar, chãù brrihata great in size bãù mahata, scmaq biraat, cE bara, cjEÁ baro Babylon the Great bãyd casc¬ mahati baabil greatness (in power) scêMb bikram Great Tribulation bãÁ Êû±® mahaa klesh Greece ‘³d\ji® griis-desh; n yaban greed ʬav lobh Greek ‘³d± griik; ‘³d\ji®d½ griis-deshiiya green \cf¸ sabuj; Ê\acf¸ sobuj, ãsmùctí haritabran to greet ëjvó·Á ¸apajpÁ (¸apap+) shubhecchaa jaanaano (jaanaana); "bå¬ Êãa± (ãF±)" c¬Á "mangal hok (hauk)" balaa greeting Aasvpðip aabhinandan, "bå¬ Êãa± (ãF±)" "mangal hok (hauk)" grey, gray og\m ctí dhursar barna grey-headedness zØþj±® pakkakesh grief Û@² duhh-kha, Ê®a± shok grieving Û²ayí (Û@²a»í) dukhaarta (duhhakhaartta) to grind ¶ftí ±mÁ curna karaa to grip, grasp AÏa±EÁ ÊpL½Á aa^karaa neoyaa to groan ±aymajpÁ (±aymap+) kaataraano (kaataraana); ʱÏa±ajpÁ (ʱÏa±ap+) k^okaano (k^okaana) ground vgsb bhuumi; svsq bhiti; basq maati; baw maatha group \bgã samuuha; i¬ dal to grow caEajpÁ (caEap+) baaraano (baaraana) grow up cE ãL½Á bara haoyaa growth FpÐsy unnati gruesome v½ám bhayankar guarantee spô¶½ ±mÁ nishcaya karaa, ¸asbp ±mÁ jaamin karaa to guard mñÁ ±mÁ raksaa karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

74

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali guardian Asvvac± abhibhaabak to guess Apfbap ±mÁ anumaan karaa guest Asysu atithi, Êbãbap mehamaan guidance Fzji® upadesh to guide, conduct zsm¶a¬pÁ ±mÁ paricaalanaa karaa to guide, show the way zu ‘zi®íp ±mÁ path pradarshan karaa guided, conducted zsm¶as¬y paricaalita blind guide Aï zui®í± andha pathadarshak guilt Êia¿ dos, Azmao aparaadh guilty Êia¿d dosii, Azmaod aparaadhii gun cðÛ± banduk gunfire Êyaz top H habit Avºa\ abhyaas had to 㬠hala haemorrhage m»M‘\ac raktasraab hail s®¬achsø shilaabrristi hair ¶f¬ cul hairdresser paszy naapit half AoíaÈ® ardhaanºsh; Aoí ardh; Ajoí± ardhek; Aao aadh a half Aajoí± aardhek half-dead Aao-bmÁ aadh-maraa hall 㬠hal; \fchãù ±ñ subrrihat' kaksa to halt uabÁ thaamaa hand ãay haat; ãÅÙ hasta to hand over \bzíp ±mÁ samarpan karaa handle ãay¬ haatal; caq baat to handle zsm¶a¬p ±mÁ paricaalan karaa handkerchief mÆba¬ rumaal handsome \fðim sundar handwriting ãajym ʬ²Á haater lekhaa; hang ¹f¬ajpÁ (¹f¬ap+) jhulaano (jhulaana); xÏas\ ÊiL½Á ph^aasi deoyaa to happen ´qÁ ghataa; ãL½Á haoyaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

75

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali happening ´qpÁ ghatanaa happiness Aapði aananda; \f² sukh; yŸszÙ trripti happy Aapsðiy aanandita; \f²d sukhi; ²f®d khushii harrass ã½map ±mÁ hayaraan karaa harbour Êzaya‘®½ potaashray hard, determined ±jwam kathor hard, difficult ±swp kathin hard, firm ihR drrirh hard work zsm‘®b parishram hardhearted spWfm nisthur hardly, only just \jcbaê sabemaatra hardly, rarely ‘za½S p½ praayai nay hardly, unlikely ±ias¶ù kadaacit' hard-working zsm‘®bd parishramii harm ñsy ksati; Asp«q anista; Aa´ay aahgaat Harmageddon ãmÎbas³jiap har'maagidon harmless spjiía¿ nirdos; spmdã niriiha harmonious sb¬ mil; \abª\º saamanjasya; J±yap ekataan harmony \abª\ºyÁ saamanjasyataa; \ȳsy sanºgati in harmony, consistent with \ȳy sanºgata; -Apf\ajm -anusaare harsh ±±í® karkash; spW›m nisthur hart ãsmt harin harvest ®\º shasya; Ê·ip chedan; x\¬ phasal haste YÃmÁ ±mÁ tvaraa karaa to make haste yaEÁ yasE ±mÁ taaraa taari hat qfsz tupi to hate ´htÁ ±mÁ ghrrinaa karaa; Êiÿ ±mÁ dves karaa hateful ´htazgtí ghrrinaapuurna hater scjiÿd bidvesii hatred ´htÁ ghrrinaa; Êiÿ dves; scjiÿ bidves haughty FÄy uddhata; ³scíy garbita to have (rephrase as "someone's ... exists" "... exists belonging to ...", see Study 54) -Jm ... Aaj· -er ... aache "I have a desire" "Aabam Só·Á Aaj·" "aamaar icchaa aache" © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

76

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to have to (rephrase as "will be" "Doing of ... shall be" or use the Future Affirmative, see Study 54) ãjc (ãSjc) habe (haibe) "[I] must go now" [Aabam] J²p Ênjy ãjc (naSjy ãSjc) [aamaar] ekhan yete habe (yaaite haibe) "They will have to know that I am Jehovah" (Ez 25:17) "yamÁ ¸apjc (yaãamÁ ¸aspjc) Ên AasbS snjãacÁ" "taaraa jaan-be (taahaaraa jaanibe) ye aami-i yihobaa" hay, straw ²E khar hazard sczi bipad haze ±‚½a®Á kuyaashaa he Ê\ se he [see Study 25] sysp tini; Fsp uni; Ssp ini head bÅÙ± mastak; bauÁ maathaa; zsy pati head of paternal house szyŸ±‚¬zsy pitrrikul-pati head of state maø÷zsy raastrapati headache bauacºuÁ maathaabyathaa heading, title s®mpab shiranaam heading, sub-title Fzs®mpab upashiranaam to heal Aajma³º ±mÁ aarogya karaa healing (adjective) Aajma³º±amd aarogyakaarii healing (noun) Fza½ upaay; Aajma³º aarogya health \ÃaÅÕº svaasthya to hear ëpÁ shunaa; Ê®apÁ shonaa; \fpÁ sunaa; ‘® ±mÁ shraban karaa hearer Ê‘®ayÁ shrotaa hearing in court ëpapdÁ shunaanii hearing [a sense] Ê‘®acjtð‘i½ shrobanendray hearsay ¸p‘®Æsy janashruti heart bp man; APÙm antar; §i½ hrriday; §iszÝ hrridapinda heart disease §ijma³ hrrid-rog heartfelt AaPÙsm± aantarik heartless spWfm nisthur heartwarming s¶»a±¿í± chittaakarsak hearty AaPÙsm± aantarik © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

77

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali heat F»az uttaap; yaz taap to heat up F»zÙ ±mÁ uttapta karaa heathen Êzà»s¬± poottalik heaven Aa±a® aakaash; \óí svarga heavenly \ódí½ svargiiya heavens Aa±a®bݬ aakaash-mandal heavy vamd bhaarii; cº½\aoº byaysaadhya Hebrew (language) S‘cd½ va¿Á ibriiya bhaasaa; sã‘cÆva¿Á hibrubhaasaa Hebrew (person) S‘cd½ ibriiya heed bjpajna³ ±mÁ manoyog karaa; ¬ñº ±mÁ laksya karaa; Acoap ±mÁ abadhaan karaa heel ʳaEa¬d goraalii height Fó¶yÁ uccataa heir F»maso±amd uttaraadhikaarii; ia½aso±amd daayaadhikaarii; ia½ai daayaad held back scmy birata hell, pit zaya¬ paataal fiery hell concept pm± narak hellfire pm±as³Ð narakaagni helmet s®mÅòat shirastraan help \aãanº saahaayya to help \aãanº ±mÁ saahaayya karaa helper \ãa½ sahaay; \aãanº±amd saahaayyakaarii helper, the spirit of the truth \jyºm AaYÂÁ satyer aatmaa helping \aãanº±amd saahaayyakaarii helpless sp@\ãa½ nihhasahaay; spmdã hemp ®t shan hen bfm³d muragii hence J²ap Êuj± ekhan theke; J²p ãjy (ãSjy) ekhan hate (haite); J \b½ ãjy (ãSjy) e samay hate (haite) henceforth J \b½ ãjy (ãSjy) e samay hate (haite) her, of her yam (yaãam) taar (taahaar) her, to her yaj± (yaãaj±) taake (taahaake) to herald, proclaim Ê´a¿tÁ ±mÁ ghosanaa karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

78

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali herb L¿so osadhi; F¿so usadhi herd zëza¬ pashupaal here J²ajp ekhaane hereby JyiÃamÁ etadvaaraa hereditary cÈ®³y banºshagata herein Jjy ete; Sãajy ihaate hero cdm biir to hesitate siÃoÁ ±mÁ dvidhaa karaa; SyÅÙy ±mÁ itastita karaa hesitation siÃoÁ dvidhaa Hezekiah sãs¿±½ hisikay; sãÑþd½ hiskiiya hidden ÓzÙ gupta; ¬f±ajpÁ (¬f±ap+) lukaano (lukaana) to hide, conceal ʳazp ±mÁ gopan karaa; to hide, to go out of sight ¬f±ajpÁ (¬f±ap+) lukaano (lukaana) hide and seek ¬fj±a¶fsm ʲ¬Á lukocuri khelaa high, elevated Fó¶ ucca High, Great bãÁ- mahaa-; bãù mahat' higher Fó¶ym uccatar highest Fó¶yb uccatam highspirited Êy¸\Ãd tejasvii highway ma¸zu raaj-path; \E± sarak hill, small mountain ñf‘i zcíy ksudra parbat hilltop zaãajEm ¶fEÁ paahaarer curaa him yaj± (yaãaj±) taake (taahaake); yam (yaãam) taar (taahaar) him yÏaj± (yÏaãaj±) t^aake (t^aahaake); yÏam (yÏaãam) t^aar (t^aahaar) to hinder caoÁ ÊiL½Á baadhaa deoyaa Hindi sãsði hindi Hindu sãðÛ hindu hire vamÁ bhaaraa; b¸›sm majuri to hire vaEÁ bhaaraa historian Ssyãa\jc»Á itihaas-bettaa historical Ksyãas\± eetihaasik history Ssyãa\ itihaas to hit bamÁ maaraa; szqajpÁ (szqap+) pitaano (pitaana); Aa´ay ±mÁ aaghaat karaa; oaØþÁ dhaakkaa, ‘zsyjmao ±mÁ pratirodh karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

79

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali hoax ·¬ chal hobby ®² shakh to hold omÁ dharaa to hold back, resist csÞy ±mÁ bancita karaa to hold back, restrain bbyÁ ±mÁ mamataa karaa hole ³yí garta; s·‘i chidra; xÏa±Á ph^aakaa holiday zcísip parbadin; ·fsqm sip chutir din; ·fsq chuti holiness zscêyÁ pabitrataa hollow xÏazÁ ph^aapaa holy zscê pabitra holy spirit zscê AaYÂÁ pabitra aatmaa home casE baari; caEd baarii; ³hã grriha; ca\ÅÕap baasasthaan; ´m ghar homicide pmãyºÁ narahatyaa homosexual \b±abd samakaamii homosexuality \b±abdyÁ samakaamiitaa honest \ù sat'; \aof saadhu; Sbap imaan honesty \aofyÁ saadhutaa honey bof madhu honour \PÂap sanmaan; \fpab sunaam to honour \baim ±mÁ samaadar karaa honourable bappd½ maananiiya; sc²ºay bikhyaat; \Bšap¸p± samman-janak hook cEs® b^arshi hope Aa®Á aashaa to hope Aa®Á ±mÁ aashaa karaa hopeless Ëpma® neeraashya; ãya®zgtí hataash-puurna hopelessness spma® niraash; ËpmaôîyÁ neeraashyataa horizon si³PÙ diganta; ¶êMca¬ cakrabaal horizontal si³jPÙm \baPÙma¬ diganter samaantaraal; ¶êMcaj¬m \baPÙma¬ cakrabaaler samaantaraal horn of animal s®È shinº; ®hå shrringa horn [musical instrument] s®åÁ shingaa horn on a car ÊvÏzf horse Ê´aEÁ ghoraa; A®Ã ashva © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

80

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali hhospital ãa\Îzaya¬ haas'paataal hospitality Asysu-Ê\cÁ atithi-sebaa; Asysu-zma½p atithi-paraayan; Asysu \ù±am atithi sat'kaar hostile ®êÆvacazpÐ shatrubhaabaapanna hot yzÙ tapta; ³mb garam; F‘³ ugra hotel Êãajq¬ hotel; \maS saraai hour ´ðqÁ ghantaa house casE baari; caEd baarii; ³hã grriha; ´m ghar big house v bhaban from house to house ´jm ´jm ghare ghare household zsmcam paribaar; zsm¸p parijan household's zsmcasm± paribaarik householder ³hãÅÕ grrihasta; ³hã\Ãabd grrikhasvaamii housewife ³hsãpd grrihinii how: as..., so.... (S38, 20) Ênbp..., Êybp (Êybsp / ÊybpS).. yeman..., teman (temani/teman-i)... how: in the way ..., such... Ênvajc.., Ê\vajc... yebhaabe..., sebhaabe.... how, in the form..., so... ʽmÇjz.., Ê\mÇjz.. yeruupe...., seruupe. how? in what way/form? ʱbp? keman?; s± vajc? ki bhaabe? s±mÇjz? kiruupe? how, from what viewpoint s± ʶaj² ki cokhe how much/many: as..., so... ny.., yy.. yata..., tata... how much/many? ±y? kata?; ±½? kay? how many ... (persons)? ±½¸p? kay-jan?; ±'¸p? ka'jan? how many ... (things)? ±½sq..? kay-ti...?; ±'sq..? ka'ti...? how far/much: as..., so... nyqf±‚.., yyqf±‚.. yatatuku..., tatatuku how far/much? ±yqf±‚? katatuku? however yuasz tathaapi; ya·aEÁ (yaãa·aEÁ) taachaaraa (taahaachaaraa) human, the person bapc maanab; bpf¿º manusya; bapf¿ maanus human, of humans bapcd½ maanabiiya human, by humans bapc maanab humanity bapc-‘z±„sy maanab-prakrriti humanking bapc¸asy maanab-jaati © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

81

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali humble pb÷ namra; bhÛ mrridu; bhÛ®d¬ mrridushiil; sdy biniita to humiliate Azbap ±mÁ apamaan karaa humour ms\±yÁ rasikataa hundred ® sha; ®y shata; J±®y ek-shata hundredfold ®yÓt shat-gun hundreds ®yaso± shataadhik hundreds and thousands ®y ®y \ã\Í \ã\Í shat shat sahasra sahasra hundredth ®yyb shatatam hunger ñ‚oÁ ksudhaa; vf± bhuk; s²ji khide hungry ñ‚soy ksudhita; ʬa¬fz lolup; vf±Á bhukaa; ñ‚oayí ksudhaarta to hunt s®±am ±mÁ shikaar karaa to be hurled down spzasyy ãL½Á nipaatita haoyaa hurricane ´fstícayºÁ ghurnibaartyaa to hurry YÃmÁ tvaraa; Js³j½ (Aa³aS½Á) ÊiL½Á egiye (aagaaiyaa) deoyaa to hurry up yaEÁ yasE ±mÁ taaraataari karaa hurt, harm ñsy ksati; Aa´ay aaghaat husband \Ãabd svaamii; ³hã\Ãabd grrihasvaamii a husband of one wife J± Åòdm \Ãabd ek striir svaamii to hush ¶fz ®aPÙ ãL½Á cup shaanta haoyaa to hush up ʶjz (¶asz½Á) ÊiL½Á cepe (caapiyaa) deoyaa hut idp ±‚sqm diin kutir; ±‚jE´m kureghar hydrogen Fiθap ud'jaan hyperbole Ay›ºs»M atyukti hypocrisy ±zqyÁ kapatataa hypocrite ±zq kapat I I Aasb aami -ic -S± -ik ice cmx baraph ice-cream AaS\ êMdb aais kriim; ba¬aS cmx maalaai baraph idea oamtÁ dhaaranaa; s¶PÙÁ cintaa; by mata; vac bhaab; ±lÚpÁ kalpanaa; zsm±lÚpÁ parikalpanaa ideal oama³y dhaaraagata; Aai®í aadarsha identical Apðî ananya; AsvpÐ abhinna; J±mÇz ek-ruup © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

82

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali identification \pa»M±mt sanaaktakaran identify \pa»M ±mÁ sanaakta karaa; s¶sãMy ±mÁ cihnita karaa identity, recognition Ajvi abhed; zsm¶½ paricay; \pas»M sanaakti identity, uniqueness ApðîyÁ ananyataa ideology bycai matabaad idiom ca³oamÁ baaghadhaaraa; mdsys\Ä ca±º idle A¬\ alas; A±bí akarma; Êc±am bekaar idol ‘zsybÁ pratimaa; Êicbgsyí deb-muurti if (Study 36, 49, 50) nsi yadi ignorant A¡ ajna ["ogyo"]; As®sñy ashiksita to ignore, pay no heed A‘³aN ±mÁ agraahyya [ograajjo] karaa ill A\fÅÕ asustha; zdsEy piirita; bði manda ill-advised ±fzmab®í‘zazÙ kuparaamarshapraapta illegal Akco abeedh; Êc-AaSpd be-aainii illegible Azawº apaathya; AÅÚ«q aspasta illegitimate ¸am¸ jaaraj; Akco abeedh illicit Akco abeedh illiteracy spmñmyÁ niraksarataa illness Êma³ rog; A\f² asukh illogical nfs»MscmÆÄ yuktibiruddha; Akns»M± ayeektik; nfs»Mscãdp yuktibihiin illuded scöaPÙ bibhraanta illusion, vision ba½Á maayaa; scöb bibhram; illusion, delusion scöasPÙ bibhraanti illustration ihøaPÙ drrishtaanta; p±Î\Á nak'saa ill-will scjiÿ bidves image, idol ‘zsybÁ pratimaa image, likeness ‘zsybgs»í pratimuurtti; \aihôî saadrrishya imagery ±alÚsp± Auí kaalpanik artha imaginary ±alÚsp± kaalpanik imagination ±lÚpÁ kalpanaa; ±lÚpÁ ®s»M kalpanaa shakti; zsm±lÚpÁ parikalpanaa imitation Apf±mt anukaran; Apfs¬sz anulipi immature Azsmty aparinata © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

83

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali immediate ‘zyºñ pratyaksa; Acºcsãy abyabahita to immerse, dip spbsæ¸y ±mÁ nimajjita karaa; spbæ¸p ±mÁ nimajjan karaa; ÊeacajpÁ (Êeacap+) dobaano (dobaana) immersed spbsæ¸y nimajjita immersion spbæ¸p nimajjan; b³Ð magna immersion of Hindu idols scb¸íp bimarjan immigrant ‘zca\d prabaasii; Asvca\d abhibaasii imminent, approaching, coming Aa\pÐ aasanna immodesty As®«qyÁ ashistataa immoral spsyãdp nitihiin; A\aof asaadhu; cºsv¶amd byabhicaarii; Akpsy± aneetik immorality pdsyãdpyÁ niitihiinataa; A\aofyÁ asaadhutaa; cºsv¶am byabhicaar immortal Abm amar immortality AbmYà amaratva; Ascsp®Ãm abinishvar "immortality of the soul" "AaYÂam AbmYÃ" "aatmaar amaratva" impact \È´¿í sanºgharsa to be impaled êfM®scÄ ãL½Á krushabiddha haoyaa to impart ‘ziap ±mÁ pradaan karaa; ¡ay ±mÁ jnaata ["gyaato"] karaa; Êna³ajpÁ (Êna³ap+) yogaano (yogaana) impartial spmjzñ nirapeksa; pºa½zma½t nyaayaparaayan impartiality spmjzñyÁ nirapeksataa impatient A\sã©fyÁ asahisnutaa; AodmyÁ adhiirataa impediment caoÁ baadhaa; sc$p bighna to impel Fj»s¸y ±mÁ uttejita karaa imperative Aaji® Åg¶± aadesh suucak; za¬pd½ paalaniiya imperfect As\Ä asiddha; A\BÚgtí asampuurna imperial \ab÷a¸º \ÈêMaPÙ saamraajya sanºkraanta imperialism \bÍa¸ºcai samraajyabaad imperishable As®Ãm abinashvar impersonal cºs»MYÃãdp byaktitvahiin impetuous ‘zc¬ prabal; ‘z¶Ý pracanda; Ascjc¶± abibecak implement nPò yantra implicit APÙspísãy antarnihita © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

84

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to imply Ssåjy Auí ‘z±a® ±mÁ ingite artha prakaash karaa; Êca¹ajpÁ (Êca¹ap+) bojhaano (bojhaana) implying - -iam -daar to import Aabiasp ±mÁ aamadaani karaa importance ‘zj½a¸pd½yÁ prayojaniiyataa; ÓmÆYà gurutva important ‘zj½a¸pd½ prayojaniiya; ÓmÆYÃzgtí gurutvapuurna; Aacôî± aabashyak impossibility A\BÖcyÁ asambhabataa impossible A\BÖc asambhab imposter ‘zyam± prataarak; vÝ bhanda impotence AñbyÁ aksamataa impression, pressing bf‘it mudran impression, sign s¶ãM cihna impressive s¶»a±¿í± cittaakarsok imprison ±amamÆÄ ±mÁ kaaraaruddha karaa imprisonment ±amaca\ kaaraabaas improbable A\BÖc asambhab to improve FpÐsy ±mÁ unnati karaa improvement FpÐsy\aop unnatisaadhan impulse, emotion Aajc³ aabeg impure ±Ïa¶Á k^aacaa; Azscê apabitra; AscëÄ abishuddha in [Grammar 16.1, 22.2, 23.1] -J -e; -Êy -te; -½ -y; svyjm bhitare; bjoº madhye inability AñbyÁ aksamataa inactivity A±„y±aníyÁ akrritakaaryataa inadequate nju«q [njuø] p½ Jbp yathesta [yathesta] nay eman inanimate sp¸díc nirjiib inapplicable A‘zjna¸º aprayojya inappreciative Fz¬sý Êi²ajy Añb upalabdhi dekhaate aksam inappropriate Apfznf»M anupayukta; A\ȳy asanºgata inaugural FjiÃaopd udhvodhanii inauguration FjiÃaop udvodhan inborn, natural \Ãavasc± svaabhaabik; \ã¸ay sahajaata; ¸ð‰³y janmagata © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

85

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali incapable Añb aksam; A\buí asamartha incentive Fj»¸± uttejak; Fù\aã‘zi ut'saahaprad inch SsÞ inci to incite Fj»s¸y ±mÁ uttejita karaa inclination, liking Apfma³ anuraag inclination, at a slope Êã¬ap vac helaan bhaab; oa¬f dhaalu; Êã¬ajpÁ (Êã¬ap+) helaano (helaana) inclination, slope ¶a¬fvac caalubhaab; ra¬ dhaal inclination, tendency bjpm ʹÏa± maner jh^ok; ‘zchs» prabrritti; ‘zctyÁ prabanataa incline Êã¬Á helaa to incline, cause a tendency py ±mÁ nata karaa; ʹÏa±ajpÁ (ʹÏa±ap+) jh^okaano (jh^okaana) to incline, tend towards py ãL½Á nata haoyaa; ʹÏa±Á jh^okaa included, amid bjoº madhye included, involved APÙvfí»M antarbhukta; ¸sEy jarita incoherent A\Ȭ³Ð asanºlagna; s®su¬ shithil income Aa½ aay income-tax Aa½±m aayakar incoming, entry svyjm Aa³bp bhitare aagaman incoming, starting Aa³y aagata incomparable Apfzb anupam; Ay›¬pd½ atulaniiya; y›¬paãdp tulanaahiin inconceivable oamtam Aydy dhaaranaar atiita inconclusive AbdbaÈs\y amiimaanºsita inconsiderate Ascjc¶± abibecak inconsistent A\ȳy asanºgata inconvenience A\fscoÁ asubidhaa increase chsÄ brriddhi to increase chsÄ zaL½Á brriddhi paaoyaa; ÊcjE [casE½Á] naL½Á bere [baariyaa] yaaoyaa incredible Asc®Ãa\º abishvaasya incurable Aajmaj³ºm Aydy aarogyer atiita; s¶s±ù\am \ajoºm caSjm cikit'saar saadhyer baaire © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

86

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali indecent A®¬d¬ ashaliil; A®Ìd¬ ashliil indeed caÅÙsc± baastabik; ‘z±hyzjñ prakrritapakse; ‘z±hy zjñ prakrrita pakse indeed, particularly -S -i indefinite Aspsií«q anirdista; Aspsô¶y anishcita to time indefinite s¶mÅÕa½d cirasthaayii; nfj³ nfj³ yuge yuge; s¶m±a¬ cirakaal independence \ÃaodpyÁ svaadhiinataa indescribable Actípd½ abarnaniiya index spjií®± nirdeshak; Åg¶± suucak; Åg¶dzê suuciipatra India vamy bhaarat to indicate spjií®p ±mÁ nirdeshan karaa; ¬ñt ±mÁ laksan karaa; Ssåy ±mÁ ingit karaa indifference spmjzñyÁ nirapeksataa indigestion ciã¸b bad-hajam; bpas³Ð manaagni; A¸dtíyÁ ajiirnataa indirect A\m¬ asaral indiscriminate ca·sc¶am ®gðî baachabicaar shunya indistinct AÅÚø aspasta; Aspsiíø anirdista individual cºs»M³y byaktigata; J± -sq ek -ti; \ÃyPò svatantra indoor AavºaPÙsm± aabhyaantarik; caEdm boºÅÕ baariir madhyastha to induce ‘zchy ±mÁ prabrrita karaa; ‘zcsyíy (‘zcs»íy) ±mÁ prabartita (prabarttita) karaa inducement, temptation ‘zj¬avp pralobhan indulgence, pampering ‘z‘®½ prashray industrious zsm‘®bd parishramii; ‘®b®a¬d shramashaalii; inedible A²aiº akhaadya inefficient Ajna³º ayogya inequality A\byÁ asamataa; Ëc¿bº beesamya inevitable AcôîBÖacd abashyambhaabii inexcusable Aba¸ípd½ amaarjaniiya; ñbam Ajna³º ksamaar ayogya inexperienced ±Ïa¶Á k^aacaa inexpressive, unclear AÅÚ«q aspasta; Auí®gðî arthashuunya infallible AöaPÙ abhraanta; A±aqº akaatya infant s®ë shishu; paca¬± naabaalak © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

87

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to infect Ûs¿y ±mÁ dusita karaa infectious, contagious \ÈêMab± sanºkraamak inferior Ao@ÅÙp adhahhastan inferiority complex ãdpyavac hiinataabhaab infinite A\db asiim; ApPÙ ananta inflammable iN dahya ["dojjo"] inflammation ‘ziaã pradaaha inflation of money bf‘ia«xdsy mudraasphiiti to inflict blows Aa´ay ±mÁ aaghaat karaa influence ‘zvac prabhaab influx APÙ@‘zcaã antahhaprabaaha to inform ¡ay ±mÁ jnaata ["gyaato"] karaa informal gathering Ê\à¸ðî \bajc® soojanya samaabesh informal witness Asp½sby \añº iap aniyamita saaksya daan information Åg¶d suucii; sc¡azp bijnaapan ["bigyaapon"]; \Ècai sanºbaad; yuº tathya ingenious FIÖa ±smjy iñ udbhaaban karite daksa ingenuity iñyÁ dakstaa to inhabit ca\ ±mÁ baas karaa; c\ca\ ±mÁ basabaas karaa inhabitant Asoca\d adhibaasii; pmj¬a± naralok inhabitant of - -spÐca\d -nnibaasii inhabitants of - -spÐca\dmÁ -nnibaasiiraa; -spÐcas\³t -nnibaasigan inhabitants, those living there yspÐcas\³t tannibaasigan to inherit F»maso±amÅgjê zL½Á uttaraadhikaarii suutre paaoyaa inheriting, inheritance F»maso±am uttaraadhikaar of one's own initiative AazpÁ ãjy (ãSjy) aapanaa hate (haite) to inject, insert ‘zjc® ±majpÁ (±map+) prabesh karaano (karaana) injury ñsy ksati; Aspø anista injust Apºa½ anyaay injustice Apºa½ ±a¸ anyaay kaaj; Asc¶am abicaar ink ±as¬ kaali inner AvºaPÙsm± abhyaantarik innocence, guiltlessness spjiía¿ nirdos innocence, simplicity \m¬yÁ saralataa; spmdãvac niriihabhaab © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

88

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali innocent, guiltless spjiía¿d nirdosi innocent, simple, naïve \m¬ saral; spmdã niriiha; Abas½± amaayik innumerable A³tpd½ agananiiya; A¸\Í ajasra to inquire, ask Apf\ïap ±mÁ anusandhaan karaa; s¸¡a\Á ±mÁ jijnaasaa ["jigyaasaa"] karaa inquisition spWfm cd¶am nisthur biicaar; obíscmÆÄcaidjim cd¶am dharmabiruddhabaadiider biicaar inquisitive ʱày›ã¬d kootuhalii; Apf\sïù\f anusandhit'su insane za³¬ paagal; sñzÙm pºa½ ksiptar nyaay insanitary, unhealthy A\ÃaÅÕº±m asvaasthyakar insect, crawling ±dq kiita; Êza±Á pokaa insect, flying zyå patanga insecure spmazi p½ Jbp niraapad nay eman insecurity spmaz»Á p½ Jbp niraapatta nay eman to insert ‘zjc® ±majpÁ (±map+) prabesh karaano (karaana) inside svyjm bhitare; bjoº madhye insidious, treacherous sc®Ãa\´ay± bishbaas-ghaatak; ±zqd kapatii insight APÙihísø antardrristi; zsm¡ap parijnaan ["porigyaan"]; zsmtabihsø parinaam-drristi having insight APÙihísø-\BÚpÐ antardrristi-sampanna insignificant yaùzníºãdp taat'paryyahiin insincere ±zq kapat to insist ʸi ±mÁ jed karaa; ʸam si½Á c¬Á jor diyaa balaa insomnia Asp‘iÁ anidraa inspection zsmi®íp paridarshan inspiration sp®Ãa\p nishvaasan; Apfj‘zmtÁ anupreranaa inspired sp®Ãas\y nishvaasita; Apfj‘zsmy anuprerita; Apf‘zasty anupraanita installation Asvj¿± abhisek; ‘zsyWÁ pratisthaa instance, example Fiaãmt udaaharan instantaneously \jå \jå sange sange to instigate ‘zjmas¶y ±mÁ prarocita karaa instigator ‘zjma¶pa±amd prarocanaakaarii instinct \ã¸ay ‘zchs» sahajaata prabrritti © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

89

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali instruction s®ñÁ shiksaa; spjií® nirdesh instrument nPò yantra; ãsy½am hatiyaar insubordinate Acaoº abaadhya to insult Azbap ±mÁ apamaan karaa insurance cdbÁ biimaa; cdba±mt biimaakaran integrity s\ÄyÁ siddhataa; \aofyÁ saadhutaa; Aapf³yº aanugatya intellect cfsÄ buddhi; s¶PÙa®s»M cintaashakti; sc¶am®s»M bicaar-shakti intellectual cfsÄchs»-\ÈêMaPÙ buddhi-brritti-sanºkraanta intellectually cfsijyvajc buddhigatabhaabe intelligence cfsÄ buddhi; sc¡yÁ bijnataa ["bigyotaa"]; cfsÄb»Á buddhimattaa intelligent cfsÄbap buddhimaan; cfsÄom buddhidhar to intend \ȱlÚ ±mÁ sanºkalpa karaa intensity of feeling K±aPÙsm±yÁ eekaantarikataa intent, intention Asv‘za½ abhipraay; Fjéôî uddeshya intent, minded Fiºy udyata intentional Só·a±„y icchaakrrita; Asvj‘zy abhipreta intentionally Só·azgcí± (Só·azgCÃí±) icchaapuurbbak (icchaapuurbak) to intercede boºÅÙyÁ ±mÁ madhyastataa karaa intercession boºÅÙyÁ madhyatataa interchange scspb½ binimay; Ai¬ci¬ adal-badal mental interchange vacscspb½ bhaab-binimay intercommunication zmÅÚm ¡azp paraspar jnaapan ["gyaapon"] intercourse (sexual) Ênàp \È\³í yoon sanºsarga interest, zeal bjpajna³ manoyog; Fæ梬 ujjval; Fjiºa³ udyog interested Aa‘³ãd aagrahii; Aa‘³ãasPÃy aagrahaanvita interesting s¶êa±¿í± citraakarsak interests, gain Aa‘³ã aagraha interfered scs$py bighnita interior boºsÅÕy madhyasthita; AvºPÙm abhyantar intermarriage A\b ctí sccaã asama barna bibaaha intermediate boºcydí (boºc»dí ) madhyabartii (madhyabarttii) intermittent \scmab sabiraam internal AvºaPÙsm± abhyaantarik; AvºPÙmdt abhyantariin © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

90

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali international AaPÙ¸íasy± aantarjaatik to interpret, expound cºa²ºÁ ±mÁ byaakhyaa ["bekkhaa"] karaa to interpret, translate Apfcai ±mÁ anubaad karaa interpretation, meaning cºa²ºÁ byaakhyaa ["bekkhaa"] interpretation, translation Apfcai anubaad interpreter Êiava¿d dobhaasii interruption caoÁ baadhaa; scmab biraam interval scmab biraam; cºcoap byabadhaan to intervene ãÅÙjñz ±mÁ hastaksep karaa intervention ãÅÙjñz hastaksep; boºÅÕyÁ madhyasthataa interview \añaù±am saaksaat'-kaar intestine APò antra; paEdvfÏsE naariibh^uri intimacy ´sp«qyÁ ghanistataa intimidated Aaysáy aatankita into bjoº madhye; svyjm bhitare; AvºPÙjm abhyantare; -J -e; -Êy -te; -½ -y intolerable A\N asahya ["osojjo"] intolerant A\sã©‚ asahisnu intonation \Ãmvså svar-bhangi intoxication bay¬asb maatalaami intricate sc¸sEy bijarita to introduce, make known zsms¶y ±mÁ paricita karaa introduction vgsb±Á bhuumikaa; AamBÖ aarambha intuition \áap svajnaan ["svogyaan"] to invade AaêMbt ±mÁ aakraman karaa invading AaêMbt±amd aakraman-kaarii invalid, disabled, weak Ûcí¬ (ÛCÃí¬), durbal (durbbal) invalid, fruitless, in vain spÑx¬ nisphal to invent AascÑþam ±mÁ aabiskaar karaa invention AascÑþam aabiskaar inverse(ly) F¼qavajc ultaabhaabe; sczmdyêMjb bipariitakrame to invest Azíp ±mÁ arpan karaa; ²aqajpÁ (²aqap+) khaataano (khaataana) to investigate Apf\ïap ±mÁ anusandhaan karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

91

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali investment scspjna³ biniyog invincible Aj¸½ ajeya; Azmaj¸½ aparaajeya invisible Aihôî adrrishya invisible to man bpfj¿ºm Aihôî manusyer adrrishya invitation spbPòt nimantran; Aaã¢ap aahvaan to invite spbPòt ±mÁ nimantran karaa; spbPòp ÊiL½Á nimantran deoyaa involuntary Só·Á pÁ ±sm½aL icchaa naa kariyaa-o to involve, wrap, embrace ¸sEy ±mÁ jarita karaa involved ¸sEy jarita; ¸sEj½ jariye inward bjoº madhye; AvºaPÙsm± abhyaantarik; svyjmm bhitarer inwards svym sij± bhitar dike irksome scms»M¸p± biraktijanak iron ʬaãÁ lohaa; ʬàã looha irrelevant A‘za\så± apraasangik irreplaceable Azgmtd½ apuuraniiya irresistible Ûiíb durdam irresponsible ias½YÃãdp daayitvahiin irreversible Azsmcyípd½ (Azsmc»ípd½) aparibartaniiya (aparibarttaniiya) irrigation ¸¬-Ê\¶p jal-secan irritation Fj»¸pÁ uttejanaa; ÊêMao krodh is Aaj· aache; ã½ hay is it so? s±? ki? yaS [yaãaS] pÁ s±? taa-i (taahaa-i) naa ki? is not p½ nay -ish, given to - -zm -par Islam S\¬ab obí (oBÂí) isalaam dharma (dharmma) Islamic bf\¬bap obí (oBÂí)-\BÃïd½ musalamaan dharma (dharmma)-sambandhiiya island IÃdz dviip -ism -cai -baad to isolate scsó·pÐ ±jm (±sm½Á) ma²Á bicchinna kare (kariyaa) raakhaa; zhu± ±mÁ prrithak karaa isolated scsó·pÐ bicchinna © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

92

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali isolation scsó·pÐyÁ bicchinnataa Israel S\Íaj½¬ israayel to issue, despatch zawajpÁ (zawap+) paathaano (paathaana) issue, offspring \PÙap-\PÙsy santaan-santati; cÈ®acs¬ banºshaabali; cÈ®om banºshadhar issue, topic, matter sc¿½ bisay; issue, problem \b\ºÁ samasyaa issue under judgement sc¶aníº bicaaryya; sc¶aníº sc¿½ bicaaryya bisay -ist (Grammar 54.8) -caid -baadii; -L½a¬Á -oyaalaa it yÁ (yaãÁ) taa (taahaa); J (SãÁ) e (ihaa); FãÁ (L, F, K) uhaa (o, u, ee) Italian Syas¬½ itaaliya itch ²a\ khaas item, independent article \ÃyPò ‘icº svatantra drabya; ixÁ daphaa item, something detached scsó·pÐ s±·f bicchinna kichu itinerary öb ch»aPÙ bhram brritaanta itself yÁ (yaãÁ) \Ã½È taa (taahaa) svayanº J jackal s®½a¬ shiyaal; ®h³a¬ shrrigaal jealousy D¿íÁ iirsaa jealous D¿íaspÃy iirsaanvita; D¿íazma½t iirsaaparaayan Jehovah snjãacÁ (snjãavÁ) yihobaa (yihobhaa) Jehovah's Witness snjãacam \añd yihobaar saaksii one of Jehovah's Witnesses snjãacam J±¸p \añd yihobaar ek-jan saaksii Jehovah's Witnesses (as a group) snjãacam \añdchði yihobaar saaksiibrrinda to jest zsmãa\ ±mÁ parihaas karaa Jesus (Arabic form, if speaking to Muslims) D\Á iisaa Jesus (Sanskrit form, if speaking to brothers, Hindus and others) ndë yiishu Jew snãgid yihuudii; Sãgid ihuudii job ¶a±‚md caakurii to \Ènf»M ±mÁ sanºyukta karaa; Êna³ ±mÁ yog karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

93

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali ed \BÚ±ínf»M samparkayukta; nf»M yukta er Ågêom suutradhar t- \ã sah-; ʽàu yootha t-heir \ãia½ai sahadaayaad tly \sBÂs¬yvajc sammilitabhaabe joke yaba®Á taamaashaa; ms\±yÁ rasikataa journey öbt bhraman; zníyp (zníºqp) paryatan (paryyatan) joy \f² sukh; Aapði aananda; Flìa\ ullaas; yŸszÙ trripti; Aajbai aamod joyful Aapðizgtí aanandapuurna; \f²d sukhii; Aapsðiy aanandita; §ø hrrista joyful - “Be joyful!” [male] “Flìas\y Êãap (ãFp)!” “ullaasita hon (haun)!” joyful - “Be joyful!” [female] “Flìas\yÁ Êãap (ãFp)!” “ullaasitaa hon (haun)!” judge sc¶amzsy bicaar-pati; sc¶am± bicaarak; \baj¬a¶± samaalocak thing being judged, issue sc¶aníº bicaaryya; sc¶aníº sc¿½ bicaaryya bisay judgement sc¶am bicaar; ma½ raay judgements, rulings ®a\p±¬az shaasan-kalaap adverse judgment iÝ danda Judgement Day sc¶amsip bicaar-din; Ê®¿ sc¶ajmm sip shes bicaarer din judicial sc¶am± bicaarak; sc¶am \ÈêMaPÙ bicaar sanºkraanta judicious sc¡ bijna ["bigyo"] juice m\ ras jump ¬ax laaph; ¬Bx lampha to jump ¬axajpÁ (¬axap+) laaphaano (laaphaana); ¬Bx ±mÁ lampha karaa to jump over seåap dingaana junior ±spø kanista; Apf¸ anuj just, only ʱc¬ kebal; baê maatra; ëofS shudhu-i; ëofbaê shudhumaatra just, right pºa½cap nyaayabaan; oasbí± (oasBÂí±) dhaarmik (dhaarmmik); sw± thik; \yº satya © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

94

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali justice pºa½zma½tyÁ nyaay-paraayanataa; \aofyÁ saadhutaa; pºa½sc¶am nyaay-bicaar justification, vindication \buíp samarthan to justify, to adopt Êbjp (basp½Á) ÊpL½Á mene (maaniyaa) neoyaa jute zaq paat juvenile ymÆp c½Ñþ tarun bayaska; s®ëm by shishur mata K to keep, care for nYÐ ÊpL½Á yatna neoyaa; nYÐ ¬L½Á yatna laoyaa; nYÐ ±mÁ yatna karaa to keep, continue ua±Á thaakaa to keep on doing ±mjy ua±Á kar-te thaakaa to keep on [see "keeps on"] to keep, retain mñÁ raksaa; ma²Á raakhaa; mñÁ ±mÁ raksaa karaa; omÁ dharaa keeper mñ± raksak; za¬± paalak keeping, care nYÐ yatna; mñÁ raksaa keeps on mj½j· rayeche kept, held ojm (osm½Á) dhare (dhariyaa) key ¶asc caabi kick ¬asu laathi kid of a goat ·a³cù\ chaag-bat'sa kidnap ãmt haran to kidnap, steal Azãmt ±mÁ apaharan karaa; ¶fsm ±mÁ curi karaa kidney bfꑳsPÕ mutragranthi; chØþ brrikka to kill ãyºÁ ±mÁ hatyaa karaa; ²fp ±mÁ khun karaa; co ±mÁ badh karaa; Êbjm (basm½Á) Êx¬Á mere (maariyaa) phelaa to kill, hit bamÁ maaraa killed, put to death ãy hata killer ãyºa±amd hatyaa kaarii kind: according to their kind \à \à ¸asy Apfna½d sva sva jaati anuyaayii kind, pattern omp dharan kind, sort m±b rakam; ‘z±am prakaar kind in heart i½a¬f dayaalu; i½acap dayaabaan © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

95

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali kindly i½Á ±jm (±sm½Á) dayaa kare (kariyaa) kindness i½Á dayaa; ±mÆtÁ karunaa king ma¸Á raajaa kingdom ma¸º raajya Kingdom Hall maj¸ºm \vÁ raajyer sabhyaa; maj¸ºm 㬠raajyer hal; s±Èeb 㬠kinºdam hal kingly ma¸±d½ raajakiiya kingship ma¸Yà raajatva kiss ¶fBÃp cumban to kiss ¶fBÃp ±mÁ cumban karaa kitchen mïp®a¬Á randhan-shaalaa; mapa´m raanaaghar; mop®a¬Á radhan-shaalaa knee ¸apf jaanu; ãÏaqf h^aatu to kneel ¸apf zajy (zasy½Á) c\Á jaanu paate (paatiyaa) basaa; ¸apf zsyy ±mÁ jaanu patita karaa; ‘zty ãL½Á pranata haoyaa; py¸apf ãL½Á natajaanu haoyaa knife ·fsm churi; ¶a±‚ caaku; Ê·amÁ choraa to knit ³ÏauÁ g^aathaa; cfpÁ bunaa knitting cfpaspm ±a¸ bunaanir kaaj to knock oaØþÁ dhaakkaa knot ʳjmÁ gero; s³Ïq g^it to knot, tie s³Ïq ÊiL½Á g^it deoyaa to know ¸apÁ jaanaa; s¶pjy (s¶spjy) zamÁ cin-te (cinite) paaraa to know accurately yYà (y»¢) ¡ap zaL½Á tatva (tattva) jnaan ["gyaan"] knowledge ¡ap jnaan ["gyaan"] knowledge of... -sc¿½± ¡ap -bisayak jnaan ["gyaan"] known zsms¶y paricita to make known [Study 13] ¸apajpÁ (¸apap+) jaanaano (jaanaana) known as ... ..zsms¶y ... paricita well known \fzsms¶y suparicita Koran, Qur'aan ʱamap koraan; xm±ap phar-kaan L label s¶m±‚q cir-kut; sqs±q tikit © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

96

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali labour zsm‘®b parishram labourer b¸fm majur; ‘®sb± shramik lack Avac abhaab lacking sc- bi-; -ãdp -hiin lad ca¬± baalak; Ê·j¬ chele ladder s\ÏsE s^iri lady Åòd strii; ³hã±êdí grrihakartrii; v‘ibsã¬Á bhadramahilaa; bãa®½Á mahaashayaa lake ã÷i hrad; s¹¬ jhil lamb Êb¿ mes lame ʲÏaEÁ kh^oraa; ²ª khanja to lament sc¬az ±mÁ bilaap karaa lamentation sc¬az bilaap lamp ‘zidz pradiip; idz diip; Aaj¬Á aalo land Êi® desh; vgsb bhuumi; basq maati; ¸sb jami landlady vg\Ãabdpd bhuusvaamiinii; caEdL½a¬d baariioyaalii landlord vg\Ãabd bhuusvaamii; casEL½a¬Á baarioyaalaa; ¸sbiam jamidaar landscape ÅÕ¬ihôî sthal-drrishya; ÅÕ¬ihj®ºm s¶ê sthal-drrishyer citra lane ³s¬ gali language va¿Á bhaasaa to lapse casy¬ ãL½Á baatil haoyaa; ¶j¬ (¶as¬½Á) naL½Á cale (caaliyaa) yaaoyaa large cE bara; scmaq biraat; scÅÙŸy bistrrita; cºaz± byaapak last, previous ³y gata last, final Ê®¿ shes last days [period] Ê®¿ ±a¬ shes kaal sign of the last days Ê®¿ ±aj¬m s¶ãM shes kaaler cihna to last, keep firm ÅÕa½d ua±Á sthaayii thaakaa lasting ÅÕa½d sthaayii -lasting -ÅÕa½d -sthaayii lastly Acj®j¿ abashese late, delayed Êism deri; sc¬Bà bilamba; Êismjy FzsÅÕy derite upasthita; Êism ±jm (±sm½Á) deri kare (kariyaa) © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

97

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali later, afterwards zjm pare Latin ¬ºasqp lyaatin laugh ãa\º haasya; ãas\ haasi to laugh ãa\Á haasaa; ãa\º ±mÁ haasya karaa; sc‘iÇz ±mÁ bidruup karaa to laugh (at) Fzãa\ ±mÁ upahaas karaa lavatory za½²apÁ L ‘z\ac²apÁ paay-khaanaa o prasaab-khaanaa law sp½b niyam; scso bidhi; AaSp aain lawless Aobía¶amd (AoBÂía¶amd) lawlessness Aobí (AoBÂí) adharma (adharmma); Aobía¶amt (AoBÂía¶amt) adharmaacaaran (adharmmaacaaran); cºcÅÕa¬ç´p byabasthaalanghan lazy A¬\ alas lead, going ahead ÊpyŸYà netrritva; zsm¶a¬pÁ paricaalanaa to lead ÊpyŸYà ±mÁ netrritva karaa; ÊpyŸYà ÊiL½Á netrritva deoyaa; ¶a¬ajpÁ (¶a¬ap+) caalaano (caalaana); spj½ naL½Á niye yaaoyaa to lead one's life ¸d nazp ±mÁ jiiban yaapan karaa leader ÊpyÁ netaa; zsm¶a¬± paricaalak; pa½± naayak leading of one's life ¸d nazp jiiban yaapan leaf zayÁ paataa leaflet ‘z¶amzê pracaarapatra; zsê±Á patrikaa the League of Nations ¸asy\È´ jaatisanºgha leak, pierced hole s·‘i chidra lean, thin baÈ\ãdp maanºsahiin to learn s®²Á shikhaa; Ê®²Á shekhaa learned, knowledgeable s®sñy shiksita; zsÝy pandita; sciÃap bidvaan lease ¬d¸ liij leather ¶bí (¶BÂí) carma (carmma); zsmÑþhy ¶bí (¶BÂí) pariskrrita carma (carmma) leave, holiday ·fsq chuti to leave, abandon zsmyºa³ ±mÁ parityaag karaa to leave, depart mLpÁ (mL½apÁ) ãL½Á raonaa (raoyaanaa) haoyaa; ¶j¬ (¶s¬½Á) naL½Á cale (caliyaa) yaaoyaa to leave off Ê·jE (·asE½Á) ÊiL½Á chere (chaariyaa) deoyaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

98

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali left side cab baam; cab si±Î baam dik' on the left side cabsij± baam-dike; caBÚa®ÃíÅÕ baam-paarshvastha leg zÁ paa legal Ëco beedh; AaSp-\BÃïd½ aain-sambandhiiya; AaSp ³y aain gata legend ±asãpd kaahinii legitimacy ËcoyÁ beedhataa; nuauíº yathaarthya legitimate Ëco beedh leisure Ac±a® abakaash; Ac\m abasar lemon ʬcf lebu length Ëi´íº deerghya lenient i½a¬f dayaalu; ʱab¬ komal lentils ea¬ daal leopard s¶yaca´ citaabaagh; s¶yaca‘´ citaabaaghra leprosy ±‚Wjma³ kustharog; ±‚W kustha less ±b kam -less -ãdp -hiin; -scãdp -bihiin; -·amÁ -chaaraa lesson, counsel Fzji® upadesh; zmab®í paraamaarsha lesson, chapter, study section Aoºa½ adhyaay lesson, assigned portion zaw paath; ‘zi» zaw pradatta paath lest, to prevent that [S40] zaj· paache Let ...! ["hortative, 1st Person": S43] -S -i; Ênp .. yena ... Let ...! ["hortative, 3rd Person": S43] -F± -uk; Ênp .. yena ... to let, hire out vaEÁ ÊiL½Á bhaaraa deoyaa to let, allow, permit Apfbsy ÊiL½Á anumati deoyaa to let be, leave Êmj² (mas²½Á) ÊiL½Á rekhe (raakhiyaa) deoyaa letter, document zê patra; s¶sw cithi letter, character Añm aksar level, even \by¬ samatal; \byÁ samataa level, standard sp½b niyam; bap maan liability, responsibility ias½Yà daayitva liable ia½d daayii liaison \Èjna³ sanºyog; Êna³ajna³ yogaayog liar sbuºacaid mithyaabaadii; sbufº± mithyuk © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

99

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali liberal, generous Fiam udaar; \m¬ saral to liberate bf»M ±mÁ mukta karaa; Ê·jE (·asE½Á) ÊiL½Á chaariyaa deoyaa library ‘³PÕa³am granthaagaar licence, permit Apfbsy anumati lie, falsehood sbuºÁ mithyaa; sbuºÁ ±uÁ mithyaa kathaa to lie, falsify sbuºÁ c¬Á mithyaa balaa to lie down, repose ®½p ±mÁ shayan karaa; Ê®a½Á shoyaa life ¸d jiiban lifeblood ¸dcjpm m»M jiibaner rakta life-force ¸d-®s»M jiiban-shakti life-giving ¸d‘zi jiiban-prad lifeless bhy mrrita; spjÅÙ¸ nistej lifetime ¸d±a¬ jiiban-kaal; Aa½f aayu lifestyle ¸doamÁ jiiban-dhaaraa life for life "‘zajtm zsmj®ao (ci¬Á, ¸ðî, scspb½) ‘zat praaner parishodh (badalaa, janya, binimay) praan to lift Êya¬Á tolaa; FwajpÁ (Fwap+) uthaano (uthaana); Fj»a¬p ±mÁ uttolan karaa light in weight ãa¼±Á haalkaa light seen Aaj¬Á aalo; Aaj¬a± aalok; idszÙ diipti electric light sc¸¬d casy bijalii baati to bring to light ‘z±a® ±mÁ prakaash karaa lightning scifºù bidyut' like, similar -Jm .. yg¬º -er ... tulya; \aih® saadrrish; bjyÁ (by) mato (mata); -Jm pºa½ -er nyaay to like zó·ði ±mÁ pacchanda karaa likely \BÖcy@ sambhab likelihood \BÖaÁ sambhaabanaa likeness \aihôî saadrrishya likewise, similarly AamL aar-o; Êybsp temani liking, attraction z·ði (zó·ði) pachanda (pacchanda); AsvmÆs¶ abhiruci limb Aå anga; ‘zyå pratanga © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

100

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali lime fruit ʬcf lebu; spBÃf nimbu limestone ¶gpÁ zaum cuunaa paathar limit \dbÁ siimaa; ‘zaPÙ praanta to limit \dsby ±mÁ siimita karaa to the limit ¶mbvajc caram-bhaabe limited \dsby siimita line Êm²Á rekhaa; \asm saari line of evidence ‘zbatzê pramaan-patra to linger Êimd ±mÁ derii karaa lining AaÅÙm aastar linking \Èjna³ sanºyog Êna³Ågê yog-suutra lion s\Èã sinºha lip FW ustha; Aom adhar; ÊwÏaq th^ot; FWaom usthaadhar liquid ym¬ taral; ym¬ ziauí taral padaartha liquor \fmÁ suraa list, schedule yas¬±Á taalikaa to listen ëpÁ shunaa; Ê®apÁ shonaa; \fpÁ sunaa; ‘® ±mÁ shraban karaa; bjpajna³ ÊiL½Á manoyog deoyaa listener Ê‘®ayÁ shrotaa; ‘®ctmy shraban-rata literal Aañsm± aaksarik literary \asãsyº± saahityik literate zEÁ-ʬ²Á paraa lekhaa literate person ʬ²Á-zEÁ ¸apÁ ʬa± lekhaa- paraa jaanaa lok literature \asãyº saahitya litter Aac¸ípÁ aabarjanaa a little, not much AlÚ alpa; J±qf ek-tu little, small Ê·aq chota; ñf‘i ksudra little by little baj¹ baj¹ maajhe maajhe live ¸dscy jiibita; ya¸Á taajaa to live, reside, inhabit ua±Á thaakaa; ca\ ±mÁ baas karaa; c\ca\ ±mÁ basabaas karaa to live, thrive cÏa¶Á b^aacaa; ÊcÏj¶ ua±Á b^ece thaakaa; ¸dscy ua±Á jiibita thaakaa to live from day to day sip Jjp (Aasp½Á) sip ²aL½Á din ene (aaniyaa) © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

101

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali din khaaoyaa to live life ¸d nazp ±mÁ jiiban yaapan karaa; ¸d oamt ±mÁ jiiban dhaaran karaa livelihood, a living ¸dsc±Á jiibikaa liver n±„ù yakrrit' livestock zëza¬p pashupaalan living, alive cyíbajp (c»íbajp) ¸dscy bartamaane (barttamaane) jiibita living matter ˸c ziauí jeeba padaartha living thing ‘zatd praanii way of living ¸doamÁ jiiban-dhaaraa lizard sq±Îsqs± tik'tiki; s³ms³sq giragiti; ʳa\az gosaap load to carry Êca¹Á bojhaa; vam bhaar loaf zaFmÆsq paauruti; ya¬ taal loan Htiap rrin-daan; oam dhaar; Ht rrin to loan Ht ÊiL½Á rrin deoyaa; Ht ±mÁ rrin karaa local ÅÕapd½ sthaaniiya locality ±a· kaach; ÅÕap sthaan to locate AcÅÕap spjií® ±mÁ abasthaan nirdesh karaa located -cydí (-c»dí) -bartii (-barttii) located in .. -AcsÅÕy -abasthita location ±a· kaach; ÅÕap sthaan; sÅÕsy sthiti lock ya¬Á taalaa to lock ya¬Á ¬a³ajpÁ (¬a³ap+) taalaa laagaano (laagaana); ya¬Á ÊiL½Á taalaa deoyaa locked up ya¬acï taalaabandha locust zåza¬ pangapaal lodging place Aaca\ aabaas; AÅÕa½d ca\ÅÕap asthaayii baasasthaan log ±ajwm ÓsE kaather guri logic nfs»M yukti; y±í tarka to use logic nfs»M cÁ y±í ¬a³ajpÁ (¬a³ap+) yukti baa tarka laagaano (laagaana) logical nfs»M\åy yuktisangata; nfs»Mzgtí yuktipuurna logical person nfs»Mcaid yuktibaadii © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

102

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali lone J±Á ekaa loneliness sp¸ípyÁ nirjanataa lonely, lonesome J±a±d ekaakii; \ådãdp sangiihiin long [distance] igm duur long [physically] ¬BÃÁ lambaa; long [in time] id´í diirgha; id´í±a¬cºazd diirghakaal-byaapii long sword ymcasm tarabaari longevity id´í ¸d diirgha jiiban longing, eagerness Aa±aç²Á aakaankhaa; ca¦Á baanchaa; ¬a¬\Á laalasaa longsuffering, very patient id´í\sã© diirghasahisnu longsuffering, great patience id´í\sã©fyÁ diirghasahisnutaa look, appearance mÇz ruup; ʶãamÁ cehaaraa look, glance ihsøzay drristipaat to look Êi²Á dekhaa to look around yÁs±j½ (yÁ±aS½Á) Êi²Á taakiye (taakaaiyaa) dekhaa to look at ya±ajpÁ (ya±ap+) taakaano (taakaana) to look for ʲÏa¸Á kh^ojaa; Ajpÿt ±mÁ anvesan karaa to look out, take care nYÐ ÊpL½Á yatna neoyaa; bjpajna³ ÊiL½Á manoyog deoyaa looking-glass, mirror Aa½pÁ aayanaa; izíp darpan looking to .., intent on Fiºy udyata loose ²a¬d khaalii; bf»M mukta; cïp ãjy (ãSjy) Êbas¶y bandhan hate (haite) mocita; Aa¬³Á aalagaa to loose bf»M ±mÁ mukta karaa; cïp Êba¶p ±mÁ bandhan mocan karaa; ²a¬Á khaalaa loot ¬fTwp lunthan; Azãmt apaharan Lord ‘zvf prabhu Lord of all \ia‘zvf sadaaprabhu to lord it ‘zvfYà ±mÁ prabhutva karaa; ‘zvf ãL½Á prabhu haoyaa lorry ba¬caãd ³aEd maal-baahii gaarii to lose ãamajpÁ (ãamap+) haaraano (haaraana) loss ñ½ ksay; ñsy ksati; Az¶½ apacay lost ãasmj½ (ãamaS½Á) haariye (haaraaiyaa) © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

103

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali a lot of, much Ajp± anek loud ʸajm jore loudspeaker \Ãmcoí± nPò svar-bardhak yantra lovable ‘zdsy¸p± [-Á] prritijanak [-aa] love Ê‘zb prem; va¬ca\Á bhaalabaasaa; Ê\Ðã sneha; vs»M bhakti mutual love zmÅÚm Ê‘zb paraspar prem love for one another zmÅÚjmm ‘zsy Ê‘zb parasparer prati prem; Jj± Azjmm ‘zsy Ê‘zb eke aparer prati prem love of money opa\s»M dhanaasakti; qa±Á-z½\am ‘zsy Asysm»M va¬ca\Á taakaa-payasaar prati atirikta bhaalabaasaa to love Ê‘zb ±mÁ prem karaa; vaj¬aca\Á (va¬ca\Á) bhaalobaasaa (bhaalabaasaa) lover, male Ê‘zsb± premik; ‘zt½d pranayii; pa½± naayak lover, female Ê‘zsb±Á premikaa; ‘zt½dsp pranayiini; pas½±Á naayikaa loving Ê‘zbb½ premamay; Ê‘zbd premii; Ê\Ðã®d¬ snehashiil; Ê‘zbzgtí prem-puurna -loving -s‘z½ -priya low spBÐ nimna; ±b kam; sp¶f nicu; pgºp nyuun lowly spBÐ nimna to lower ±bajpÁ (±abap+) kamaano (kaamaana); pabajpÁ (pabap+) naamaano (naamaana) loyal \aof saadhu; sc®ÃÅÙ bishvasta; côî bashya; Aapf³y aanugata loyal love côîyÁ bashyataa; Apf³yº anugatya; i½Á dayaa loyalty \aofyÁ saadhutaa; sc®ÃÅÙyÁ bishvastataa luck va³º bhaagya lucky va³ºcap bhaagyabaan luggage ba¬ maal; ³Ïawsm g^aathari; Êbaq mot lunar ¶að‘i caandra; ¶ð‘i´sqy candraghatita lunatic, mad za³¬ paagal; Êca±Á bokaa lunch Ûzfjmm ²acam dupurer khaabaar; boºaãM Êva¸p madhyaahna bhojan lung xf\zf\Î phus-phus'; ca½fj±a¿ baayukos lust ʬav lobh; ±ab kaam; ±aba\»M kaamaasakta; ±ajbaó·Á kaamocchaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

104

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali luxurious sc¬as\ bilaasi luxury sc¬a\d bilaasii; sc¬as\yÁ bilaasitaa lying, located AcsÅÕy abasthita lying, reposing ëj½ (ëS½Á) shuye (shuiyaa) lying, speaking lies sbuºacaid mithyaabaadii lyric ³dy-±scyÁ giit-kabitaa; ³dsy±scyÁ giitikabitaa M machine nPò yantra; ±¬ kal machinery nPòzasy yantrapaati mad za³¬ paagal; FPÂai unmaad madness FP» unmatta madam \BöaPÙ bsã¬Á sambhraanta mahilaa to madden Êñjz (Êñsz½Á) y›¬Á ksepe (ksepiyaa) tulaa; ÊñzÁ ksepaa maddened Êñjz (Êñsz½Á) ksepe (ksepiyaa) made spsbíy (spsBÂí») nirmitta (nirmmita) magazine \abs½±zsê±Á saamayik-patrikaa; \abs½±d samayikii magic Sð‘i¸a¬ indrajaal; naÛ yaadu magnet ¶fBñ cumbak magnificent ¶bù±am camat'-kaar to magnify Asymsªy ±mÁ atiranjita karaa; cE ±mÁ bara karaa maid ±ðîÁ kanyaa maiden ±‚bamd kumaarii mail ea± daak maimed pf¬Á nulaa main bg¬ muul; ‘zoap pradhaan mainly ‘zoaty@ pradhaanatahha to maintain, keep going c¸a½ ma²Á bajaay raakhaa to maintain, follow za¬p ±mÁ paalan karaa to maintain, Ac¬BÃp ±mÁ abalamban karaa maintenance mñt raksan majestic bãap mahaan; maj¸as¶y raajocita majesty of king or queen bãama¸ mahaaraaj; bãama¡d mahaaraajnii major in importance chã»m brrihattar; ÓmÆym gurutar majority Êc®dm va³ beshiir bhaag; Aso±aÈ® adhikaanºsh; \Ȳºaj³asmW © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

105

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali sanºkhyaagoristha to make spbíat (spBÂít) ±mÁ nirmaan (nirmmaan) karaa; \hsø ±mÁ srristi karaa; Ëysm ±mÁ teeri karaa maker spbíat±yíÁ (spBÂíat±»íÁ) nirmaan-kartaa (nirmmaan-karttaa) \hsø±yíÁ (\hsø±»íÁ) srristikartaa (srristikarttaa); \ÍøÁ srastaa; spbíyÁ (spBÂíayÁ) nirmaataa (nirmmaataa) making spbíat (spBÂíat) nirmaan (nirmmaan); ³wp gathan malistration ±‚®a\p kushaasan male zfmÆ¿ ¸ayd½ purus jaatiiya to make a malediction Asv®ajzm zaê ±mÁ abhishaaper paatra karaa malice scjiÿ bidves; Êi¿ des; Êiÿ dves malicious scjiÿ zma½t bidves paraayan malignant Ê´am scjiÿ zma½t ghor bidves paraayan; \aÈ´asy± saanºghaatik malnutrition Azf«q apusta; AzníazÙ aparyaapta; Azfsø apusti mammal ÅÙðîza½d ¸dc stanyapaayii jiib; Ûoza½d ¸dc dudh-paayii jiib man bapf¿ maanus; bpf¿º manusya to manage zsm¶a¬p ±mÁ paricaalan karaa; cºcÅÕÁ ±mÁ byabasthaa karaa to manage to see Êis²jy zaL½Á dekhite paaoyaa I am managing, coping Aabam ¶j¬ aamaar cale management zsm¶a¬pÁ paricaalanaa; ®a\p shaasan; cºcÅÕazpÁ byabasthaapanaa manager zsm¶a¬± paricaalak; ®a\± shaasak; cºcÅÕaz± byabasthaapak mango Aab aam mania casy± baatik; FB»yÁ ummattataa manifest ‘z±a® Aaj· [Jbp] prakaash aache [eman] manifestation ‘z±a®‘zaszÙ prakaash-praapti manifesting... -b½ -may manifesto SÅÙaãam istaahaar mankind bapc¸asy maanab-jaati manner, conduct mdsy riiti; Aa¶mt aacaran manner, method Fza½ upaay; oamÁ dhaaraa; ‘z±am prakaar; vac bhaab © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

106

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali manslaughter pmãyºÁ narahatyaa manslayer pm´ay± naraghaatak manual, by hand ãÅÙ¶as¬y hastacaalita manual, guide-book \am‘³PÕ saaragrantha to manufacture Fùzaip ±mÁ ut'-paadan karaa manure \am saar manuscript ãÅÙs¬s²y hastalikhita many Ajp± anek; cÀ bahu; ±y! kata!; papap naanaan many offspring cÀcÈ® bahubanºsha map p±…®Á (p±®Á) nak'-shaa (nakashaa); baps¶ê maan-citra margin ‘zaPÙ praanta oamÁ dhaaraa marine \abfs‘i± saamudrik marital \Ãabd-Åòd-\BÃïd½ svaamii-strii-sambandhiiya mark, spot s¶ãM cihna; ia³ daag mark, target ¬ñ laksa market ca¸am baajaar; ãaq haat; sczst bipani; scztd bipanii marriage sccaã bibaah marrow bæ¸Á majjaa to marry sccaã ±mÁ bibaah karaa; scj½ ±mÁ biye karaa marsh sc¬ bil; ¸¬avgsb jalaabhuumi martial \absm± saamarik martial law \absm± ®a\p saamarik shaasan martyr ®ãdi shahiid marvel Aaô¶níº aashcaryya marvellous scŽ±am bismayakaar; AIÖgy adbhuut Mary Êbmd merii; bsm½b mariyam masculine zfÈ-¸ayd½ punº-jaatiiya; c¬Îcap bal'-baan mask bfj²a® mukhosh; ·¬ chal massacre ãyºa±aÝ hatyaakaanda; ³tãyºÁ ganahatyaa mass killing cºaz± ãyºÁ byaapak hatyaa masses ¸p\aoamt janasaadhaaran master ‘zvf prabhu; s®ñ± shiksak; ±yíÁ (±»íÁ) kartaa (karttaa) mat baÛm maadur match for fire si½a®¬aS diyaashalaai; Êi®¬aS deshalaai © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

107

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali match logically ‘zsyjnas³yÁ pratiyogitaa mate \åd sangii; \Ãabd cÁ Åòd svaamii baa strii material, physical zasuíc paarthiba; caÅÙsc± baastabik; ¸E jar material, substance ziauí padaartha; Fzaiap upaadaan; ba¬ maal materialism ¸Ecai jarabaad; cÅßyPòcai bastutantrabaad materialistic cÅßyPòcaid bastutantrabaadii; ¸Ecaid jarabaadii to materialize, make appear mÇzaPÙsmy ±mÁ ruupaantarita karaa to materialize, produce ±ajní (±ajníº) zsmty ãL½Á kaarye (kaaryye) parinata haoyaa materially, mainly bg¬y@ muulatahh; Ayºacôî±mÇjz atyaabashyak-ruupe materially, physically zasuíc vajc paarthiba bhaabe mathematics Aȱ®aÅò anºkashaastra; ³sty ganita matter, physical substance ziauí padaartha matter, subject sc¿½ bisay mattress Êya¿± tosak; ³si gadi mature zgtí puurna; zaØþ paakka; zsmzØþ paripakka; za±Á paakaa maturity zsmzØþyÁ paripakkataa; zgtíyÁ puurnataa maximum \jcíaó¶ sarvocca; \CÃíso± sarvvaadhik may, to be able zamÁ paaraa; ãjy (ãSjy) zamÁ hate (haite) paaraa; Ênp yena me Aabaj± aamaake; Aaba½ aamaay meal v¸p bhojan; Aaãam aahaar; Aaãaní aahaary; ²apÁ khaanaa mean, middle cd¶ biic mean, miserly ±„zt krripan to mean Auí ¸apajpÁ (¸apap+) artha jaanaano (jaanaana); Auí ma²Á artha raakhaa; cf¹ajpÁ (cf¹ap+) bujhaano (bujhaana) meaning, sense Auí artha; bbí marma meaning, that is, i.e. Auíaù arthaat'; bajp maane means, way baoºb maadhyam by any means Ên ʱap ‘z±ajm ye kona prakaare by no means ʱap bjyS pS (pjã) kona mate-i nai (nahe) meantime Ssybjoº itimadhye meantimes baj¹S maajhe-i © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

108

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali measles ãab haam measure baz maap; zsmbat parimaan to measure bazÁ maapaa; F¸p ±mÁ ujan karaa measurement baz maap meat baÈ\ maanºsa; ³®y gashata; ʳaôy goshta mechanical nPò-sc¿½± yantra-bisayak mechanic sbÅòd mistrii; nPòd yantrii to meddle AÈ® ÊpL½Á anºsha neoyaa to mediate boºÅÕ ãL½Á madhyastha haoyaa mediation boºÅÕyÁ madhyasthataa; baoºjb maadhyame mediator boºÅÕ cºs»M madhyastha byakti medical person s¶s±ù\± cikit'-sak medicine è¿o oosadh; F¿fo usudh; iaL½Á daaoyaa to meditate oºap ±mÁ dhyaan karaa meditation oºap dhyaan medium, middle boº madhya; boºcydí (boºc»dí) ÅÕap madhyabartii (madhyabarttii) sthaan medium, channel baoºb maadhyam meek pmb naram; bhÛ mrridu; bhÛ®d¬ mrridushiil to meet, gather \añaù ±mÁ saaksaat' karaa; \vaÅÙ ãL½Á sabhaasta haoyaa to meet, fill needs sbqajpÁ (sbqap+) mitaano (mitaana) meeting \vÁ sabhaa meeting place \vaÅÕ¬ sabhaasthal; \añajym ÅÕap saaksaater sthaan melodious \fjm¬Á surelaa melody \fsbø \ȳdy sumista sanºgiit; ³ap gaan to melt ³¬ajpÁ (³¬ap+) galaano (galaana); ³s¬½Á naL½Á galiyaa yaaoyaa member of group \i\º sadasya memorable ÅÂmtd½ smaraniiya; sc²ºay bikhyaat Memorial Day ÅÂmtajuím sic\ smaranaarther dibas memorial sign ÅÂhsys¶ãM smrriticihna memorial, as a memory ÅÂmtajuím smaranaarther to memorize ÅÂmt ±mÁ smaran karaa; bjp ma²Á mane raakhaa; bf²fÅÕ © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

109

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali ±mÁ mukhustha karaa memory, power ÅÂhsy smrriti; ÅÂmt smaran; ÅÂhsy®s»M smrritishakti memory, experience Asv¡yÁ abhijnataa ("abhigyataa") meningitis bsÅÙÑþ-s¹lìdm ‘ziaã mastiska-jhiliir pradaaha menstrual Åòd-Hyf \BÃïd½ strii-rritu sambandhiiya mental baps\± maanasik mention, note Fjlì² ullekh; Ssåy ingit; Aaj¬a¶pÁ aalocanaa to mention Fjlì² ±mÁ ullekh karaa; Ssåy ±mÁ ingit karaa merchant cst± banik merciful i½a¬f dayaalu; Ê\Ðã®d¬ snehashiil; ±mÆtab½ karunaamay; Ê\Ðãb½ snehamay mercy i½Á dayaa; Apf‘³ã anugraha; Ê\Ðã sneha; ±mÆtÁ karunaa mere, merely ëof shudhu; ʱc¬ kebal; J±baê ek-maatra merits Êna³ºyÁ yogyataa merriment Flìa\ ullaas; Aapði aananda message \Ècai sanºbaad; cayíÁ (ca»íÁ) baartaa (baarttaa) messenger \Ècai-iayÁ sanºbaad-daataa; \Ècai-caã± sanºbaad-baahak metal oay› dhaatu method ‘zta¬d pranaalii; zÄsy paddhati; êMb kram microscope Apfcdñt nPò anubiiksan yantra midday boºaãM madhyaahna; Ûzfm Êc¬Á dupur belaa middle boº madhya; boºcydí (boºc»dí) madhyabartii (madhyabarttii); ba¹²ap maajh-khaan middle-aged Ê‘zàR proorh middle-class boºsc» madhyabitta midnight boºmasê madhyaaraatri; boºmay madhyaraat midst boºÅÕ¬ madhyasthal might, power ñbyÁ ksamataa; \abauí saamaartha; c¬ bal; ʸam jor might, to be able zamÁ paaraa; ãjy (ãSjy) zamÁ hate (haite) paaraa mightiness zmaêMb paraakram mighty ®s»M®a¬d shaktishaalii; ®s»Mbap shaktimaan migration Aðî Êij® s³½Á c\aca\ anya deshe giyaa basaabaas mild bhÛ mrridu; pmb naram; pb÷ namra; ʱab¬ komal © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

110

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali mild temper bhÛvac mrridubhaab mildness bhÛyÁ mrridutaa; ʱab¬yÁ komalataa; pb÷yÁ namrataa militant ¸åd jangii military \absm± saamarik; Êxàs¸ phooji milk Ûo dudh; ÅÙðî stanya Milky Way ·a½azu chaayaapath mill ±¬ kal 10 million ÊêMaE kror; ʱasq koti millionaire ÊêMaEzsy kror-pati millions of ¬ñaso± laksaadhik mimic, imitating Apf±mtszͽ anukaran-priya to mimic Apf±mt ±mÁ anukaran karaa minaret sbpam minaar; ¶fEÁ curaa mind bp man; by mata to mind, care bjpajna³ ±mÁ manoyog karaa; nYÐ ÊpL½Á yatna neoyaa mindful bjpajna³d manoyogii; nYЮd¬ yatnashiil; ¬ñº±amd laksyakaarii minding of the flesh baÈj\m vac maanºser bhaab mineral ²sp¸ ziauí khanij padaartha miniature ñf‘ia±am ksudraakaar minimum \císpBÐ sarba-nimna; pgºpyb nyuunatam minister of government bPòd mantrii minister, servant ia\ daas to minister zsm¶níÁ (zsm¶níºÁ) ±mÁ paricaryaa (paricaryyaa) karaa Ministerial Training School zsm¶am± ‘zs®ñt sciºa¬½ paricaarak prashiksan bidyaalay Our Kingdom Ministry Aabajim maj¸ºm zsm¶níº aamaader raajyer paricaryya minor in importance ñ‚‘iym ksudratar minor in age paca¬± naabaalak minus scj½a³ biyog minute in size Ê·aq chota minute of time sbspq minit miracle Aaj¬às±± ´qpÁ aalookik ghatanaa; Aaô¶ní (Aaô¶níº) ±a¸ © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

111

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali aashcarya (aashcaryya) kaaj miraculous Aj¬às±± alookik; AIÖgy adbhuut mirror Aa½pÁ aayanaa; izít darpan mirth Flìa\ ullaas; ã¿í harsa mis- A- a-; sc- bimisbehaviour A\ia¶amt asadaacaaran miscellaneous scsco bibidh; scsvpÐ bibhinna mischief Aspø anista; ñsy ksati; Az±am apakaar; ãasp haani miscreant, wicked person Ûma¶am duraacaar misdeed ±‚±bí kukarma; Azmao aparaadh miserable Û@²d duhhakhii; sp@\à nihhasva; AsyW atistha misery Û@² duhhakha; ±ø kasta; Ûscí¿½ durbisay misfortune, hardship sczi bipad; Û@² duhhakha to misguide vf¬zju ¶a¬pÁ ±mÁ bhul-pathe caalanaa karaa; öasPÙ ¸PÂajpÁ (¸ð‰ap+) bhraanti janmaano (janmaana) mishap Û´íqpÁ durghatanaa to misinterpret vf¬ Auí ±mÁ bhul artha karaa to mislead sczi³abd ±mÁ bipad-gaamii karaa; öasPÙ ¸PÂajpÁ (¸ð‰ap+) bhraanti janmaano (janmaana) misled öaPÙ bhraanta; scöaPÙ bibhraanta Miss ±‚bamd kumaarii miss A±„y±aníyÁ (A±„y±aníºyÁ) akrritakaaryataa (akrritakaaryyataa) to miss, fail to hit ¬ñº ±mjy (±smjy) pÁ zamÁ laksya kar-te (karite) naa paaraa to miss, feel the lack ¬ñº Ê·jE (·aEaS½Á) naL½Á laksya chere (chaaraaiyaa) yaaoyaa missionary obí-‘z¶am± (oBÂí-‘z¶am±) dharma-pracaarak (dharmma-pracaarak); sb®pamd mishanaarii mist ±‚¸Î¹sq±Á kujjhatikaa mistake v›¬ bhul mistakes v›¬öasPÙ bhul-bhraanti mistress of house ±êdí kartrii; ³hsãpd grrihinii mistress at school s®ñs½êd shiksayitrii misunderstanding v›¬ Auí cfs¹jy bhul artha bujhite © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

112

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali mix sb®Á mishaa to mix sb‘®t ±mÁ mishran karaa; sb¬p ±mÁ milan karaa; sb¬ajpÁ (sb¬ap+) milaano (milaana) mixture sb‘®t mishran; sb¬p milan mob iaåa±amd ¸pyÁ daangaakaarii janataa mobile ¶¬p®d¬ calan-shiil to mock Fzãa\ ±mÁ upahaas karaa mode, form, state Aa±am aakaar model to be followed Aai®í aadarsha moderate boºb madhyam; ba¹asm maajhaari; boºzPÕd madhyapanthii modern Aaofsp± aadhunik; pgyp nuutan modern day Aaofsp± ±a¬ aadhunik kaal moderns, modern people Aaofsp± ʬaj±mÁ aadhunik lokeraa modest Êna³º yogya; s½d binoyii; v‘i bhadra; s®ø shista; \dsby ñbyÁ \Ãd±am ±jm Jbp siimita ksamataa sviikaar kare eman modesty Êna³ºyÁ yogyataa; s½ binay; v‘iayÁ bhadrataa; s®øyÁ shistataa; \dsby ñbyÁ \Ãd±am ±mÁ Jbp siimita ksamataa sviikaar karaa eman modification zsmcyíp (zsmc»íp) paribartan (paribarttan) to modify zsmcyíp (zsmc»íp) ±mÁ paribartan (paribarttan) karaa moist \abaðî sv¸Á saamaanya bhijaa; Aa‘i aadra moisture Aa‘iyÁ aadrataa molestation FùzdEp ut'piiran moment bfãgyí (bfãg»í) muhuurta (muhuurtta); spjb¿ nimes monarch \b÷aq samraat; ma¸Á raajaa monarch ma¸yPò raaj-tantra money, finance Auí artha money in hand daily qa±Á taakaa; z½\Á payasaa love of money opa\s»M dhanaasakti -monger -L½a¬Á -oyaalaa monkey capm baanar monotonous J±j´j½ ek-gheye monsoon bm\fb marasum month ba\ maas © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

113

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali monthly bas\± maasik months, seasons: [see Grammar 58.1] monumental instructions Åšhsyj\ào smrritisoodha mood Êb¸a¸ mejaaj; bjpavac manobhaab; bjpm vac maner bhaab moon ¶ð‘i candra; ¶Ïai c^aad moonlight ʸºaù\ÐÁ jyot'snaa; ¶ð‘is±mt candrakiran moral principle pdsy niiti moral, principled Ëpsy± neetik morality Ëpsy±yÁ neetikataa; pdsy®aÅò niitishaastra morbid cºaso‘³ÅÙ byaadhigrasta more, larger amount, extent Aam aar; AamL aar-o; AajmÁ aaro; Aso± adhik more, extra Asysm»M atirikta; Êcs® beshi; Êc®d beshii more [comparative usage: see Study 55] more than cajmmL baarer-o moreover AamL aar-o; Asos±Pß adhikintu morning, morningtime \±a¬ sakaal; \±a¬ Êc¬Á sakaal belaa "Good morning!" : as "Good day!", etc . mortal, fatal \aç´asy± saanghaatik; ‘zatãm praanahar; bamaY± maaraatmak mortal, subject to death bmp®d¬ maran-shiil; bm mar mortgage cï± bandhak moslem bf\¬bap musal-maan mosque b\Îs¸i mas'jid mosquito b®Á mashaa most, more than all others [superlative usage: see Study 55] \cj¶j½ ... sab-ceye … ; \cí- (\CÃí-) sarva- (sarvva-); -yb -tam most dear s‘z½yb priyatam Most Holy zscêyb pavitratam Most High zmaùzm paraat'par most quantity, majority Aso±aÈ® adhikaanºsh most so, much so Êcs® beshi; Êc®d beshii; ²fc khub moth ±djq kiite mother AaBšÁ (AabÁ) aammaa (aamaa); bÁ maa; bayÁ maataa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

114

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali mother-in-law ®ÃaëEd shvaashurii; ®Ã‘®Ç shvashruu mother-tongue bayŸva¿Á maatrribhaasaa motion, movement ³sy gati; ‘zÅÙac prastaab motion pictures ¶¬bap s¶êÓs¬ calamaan citraguli; ¶¬s¶ê calacitra to motivate FiÃfÄ ±mÁ udvuddha karaa motivated FiÃfÄ udvuddha motivation Ê‘zmtÁ preranaa motive Fjéôî uddeshya; ±amt kaaran; by¬c mat-lab; Ê‘zmtÁ preranaa mount, mountain zaãaE paahaar; zcíy (zCÃíy) parbat (parbbat) to mount, climb ¶EÁ caraa "sermon on the mount" zacíyº (zaCÃíyº) Fzji® paarbatya (paarbbatya) upadesh mountain zaãaE paahaar; zcíy (zCÃíy) parbat (parbbat) to mourn sc¬az ±mÁ bilaap karaa; Ê®a± ±mÁ shok karaa mourning Ê®a± shok; sc¬az bilaap mouse SÏÛm i^dur mouth bf² mukh mouthpiece, spokesman bf²zaê mukh-paatra to move, change location ¶¬Á calaa; paEÁ naaraa to cause to move, drive ¶a¬ajpÁ (¶a¬ap+) caalaano (caalaana) moved emotionally Asvvœy abhibhuuta moved with pity ±mÆtÁ co karunaa bodh; ±mÆtascø karunaabista moved, urged ‘zjmas¶y prarocita; ‘zjtasiy pranodita; FiÃfÄ udvuddha to be moved to do ±mjy (±smjy) Ê‘zmtÁ zaL½Á kar-te (karite) preranaa paaoyaa movement, change zsmcyíp (zsmc»íp) paribartan (paribarttan) movement, political campaign Aajðia¬p aandolan moving, emotive bbíÅÚ®dí marmasparshii; ¶¬p®d¬ calan-shiil much Ajp± anek; Êcs® beshi; Êc®d beshii; ‘z¶fm pracur as much yy tata; yyqf±‚ tatatuku; sw± yy thik tata this much Jy eta; Jyqf±±‚ etatuku; sw± Jy thik eta mud ±aiÁ kaadaa; ogs¬ dhuuli mule ²ó¶m khaccar; A®Ãym ashvatar © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

115

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali multiplication Ótp gunan multipurpose cÀbf²d bahumukhii Mummy bÁ maa; AaBšÁ (AabÁ) aammaa (aamaa) municipality Êzàm\vÁ poorasabhaa murder ²fp khun; ãyºÁ hatyaa to murder ²fp ±mÁ khun karaa; ãyºÁ ±mÁ hatyaa karaa murderer ²fpd khunii; ãyºa±amd hatyaakaarii to murmur scEscE ±mÁ bir-bir karaa; scms»M ‘z±a® ±mÁ birakti prakaash karaa; scms»M c¶\Á ±mÁ birakti bacasaa karaa muscle baÈ\jz®d maanºsapeshii museum naÛ´m yaadughar; ‘zi®íp®a¬Á pradarshan-shaalaa music \ȳdy sanºgiit Muslim: [see Moslem] must: [see "have to": G54.4] [I] must read [now] [Aabam J²p] zEjy ãjc [aamaar ekhan] par-te habe ([Aabam J²p] zsEjy ãSjc [aamaar ekhan] parite haibe) mutton ÊvEam baÈ\ bheraar maanºsa mutual zamÅÚsm± paarasparik; zmÅÚjmm parasparer mutually zm«zm (zmÅÚm) paraspar; Jj± Aðîj± eke anyake; Jj± Azjmm \aju eke aparer saathe my Aabam aamaar myself Aasb \Ã½È aami svayanº mystery mã\º rahasya; igj¡í½ sc¿½ duurjney ("duurgyey") bisay myth Êzàmast±d ±uÁ pooraanikii kathaa; Asy±uÁ atikathaa; ±alÚsp± m¶pÁ kaalpanik racanaa mythological Êzàmast± pooraanik N Nabonidus ÊpjcapaSia\ nebonaaidaas nail on digit p² nakh; p²m nakhar nail for fixing Êzjm± perek Nain pas½pÎ naayin' naked F¬å ulanga; p³Ð nagna; Apaschy anaabrrita; pºaÈqÁ nyaanºtaa; sccÅò bibastra name pab naam © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

116

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to name Aaã¢ap ±mÁ aahbaan karaa napkin mÆba¬ rumaal narration ctípÁ barnanaa; ±asãpd kaahinii narrow \ȱdtí sanºkiirna; A‘z®ÅÙ aprashasta; \mÆ saru narrowed down \ÈsñzÙ sanºksipta narrow-minded Apgiam anuudaar; \ȱdtíbpÁ sanºkiirnamanaa nasal pas± naaki nasty ÊpaÈmÁ noºraa nation ¸asy jaati national anthem ¸ayd½ \ȳdy jaatiiya sanºgiit national flag ¸ayd½ zya±Á jaatiiya pataakaa nationalism ¸ayd½yacai jaatiiyataabaad nationalist ¸ayd½yacaid jaatiiyataabaadii nationality ¸ayd½yÁ jaatiiyataa; ¸ayd½ zͱ„sy jaatiiya prakrriti to nationalize maø÷a½Yà ±mÁ raastraayatva karaa native Êi®d½ deshiiya; \øay svajaat; Asoca\d adhibaasii natural \Ãavasc± svaabhaabik; ‘za±„sy± praakrritik natural disaster ‘za±„sy± sczní½ praakrritik biparyay naturally \Ãvacy@ svabhaabatahha; \Ãavasc± vajc svaabhaabik bhaabe nature ‘z±„sy prakrriti naughty Ûø dusta; Ûøf dustu naughtiness Ûøfsb dustumi Nazarene pa\myd½ naasaratiiya near sp±q nikat; Aigmcydí (Aigmc»dí) aduurabartii (aduurabarttii); sp±qÅÙ nikatasta; ±aj· kaache; Fz- upanear at hand sp±qcydí (sp±qc»dí) nikat-bartii (nikat-barttii) nearing Js³j½ egiye neat zsmó·pÐ paricchanna necessary Aacôî± aabashyak; im±asm dar-kaari; ‘zj½a¸pd½ prayojaniiya necessity Aacôî±yÁ aabashyakataa; ‘zj½a¸p prayojan; im±am dar-kaar neck ³¬Á galaa; ´aE ghar need ‘zj½a¸p prayojan; Avac abhaab; im±am dar-kaar © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

117

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali needle ÅgÏS s^uui; ·f϶ ch^uc needy sp@\à nihhasva; spyaPÙ ism‘i nitaanta daridra negative in character AvacÅg¶± abhaab-suucak negative, denying A\Ãd±amÅg¶± asviikaar-suucak negative, disliking A‘zdsy±m apriitikar negative, pessimistic Êpsyca¶± netibaacak to neglect yas󷬺 ±mÁ taacchilya karaa; Acjã¬Á ±mÁ abahelaa karaa negligible p³tº naganya; Fjzñtd½ upeksaniiya to negotiate Aaj¬a¶pÁ ±mÁ aalocanaa karaa neighbour ‘zsyjc®d pratibeshii; ‘zsyca\d pratibaasii; zEs® parashi neighbourhood, vicinity zaEÁ paaraa; Ëp±qº neekatya neither JsqL pÁ, AðîsqL pÁ Jbp etio naa, anyatio naa eman; ã½ Jsq p½ Ê\sq hay eti nay seti neither cold nor hot pÁ ®dy¬ pÁ yzÙ naa shiital naa tapta nephew vaSjzÁ bhaaipo; vas³jp½ bhaaginey nepotism \øp‘zd½ svajanapriiya nerve \Ða½f snaayu; Ëisã± ®s»M deehik shakti -ness -yÁ -taa nest pdE niir; zas²m ca\Á paakhir baasaa net ¸a¬ jaal; xÏai ph^aad neuter, eunuch pzfÈ\± napunºsak; û±dcs¬å kliibalinga neutral spmjzñ nirapeksa never ±²jpÁ p½ (±²pL pjã) kakhano nay (kakhan-o nahe); ʱajpÁ êMjb p½/pÁ (ʱap êMjb pjã) kono krame nay/naa (kona krame nahe) new pyfp natun, pgyp nuutan new-born pc¸ay nabajaata newcomer Aa³Pß± aagantuk news \Ècai sanºvaad; \ba¶am samaacaar; ²cm khabar newspaper \Ècai zê sanºvaad patra; \ba¶am zê samaacar patra; ²cm zê khabar patra next, adjacent ±aj·m kaacher next, following sw± zmcydí (zmc»dí) thik parabartii (parabarttii); Aa³abd aagaamii; zjm pare © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

118

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali next, then yam (yaãam) zm taar (taahaar) par; yam (yaãam) zjm taar (taahaar) pare nice vaj¬Á (va¬) bhaalo (bhaala); \fðim sundar nickname ea±pab daak-naam night may raat; maêd raatrii; maê raatra night and day icamaê dibaaraatra nil ëpºayÁ shunyaataa; ëðî shunya; s±·fS p½ (pjã) kichu-i nay (nahe) the year nineteen fourteen FspЮ' ® ʶàé \a¬ unnish' sha coodda saal no pÁ naa no doubt sp@\jðiã nihh-sandeha; ʱajpa \jðiã ÊpS Ên ... (ʱap \jðiã paS Ên ... kono sandeha nei ye … (kona sandeha naai ye …) no way ʱajpÁ (ʱap) êMjb pÁ kono (kona) krame naa; ±²p-S p½ (pjã) kakhana-i nay (nahe) noble v‘i bhadra; Fiam udaar noble-minded bãapfvc mahaanubhab nobody, no one ʱF pÁ keu naa; ʱã pÁ keha naa noise ʱa¬a㬠kolaahal; ³Ýj³a¬ gandagol; ʳa¬ba¬ golamaal noisy ʱa¬aã¬zgtí kolaahal-puurna nomadic öbt®d¬ bhraman-shiil nominal, in name paboamd naam-dhaarii; pabd½ naamiiya; pajbbaê naamemaatra nominal, slight \abaðî saamaanya non- sc- bi-; A- anon-cooperation A\ãjna³ asahayog non-living Ak¸c ajeeba none ʱap ... paS kona ... naai nonsense y›ó· tuccha; Auíãdp ±uÁ arthahiin kathaa noon Ûzfm dupur; Ûzfm Êc¬Á dupur belaa normal, general, usual \aoamt saadhaaran; sp½sby niyamita; \Ãavasc± svaabhaabik normal, generally accepted Asy\aoamt atisaadhaaran normally \aoamty (\aoamty@) saadhaaranata (saadhaaranatahha); © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

119

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali \Ãavasc± mdsyjy svaabhaabik riitite normally viewed \Ãavasc± cj¬ (cs¬½Á) omÁ ã½ svaabhaabik bale (baliyaa) dharaa hay north F»m uttar north direction F»m si±Î uttar dik' nose pa± naak; pas\±Á naasikaa to nose, interfere Apso±am ¶¶íÁ ±mÁ anadhikaar carcaa karaa nostril paj±m ³yí naaker garta; paj±m s·‘i naaker chidra; pas\±Á naasikaa not [see Study 33] pÁ naa; p½ (pjã) nay (nahe); ÊpS (paS) nei (naai) not to be: am not, is not, are not, etc. (Imagine "not to be" "pÁ ãL½Á naa haoyaa" being compressed into a notional infinitive "pL½Á" "naoyaa". This word does not exist, but it might help you in understanding how the following verb declension is developed and used in comparison with "to be" "ãL½Á haoyaa".) [Studies 11, 17, 33] : pS,pL, p½, pp (psã, pjãÁ, pjã, pjãp) nai, nao, nay, nan (nahi, naho, nahe, nahen) not being in existence [Study 33] ÊpS (paS) nei (naai) or not [see Study 18] s± pÁ ki naa; pÁ s± naa ki notable Fjlì²jna³º ullekh-yogya note of money qa±am Êpaq taakaar not note of music \Ãm svar note of observation ¬ñº laksya noteworthy ÅÂmtd½ smaraniiya; ‘zs\Ä prasiddha nothing s±·f[S] p½ (pjã, pÁ) kichu[i] nay (nahe, naa) notice Ê´a¿tÁ ghosanaa; sc¡azp bijnaapan ["bigyaapan"] to notice ¬ñº ±mÁ laksya karaa notification Ê´a¿tÁ ghosanaa; sc¡azp-zê bijnaapan-patra ["bigyaapan-patra"] notorious person, well-known for badness ±‚²ºaq kukhyaata notorious in quality, well-known for badness cipab bad-naam; Ûpíab durnaam notwithstanding \jYÃL (\j»¢L) satveo (sattveo) novice ±Ïa¶Á k^aacaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

120

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali now J²p ekhan; J ñjp e ksane nuclear Aapsc± aanabik; zmbapsc± paramaanabik nucleus ʱð‘iÅÕ¬ kendrasthal nude F¬å ulanga nuisance Fùzay ut'paata; ¸ªa¬ janjaal number - [cardinals: see Grammar 57.1] \ȲºÁ sanºkhyaa; c¶p bacan number - fractions [ see Grammar 57.2] number - ordinal [see Grammar 57.3] number - date [see Grammar 58.2] number - telling time [see Grammar 58.3] numeral Aȱ anºka numerous cÀ\Ȳº± bahusanºkhyak; Ajp± anek; papap naanaan nurse oaêd dhaatrii nut caiab baadaam nutrition zfsø pusti; Êza¿t posan O O! [Study 22] Êã! he! O.K.! vaj¬Á (va¬) bhaalo (bhaaala), Aa¶·Á aachaa! oath ®zu shapath obedience côîyÁ bashyataa, Aa¡apfcsyíyÁ aanaanubartitaa obedient caoº baadhya, Aa°apfcydí aan²aanubartii to obey bapº ±mÁ maanya karaa, za¬p ±mÁ paalan karaa, bapÁ maanaa object, thing cÅß bastu object, target ¬ñº laksya to object Aazs» ±mÁ aapatti karaa obligation ±yícº (±»ícº) kartabya (karttabya) to oblige caoº ±mÁ baadhya karaa, casoy ±mÁ baadhita karaa obscene A®Ìd¬ ashliil, ÊpaÈmÁ non^raa observance ApfWap anusthaan observation zníjcñt paryabeksan to observe, pay attention ¬ñº ±mÁ laksya karaa; bjpajna³ ÊiL½Á manoyog deoyaa to observe, comply with za¬p ±mÁ paalan karaa to observe, watch zníjcñt ±mÁ paryabeksan karaa; ihsø zay ±mÁ © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

121

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali drristi paat karaa obstacle caoÁ baadhaa, cºa´ay byaaghaata, ‘zsycï± pratibandhak to obtain zaL½Á paoyaa, ¬av ±mÁ laabha karaa obvious ÅÚø spasta; ‘zyd½bap pratiiyamaan occasion \b½ samay; Fz¬ñ upalaksa; \fjna³ suyog at the right occasion \sw± bfãgjyí (bfãgj»í) sathik muhuurte (muhuurtte) occasional Asp½sby aniyamita; ‘za\så± praasangik occasionally baj¹ baj¹ maajhe maajhe occupant Aso±amd adhikaarii occupation chs» brritti; Êz®Á peshaa occupier vaEajq bhaaraate; i²¬±amd dakhal-kaarii to occupy i²¬ ±mÁ dakhal karaa; ca\ ±mÁ baas karaa to occur ´qÁ ghataa; ãL½Á haoyaa occurrence ´qpÁ ghatanaa ocean \bf‘i samudra o'clock [see G58.3] -qÁ -taa odd, strange AIÖgy adbhuut odour ³ï gandha of ... , -'s -Jm (-m) -er (-r) of ... , -s' -Êim -der Be off! Ûm ãL! dur hao! offence Êia¿ dos; Azmao aparaadh to offer ‘zÅÙac ±mÁ prastaab karaa; Fù\³í ±mÁ ut'sarga karaa; spjcip ±mÁ nibedan karaa; ¡azp ±mÁ jnaapan ("gyaapan") karaa offering Fzãam upahaar; cs¬ bali office ±anía¬½ (±anºía¬½) kaaryaalay (kaaryyaalay); Asx\ aphis; izÙm daptar officer ±bí¶amd (±BÂí¶amd) karmacaarii (karmmacaarii); Aso±asm± adhikaarik; ±bí±yíÁ (±BÂí±»íÁ) karmakarttaa (karmmakartaa) officially \m±amd vajc sarakaarii bhaabe offspring \PÙap santaan; cÈ® banºsha; cd¸ biij often ‘za½S praayai oil Ëy¬ teel © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

122

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali ointment b¬b malam old, of age c½Åþ bayaska old, elderly cfjEÁ buro old, in seniority cjEÁ (cE) baro (bara) old, worn, used zfmajpÁ, zfjmajpÁ (zfmap+) puraano, purono (purana) old age caÄí±º baarddhakya oligaarchy spsiíø Ê‘®tdm ʬa±jim IÃamÁ ³swy ®a\p nirdista shreniir lok-der dvaaraa gathita shaasan olive ¸¬zaS jal-paai omission vf¬ bhul; êÆqd trutii to omit cai ÊiL½Á baad deoyaa; FjzñÁ ±mÁ upeksaa karaa on -Jm Lzjm (-Jm Fzjm) -er opare (-er upare); -Êy -te; -J -e; -½ -y once J±cam ek-baar; J±\b½ ek-samay; J±iÁ ekadaa one, such a person [see G51.4] one, 1 J± ek one and a half ÊiE der one at a time Jj± Jj± eke eke oneself [see S51] spj¸ nije; \Ã½È svayanº to keep ... to oneself Aazpam ±aj· ... ma²Á aapanaar kaache ... raakhaa onion ÊzϽa¸ p^eyaaj; szϽa¸ p^iyaaj only J±baê ek-maatra; ʱc¬ kebal; ëof shudhu; baê maatra only-begotten J±¸ay ek-jaata open ʲa¬Á kholaa; FBÂf»M ummukta; ‘z±aôî prakaashya to open, expose ʲa¬Á kholaa; ²f¬Á khulaa; ‘z±a® ±mÁ prakaash karaa; Fð‰f»M ±mÁ unmukta karaa open-hearted \m¬ saral; Fiam udaar openly ÅÚøy (ÅÚøy@) spastata (spastatahha); ‘z±aôîvajc prakaashyabhaabe to speak openly ʲa¬\Á ±jm (±sm½Á) c¬Á kholasaa kare (kariyaa) balaa operation, surgical treatment s¶s±ù\Á cikit'saa operation, work ±aní (±a½íº) kaarya (kaaryya) © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

123

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali opinion b» matta; byaby mataamata; scjc¶pÁ bibecanaa; bp man opponent scjmaod birodhii opportunity \fjna³ suyog; Ac\m abasar to oppose ‘zsyjmao ±mÁ pratirodh karaa; caoÁ ÊiL½Á baadhaa deoyaa opposer sczñ bipaksa opposing - zsm- pariopposite Fj¼qÁ ulto opposition sczñyÁ bipaksataa; scjmao birodh; caoÁ baadhaa to oppress FùzdEp ±mÁ ut'piiran karaa oppressed sp³hãdy nigrrihiita oppression Ayºa¶am atyaacaar optimism Aa®acaid aashaabaadii option z·ði pachanda; Só·Á icchaa or AucÁ athabaa; s±ÈcÁ kinºbaa; s±BÃÁ kimbaa; cÁ baa or, if not: [see Study 18] pÁ naa oral Êbàs²± mookhik orange fruit ±b¬Á kamalaa orbit ±ñ kaksa orchard xj¬m ca³ap phaler baagaan order, commandment Aaji® aadesh; spjií® nirdesh; Aa¡Á aajnaa ["aagyaa"] to order Aa¡Á ÊiL½Á aajnaa ["aagyaa"] deoyaa orderliness ®h粬Á shrrinkhalaa; sp½sby AcÅÕÁ niyamita abasthaa; \fsºa\ subinyaas out of order, not working Aj±j¸Á akejo ordinance ¸mÆmd AaSp jarurii aain ordinarily \aoamty (\aoamty@) saadhaaranata (saadhaaranatahha) ordinary \aoamt saadhaaran organ of body Aå anga; ‘zyå pratanga; ÊiãnPò dehayantra organization \ȳwp sanºgathan; ‘zsyWap pratisthaan to organize \È´cÄ ±mÁ sanºghabaddha karaa; ³jE (³sE½Á) Êya¬Á gare (gariyaa) tolaa orient, east ‘za¶º praacya oriental ‘zaj¶ºm praacyer; ‘za¶º praacya © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

124

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali origin, very beginning Fùzs» ut'patti; ‘zub AamBÖ pratham aarambha origin, source bg¬ muul; Fù\ã ut'sah original Êbàs¬± moolik; bg¬ muul; Aasi aadi; Aa\¬ aasal originally bg¬y (bg¬y@) muulata (mulatahha); ‘zuby (‘zyby@) prathamata (prathamatahha); Aasijy aadite origination ¸dcjpaIÖc jiivanodbhab orphan Jsyb etim; Apau anaath orphanage Jsyb²apÁ etim-khaanaa other Aðî anya; siÃyd½ dvitiiya; Azm apar any other Aðîj±ap anyakona otherwise Aðî ‘z±ajm anyaprakaare ought, would that [see Study 43] Ênp yena our Aabajim aamaader to oust, put out, expel csãÑþ„y ±mÁ bahiskrrita karaa; csãÑþam ±mÁ bahiskaar karaa out, outside casãjm baahire; caSjm baaire; igjm duure out of use A‘z¶s¬y apracalita outbreak ‘zaÛvíac praadurbhaab outcast spcías\y nirbaasita outcry Aayípai (Aa»ípai) aartanaad (aarttanaad) outing ‘zjbai öbt pramod bhraman outline ²\EÁ khasaraa; zsmj¬² parilekh; Fjlì² ullekh outlook, view ihôî drrishya; ihsøj±apÎ drristikon' out of date Ê\j±j¬ sekele; A‘z¶s¬y apracalita outrage c¬aù±am balaat'kaar; Ayºa¶am atyaacaar outside casãm baahir; casãjm baahire; caSm baair; caSjm baaire outstanding, noteworthy Fjlì²jna³º ullekh-yogya outstanding, unpaid naãÁ ca±d zjE yaahaa baaki pare outward expression cas㺱 ‘z±a® baahyik prakaash outworking \BÚpÐ sampanna ovary seBÃj±a¿ dimbakos oven Fpfp unun over Fzjm upare over and over cajm cajm baare baare © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

125

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali overall Êbaq mot; ÊbaéÁ moddaa to overcome zmas¸y ±mÁ paraajita karaa; ¸½ ±mÁ jay karaa; AsyêMb ±mÁ atikram karaa overconfident Ayºso± AaYšsc®Ãa\d atyadhik aatmabishvaasii to overcrowd Asysm»M vdE ±mÁ atirikta bhiir karaa over-estimate Asysm»M sã\ac atirikta hisaab overflowing ‘z¶›m pracur; ‘za¶›ní (‘za¶›níº) praacurya (praacuryya) overhead, above Fzjm upare; Gjoí uurdhe; bauam Fzjm maathaar upare to overlook zníjcñt (zníºjcñt) ±mÁ paryabeksan (paryyabeksan) karaa; FjzñÁ ±mÁ upeksaa karaa over-population Asysm»M ʬa± \ȲºÁ atirikta lok sanºkhyaa overseer Aoñº adhaksya; y»¢acoa½± tattvaabadhaayak to overstep AsyêMb ±mÁ atikram karaa to overwhelm Asvv›y ±mÁ abhibhuta karaa owning - -iam -daar own [see Study 51] sp¸ nij; sp¸\à nijasva; Aazp aapan one's own Aazpam aapanaar owner Aso±amd adhikaarii; bas¬± maalik; -L½a¬Á/L½a¬d -oyaalaa/ oyaalii ownership bas¬±apÁ maalikaanaa; \ÃYà svatva oxygen ABì¸ap amlajaan P pace, step zijñz padaksep apace \bap yaj¬ samaan taale pack Êca¹Á bojhaa pact ¶fs»M cukti paddy oap dhaan pagan Êzà»s¬± poottalik page zhWÁ prristhaa pain ÊcipÁ bedanaa; zdEÁ piiraa; cºuÁ byathaa pain of mind bp@ zdEÁ manahha piiraa painstaking ±ø\sã©f kastasahisn²u paint, colour mÈ ranº; mµ ran¹ © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

126

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali painter s¶êaáp citraankan painting s¶ê citra; p±Î®Á nak'shaa; pØ®Á nakshaa pair, matching ʸaEÁ joraa pair, married couple iBÚsy dampati in pairs ÛS ÛS dui dui palace ma¸‘za\ai raaj-praasaad; ‘za\ai praasaad palate m\pÁ rasanaa pale ʲÏaqÁ kh^otaa; zaÝfctí paandubarna; Bìap mlaan palm of hand Aªfs¬ anjuli; ya¬f taalu palm tree ±my¬ karatal; ya¬¸ayd½ ³a· taalajaatiiya gaach pamphlet zfsÅÙ±Á pustikaa pan ±EaS ãasE karaai haari; ·aqf chaatu pan- zsm- pari-; \CÃí- sarvvapanic Aa±sű v½ aakasmik bhay; vdsy bhiiti; YÃmÁ tvaraa panorama zsmihôî paridrrishya panther s¶yaca´ citaabaagh paper ±a³¸ kaagaj par \bbg¬º samamuulya para- ‘zsy- pratiparable pdsy±uazgtí ³lÚ niitikathaapuurna galpa paradise zmbji® param-desh; zmb \f²b½ ÅÕap param sukhamay sthaan paragon Fù±j¿ím Aai®í ut'karser aadarsha; ‘zsymÇz pratiruup paragraph Apfjó·i anucched parallel line \baPÙma¬ Êm²Á samaantaraal rekhaa parallel view \aihôî saadrrishya paraphrasing bg¬ c»Mcº c¬jy s³j½ muul baktavya balate giye parasite zm¸dcd parajiibii parcel ²Ý khanda pardon ñbÁ ksamaa; Acºaãsy iap abyaahati daan; bax maaph to pardon, excuse ñbÁ ±mÁ ksamaa karaa parents as a couple szyabayÁ pitaa maataa; cacabÁ baabaamaa; bacacÁ maabaabaa parents various szyabayamÁ pitaamaataaraa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

127

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali parklike garden zfjmaiºap purodyaan; Fiºap udyaan parliament \È\i sanºsad; AaSp \vÁ aain sabhaa part, portion AÈ® anºsha part, zone, area AÞ¬ ancal first part As‘³baÈ® agrimaanºsha furthest part, limit ‘zaPÙ praanta for our part, as far as I we are concerned Aabajim zjñ aamaader pakse in part AÈ®y@ anºshatahha in parts AaÈs®±vajc aanºshik-bhaabe to part the hair Êqsm ±aqÁ teri kaataa to take part AÈ® ‘³ãt ±mÁ anºsha grahan karaa; AÈ® ÊpL½Á anºsha neoyaa partial, favouring zñzayd paksapaatii; AjzñÁ apeksaa partial, incomplete AaÈs®± aanºshik partiality zñzasyYà paksapaatitva; bf²jzñÁ mukhapeksaa participant AÈ®diam anºshiidaar; AÈ® ‘³aã± anºsha graahak; ®sm± sharik to participate AÈ® ‘³ãt ±mÁ anºsha grahan karaa participation \ãvas³yÁ sahabhaagitaa particular sw± thik; scj®¿ bishes; spsiíø nirdista particularly scj®¿-vajc bishes-bhaabe; scj®¿-mÇjz bishes-ruupe; -S -i parting farewell scia½d bidaayii parting greetings: "Let's meet again!" "Aas\!" "aasi!" "We must see you again!" "Aacam Êi²Á ãjc (ãSjc)!" "aabaar dekhaa habe (haibe)!" "Good-bye!" "bå¬ Êãa± (ãF±)!" "mangal hok (hauk)!" "Give my best wishes!" "Aabam ëjvó·Á sip!" "aamaar shubhecchaa din!" partition scva³ bibhaag partly, in part AÈ®y@ anºshatahha partner, husband zsy © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

128

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali partner, wife zYÐd partner, sharer AÈ®diam anºshiidaar party, group i¬ dal in parties, factions i¬ais¬ dalaadali to away, die bjm (bsm½Á) naL½Á mare (mariyaa) yaaoyaa to away, dwindle away cjã (csã½Á) naL½Á bahe (bahiyaa) yaaoyaa to away, be removed sc¬fzÙ ãL½Á bilupta haoyaa to by ¶¬Á calaa to over, overlook FjzñÁ upeksaa karaa to over, transgress AsyêMb ±mÁ atikram karaa; F»dtí ãL½Á uttiirna haoyaa to to completion ±„y±aní (±„y±aníº) ãL½Á krritakaarya (krritakaaryya) haoyaa age, corridor zu path age, fare vaEÁ bhaaraa age, ing ‘zcaã prabaaha enger naêd yaatrii ed away Aydy atiita ing away, demise sc¬fszÙ bilupti is ing away cjã najó· (csã½Á naSjyj·) bahe yaacche (bahiyaa yaaiteche) ion vacajc³ bhaabaabeg ive observer spsÑêM½ i®í± niskriya darshak over Day spÅÙamzcdí sip nistaar-parbii din over Meal spÅÙamzjcím Êva¸ nistaar-parber bhoj past, previous, gone by Aydy atiita; Aaj³m aager; ³y gata past, recent sc³y bigata paste, glue ʬS lei; ±aS kaai; bÝ manda pasturage ¶mast caraani patch yas¬ taali paternal ËzyŸ± peetrrik path, course ³sy gati path, way zu path © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

129

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali patience Ëoníº dheeryya; \sã©‚yÁ sahisn²utaa patient Ëoníb½ (Ëoníºb½) dheeryamay (dheeryyamay); \sã©f sahisn²u patriot \Ãji®j‘zsb± svadesh-premik pattern Aai®í aadarsha; pbfpÁ namunaa; Fiaãmt udaaharan pay, wages Êcyp betan to pay attention bjpajna³ ±mÁ manoyog karaa payable, due Êi½ dey payment ‘zi» Auí pradatta artha peace ®asPÙ shaanti "Peace be with you!" "Aa\Î\a¬abL½a¬aS±‚b!" "aas'saalaam-oyaalaaikum!" "And with you be peace!" "L½a¬aS±‚bAa\Î\a¬ab!" "oyaalaaikum–aas'ssaalaam!" peaceful ®asPÙzgtí shaantipuurna pearl bf»MÁ muktaa peasant, farmer ±„¿± krrisak; ¶a¿Á caasaa pebble pgsE nuuri peculiar, odd AIÖœy adbhuut peculiar, special scj®¿ bishes pedestrian zu¶amd pathacaarii peel Ê·a±¬Á chokalaa to peel Ê·a±¬Á ·aEajpÁ (·Eap+) chokalaa charaano (charaana); Ê·a¬Á cholaa to peer ya±ajpÁ (ya±ap+) taakaano (taakaana); J±qf ±aj·m Êuj± zníajcñt (zníºajcñt) ±mÁ ek-tu kaacher theke paryaabeksan (paryyaabeksan) karaa pen for writing ±¬b kalam penalty iÝ danda; ¸smbapÁ jarimaanaa; AuíiÝ arthadanda pencil Êzps\¬ pen-sil; y›s¬ tuli; y›s¬±Á tulikaa peninsula FziÃdz upadviip Pentecost zÞ®»bd pancashattamii people, nation ¸asy jaati people, individual persons ʬaj±mÁ lokeraa people in general as a class ʬaj± loke © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

130

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali "people of the nations" zm¸aydj½mÁ parajaatiiyeraa pepper bsm¶ maric; ¹a¬ jhaal percentage ®y±mÁ ãam shat-karaa haar per cent ®y±mÁ shat-karaa; ‘zsy®y pratishat per day/diem Ëisp± deenik; ‘zsy sip prati din per month/mensem bas\± maasik; ‘zsy ba\ prati maas per year/annum cas¿í± baarsik; ‘zsy cù\m prati bat'sar perfect s\Ä siddha; \BÚgtí sampuurna; Êia¿®gðî dos-shuunya; sp²fÏy nikh^ut; \abª\º saamanjasya; \sw± sathik performance Asvp½ abhinay; \BÚaip sampaadan perfume \fca\ subaas; \f³sï ‘icº sugandhi drabya perhaps Êcao ã½ bodh hay; ã½ ÊyÁ (ã½ y) hay to (hay ta); ã½y (ã½-ÊyÁ) hay-ta (hay-to) peri- Asv- abhiperil sczi bipad perilous sczæ¸p± bipajjanak; sczi ¸p± bipad janak period ±a¬ kaal; \b½ samay; Êc¬Á belaa permanent ÅÕa½d sthaayii; Azsmcyípd½ (Azsmc»ípd½) aparibartaniiya (aparibarttaniiya) permission Apfbsy anumati permissive \ãp®d¬ sahan-shiil perpetual s¶mÅÕa½d cirasthaayii to persecute, afflict, torment nPòtÁ ±mÁ yantranaa karaa; naypÁ ±mÁ yaatanaa karaa to persecute, for beliefs yaEpÁ ±mÁ taaranaa karaa; FùzdEp ±mÁ ut'piiran karaa to persecute, harrass spníayp (spníºayp) ±mÁ niryaatan (niryyaatan karaa); sp³hãdy ±mÁ nigrrihiita karaa persecution spníayp (spníºayp) niryaatan (niryyaatan); ã½map hayaraan; yaEpÁ taaranaa persistence Aoºc\a½ adhyabasaay persistent Aoºc\a½d adhyabasaayii person ʬa± lok; cºs»M byakti personal cºs»M³y byaktigata © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

131

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali personality cºs»MYà byaktitva personally [see Grammar 51.2] cºs»M³yvajc byaktigatabhaabe; Aazsp aapani; -S -i to persuade ‘zuº½ Fùzaip ±mÁ prathyay ut'paadan karaa persuasion ‘zjma¶tÁ prarocanaa; mas¸ raaji; ‘zuº½ prathyay pertinence Fzjnas³yÁ upayogitaa; Êna³ºyÁ yogyataa pessimist spma®acaid niraashaabaadii; Û@²caid duhhakhabaadii; Êpsyca¶± ʬa± netibaacak lok pestilence bãabamd mahaamaarii petition for help ‘zauípÁ praarthanaa; Aajcip aabedan; im²aÅÙ darakhaasta pharoah xjmàt pharon phase znía½ (zníºa½) paryaay (paryyaay) phenomenon scŽ±m ´qpÁ bismay-kar ghatanaa "celestial phenomena" "Aa±a®bÝj¬ scŽ±m cºazam" "aakaash-mandale bishmay-kar byaapaar" philosopher ia®ísp± daarshanik philosophy i®íp®aÅò darshan-shaastra; i®íp-cai darshan-baad; i®íp-sciºÁ darshan-bidyaa phonetics Fó¶amtyYà uccaaran-tatva phonograph O¢sp‘³aãd dhvanigraahii photograph xjqÁ phato; Aaj¬a±s¶ê aalok-citra to take a photograph xjqÁ Êya¬Á phato tolaa physical, bodily Ëisã± deehik; ®amdsm± shaariirik; ‘zast± praanik physical, material zasuíc paarrthiba; ihôîy@ praanik physician s¶s±ù\± cikit'sak to pick out spmdñp ±mÁ niriiksan karaa picnic jva¸p ban-bhojan picture ·sc chabi; s¶ê citra; p±Î®Á nak'shaa piece qf±jmÁ tukaro to pierce s·‘i ±mÁ chidra karaa piety oasbí±yÁ (oasBÂí±yÁ) dhaarmikataa (dharmmikataa); vs»M bhakti pig ëj½am shuyor; ®g±m shuukar Pilate zd¬ay piilaat © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

132

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali pile ³aiÁ gaadaa to pile up ¸jEÁ ±mÁ jaro karaa pilgrim zsm‘ca¸± paribraajak; yduínaêd tiirthayaatrii; nasê± yaatrik pill of medicine è¿jom csE oosadher bari pillar ÅÙBÖ stambh; uab sthaam; Ac¬BÃp abalamban pillar of truth \jyºm ÅÙBÖ satyer stambha pillow cas¬® baalish pioneer A‘³³abd agragaamii pious oasbí± (oasBÂí±) dhaarmik (dhaarmmik) pipe [in music] cÏas® b^aashi pipe [in plumbing] p¬ nal pit ±ƒz kuup "the pit", common grave zaya¬ paataal pitch, bituminous Aa¬±aymÁ aalakaataraa pitchfork ±Ïaqam iÝ k^aataar danda pitiable ±mÆtÁ karunaa pity i½Á dayaa; ±mÆtÁ karunaa place ÅÕap sthaan; ¸aS³Á jaaigaa; ¸a½³Á jaayagaa place of - -ÅÕap -sthaan place of dwelling ca\ÅÕap baasasthaan; spca\ nibaas in place of zsmcjyí (zsmcj»í) paribarte (paribartte) to place before, offer Azíp ±mÁ arpan karaa to place issue firmly sc¿½sq y›j¬ omÁ bisay-ti tule dharaa to place, hand literature \asãyºasi ÊiL½Á saahityaadi deoyaa plague Aa´ay aaghaat plain, even \by¬ samatal plain, straightforward \m¬ saral; \aias\oÁ saadaasidhaa plan, drawing p±®Á nakashaa; p±Î®Á nak'shaa plan, design, forethought zsm±lÚpÁ parikalpanaa plane, aeroplane, airplane scbap bimaan; ÊzÌt plen planet ‘³ã grah plank ya± taak plant ¶amÁ caaraa; ³a· gaach; FsIÖiÎ udbhid' to plant [a flower] [x‚¬] Êmazt ±mÁ [phul] ropan karaa; [x‚¬] © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

133

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali ¬a³ajpÁ (¬a³apÁ+) [phul] laagaana plantation Fzspjc® upanibesh plastic, flexible pbpd½ namaniiya plate ua¬Á thaalaa; ÊzÌq plet plateau ba¬vœsb maal-bhuumi platform ba¶ap maacaan; bÞ manca platter ua¬Á thaalaa plausible \BÖc sambhab play, drama paq± naatak to play ʲ¬Á khelaa; ʲ¬Á ±mÁ khelaa karaa player ʲj¬a½aE kheloyaar pleasant bjpamb manoram; \f²±m sukhakar; Aapðib½ aanandamay to please, choose for oneself Só·Á ±mÁ icchaa karaa to please, to be pleased by, to like, to prefer z·ði ±mÁ pachanda karaa to please, make happy ²fs® ±mÁ khushi karaa; ²f®d ±mÁ khushii karaa to please, satisfy \Pßø ±mÁ santusta karaa to please oneself, do something as one likes Aazpam Só·aby s±·f ±mÁ aapanaar icchaamata kichu karaa Please ...! i½Á ±jm (±sm½Á)! dayaa kare (kariyaa)! pleased Aapsðiy aanandita; ²fs® khushi; ²f®d khushii; \fs² sukhi; yŸzÙ trripta; Flìas\y ullasita to be pleased \Pßø ãL½Á santusta haoyaa well-pleased ‘zdy priita pleasure Aapði aananda; \f² sukh; Aamab aaraam; yŸszÙ trripti; ²f® khush; ‘zjbai pramod to take pleasure in - -Jm \sãy ‘zt½ ±mÁ -er sahit pranay karaa pleasure-trip ‘zjbai-öbt pramod-bhraman; ‘zjbai-naê pramod-yaatra plenty, abundance ‘za¶fní (‘za¶fníº) praacurya (praacuryya) plenty, enough nju«q yathesta to have plenty to do in - -Êy Fzs¶½Á zEÁ upaciyaa paraa plough ãa¬ haal; ¬aå¬ laangal to plough 㬶a¬pÁ ±mÁ halacaalanaa karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

134

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali ploughman ±„¿± krrisak plural cÀc¶p bahubacan plus Asysm»M atirikta plus sign Êna³-s¶ãM yog-cihna pneumonia xf\Îxfj\m ‘ziaã phus'ph pradaaha pocket zj±q paket; us¬ thali podium bÞ manca poem ±scyÁ kabitaa; ±acº kaabya; ziº padya poet ±sc kabi poetry ±scyÁ kabitaa; ±acº kaabya; ziº padya point, dot scðÛ bindu point, sharp tip À¬ hul point of decimal i®sb± s¶ãM dashamik cihna to point the finger AaçÓ¬ Êi²ajpÁ (Êi²ap+) aangul dekhaano (dekhaana) pointed in discussion nuanu yathaayatha poison sc¿ vis poisoned, polluted Ûs¿y ãj½j· dusita hayeche poisonous sc¿oamd bis-dhaarii pole ÊbmÆ meru police zfs¬® pulish police-station zfs¬j®m uapÁ pulisher thaanaa policy ®a\p pdsy shaasan niiti polite v‘i bhadra; s®ø shista political ma¸kpsy± raaj-neetik politician ma¸pdsy¡ raaj-niitijna ["raaj-niitigya"] politics ma¸pdsy raaj-niiti poligamy cÀsccaã bahubibaah poll spcía¶p nirbaacan pollution ig¿p duusan Pontius zPÙd½ pantiiya pool ¸¬a®a½ jalaashay poor ³mdc gariib; ism‘i daridra popular ¸ps‘z½ janapriya © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

135

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali popularity \cí¸p‘zd½yÁ (\CÃí¸p‘zd½yÁ) sarvajanapriiyataa (sarvvajanapriiyataa) population in number ¸p\ȲºÁ janasanºkhyaa pork ®g±jmm baÈ® shuukarer maanºsha port cðim bandar portable cãpjna³º bahan-yogya to portend zgcí¬ñtj±S (zgCÃí¬ñtj±S) Ågs¶y ±mÁ puurvalaksan-ke-i (purvvalaksan-ke-i) suucita karaa portion AÈ® anºsha portrait zÍsy±„sy pratikrriti Portuguese zqfí³d¸ partugiij; Êzay›í³d¸ partugiij to pose vap ±mÁ bhaan karaa position AcÅÕap abasthaan; ±a· kaach; ¸a½³Á jaayagaa positive, certain ‘z±„y prakrrita; nuauí yathaartha; spsô¶y nishcita positively Aa®acaid aadhaabaadii possession, ownership Aso±am adhikaar possessor Aso±amd adhikaarii possibility \BÖaÁ sambhaabanaa possible \BÖc sambhab; \aoº saadhya if possible \BÖc ãj¬ (ãSj¬) sambhab hale (haile) post [mail service] ea± daak post, pillar ±aWiÝ kaasthadanda; ²fÏsq kh^uti; uab thaam postage ea±-ba\f¬ daak-maasul postman ea±-sz½p daak-piyan to postpone ÅÕs³y ±mÁ sthagita karaa potato Aa¬f aalu potential ±aní±m (±aníº±m) kaaryakar (kaaryyakar); x¬ia½± phal-daayak poultry ãÏa\-bgm³d h^aas-muuragii to pour ra¬Á dhaalaa poverty iasm‘iº daaridrya; Avac abhaab powder ÓÏjEÁ g^uro power, electrical scifºù bidyut' power, strength ®s»M shakti; c¬ bal © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

136

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali powerful ®s»Mbap shaktimaan; c¬cap balabaan practical caÅÙsc± baastabik; cºcãasm± byabahaarik; ±aní±m (±aníº±m) kaaryakar (kaaryyakar) practical knowledge caÅÙc ¡ap baastab jnaan ["gyaan"]; cºcãasm± ¡ap byabahaarik jnaan ["gyaan"] practice, habit Avºa\ abhyaas practice, profession Êz®Á peshaa practices ±aníº±¬az (±aní±¬az) kaaryyakalaap (kaaryakalaap) to put into practice ‘zj½a³ ±mÁ prayog karaa; ±ajní ¬a³ajpÁ (±ajníº ¬a³ap+) kaarye laagaano (kaaryye laagaana) to practise, criticise, study profoundly ¶¶íÁ ±mÁ carcaa karaa to practise customarily Avºa\ ±mÁ abhyaas karaa to practise, follow za¬p ±mÁ paalan karaa; Apf®d¬p ±mÁ anushiilan karaa practiser Ac¬BÃd abalambii; obíac¬BÃd dharmaabalambii praise ‘z®È\Á prashanºsaa; Fza\pÁ upaasanaa to praise ‘z®È\Á ±mÁ prashanºsaa karaa; Fza\pÁ ±mÁ upaasanaa karaa praiseworthy ‘z®È\pd½ prashanºsaniiya to pray ‘zauípÁ ±mÁ praarthanaa karaa; Êbapa¸ay ±mÁ monaajaata karaa prayer ‘zauípÁ praarthanaa to preach ‘z¶am ±mÁ pracaar karaa preaching ‘z¶am pracaar precautionary measure \y±íyabg¬± ±a¸ satarkataamuulak kaaj precise sw±S thik-i; nuanu yathaayatha; sw±-sw± thik-thik; spsiíø nirdista; zfç²apfzfç² punkhaanupunkha; spv›í¬ nirbhul precisely zfç²apfzfç²mÇjz punkhaanupunkharuupe; zfç²apfzfç²vajc punkhaanupunkhabhaabe to predict vasc¿ºycatd (vsc¿ºiÃatd) ±mÁ bhabisyat-baanii (bhabisyadvaanii) karaa prediction vasc¿ºycatd (vsc¿ºiÃatd) bhabisyat-baanii (bhabisyadvaanii) to predominate Aasozyº ±mÁ aadhipatya karaa preface vœsb±Á bhuumikaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

137

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to prefer, like more Aso±ym z·ði ±mÁ adhik-tar pachanda karaa preference A‘³aso±am agraadhikaa pregnancy ³víacÅÕÁ garbhaavasthaa; ³vícydyÁ garbhabatiitaa pregnant ³vícyd garbhabatii prejudice, bigotry ±‚\ÈÅþam kusanºskaar prejudice, partiality zñzasyYà paksapaatitva preliminary ‘zausb± praathamik premature A±aj¬m akaaler; A\bj½m asamayer , initial payment s±sÅÙ kisti preparation Ëymd teerii; ‘zÅßsy prastuti; Aaj½a¸p aayojan to prepare Ëysm ±mÁ teeri karaa; ‘zÅßy ±mÁ prastut karaa prepared ‘zÅßy prastut presence FzsÅÕsy upasthiti presence of mind FzsÅÕsy cfsÄ upasthiti buddhi present, attending FzsÅÕy upasthita present, gift iap daan; Fzãam upahaar present, now cyíbap (c»íbap) bartamaan (barttamaan) present, of now J²p ekhan; J ñjt e ksane presentation, exhibition ‘zi®íp pradarshan presentation, handing over \bzít samarpan preservation \Èmñt sanºraksan to preserve cÏa¶ajpÁ (cÏa¶ap+) b^aacaano (b^aacaana) President maø÷zsy raastrapati press printery bf‘ita¬½ mudranaalay; ·aza²apÁ chaapaakhaanaa press, reporters \ÈcaiiayamÁ sanºbaad-daataaraa press, papers \Ècai zêÓs¬ sanºvaad-patraguli; zêzsê±Á patrapatrikaa to press ¶azÁ caapaa pressure ¶az caap; ¶az iap caap daan prestige \fpab sunaam to presume Apfbap ±mÁ anumaan karaa presumption Apfbap anumaan; Aãáam ahankaar presumptuous iasBñ daambik pretty, fair, beautiful \fðim sundar © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

138

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali pretty, fairly Êbaqabfsq motaamuti to prevail ¸½ ¬av ±mÁ jay laabh karaa to prevent caoÁ ÊiL½Á baadhaa deoyaa; spcamt ±mÁ nibaaran karaa ua±ajpÁ (ua±ap+) thaakaano (thaakaana); csÞy ±mÁ bancitaa karaa; pÁ ÊiL½Á naa deoyaa; \smj½ (\maS½Á) ma²Á sariye (saraaiyaa) raakhaa preventing that, lest [see Study 40] zaj· paache prevention spcamt nibaaran; ‘zsyjmao pratirodh previous ³y gata; zgíccydí (zgCÃíc»dí) puurbabartii (puurbbabarttii); zgcí (zgCÃí) puurba (puurbba) price iab daam; bg¬º muulya price for release, ransom bfs»Mmbg¬º muktir-muulya without price/charge sÁ bgj¬º binaa muulye to prick ʲÏa¶Á ÊiL½Á kh^ocaa deoyaa pride Aãáam ahankaar priest nan± yaayak; zfjmasãy purohit primary ‘zausb± praathamik; Êbàs¬± moolik; Aasib aadim prince ma¸±‚bam raaj-kumaar; Aoºñ adhyaksa "Prince of Peace" "®asPÙma¸" "shaantiraaj" principal, leading \cí‘zoap (\CÃí‘zoap) sarvapradhaan (sarvvapradhaan); ‘zoap pradhaan; Aoºñ adhyaksa principle, basic rule pdsy niiti prior to, before -Jm Aaj³ -er aage; -Jm zgjcí (zgjCÃí) -er puurbe (puurbbe) priority A‘³³tºyÁ agraganyataa to print ·azÁ chaapaa printery ·aza²apÁ chaapaakhaanaa printing ·azÁ chaapaa prison ʸ¬ jel; ±ama³am kaaraagaar prisoner cïd bandhii privacy ʳazpd½yÁ gopaniiyataa private, personal sp¸\à nijasva; cºs»M³y byaktigata private, secret sp¸íp nirjan; ʳazpd½ gopaniiya privilege scj®¿ \fscoÁ bishes subidhaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

139

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali grand privilege bãap \fjna³ mahaan suyog prize zfmÅþam puraskaar probable \BÖc sambhab probably \BÖcy (\BÖcy@) sambhabata (sambhabatahh); ã½jyÁ (ã½y) hay-to (hay-ta) problem \b\ºÁ samasyaa to proceed Js³j½ (Aa³aS½Á) ¶¬Á egiye (aagaaiyaa) calaa process, system zÄsy paddhati procession ëvnaêÁ shubha yaatraa; Ê®avanaêÁ shobhaayaatraa proclamation Ê´a¿tÁ ghosanaa; ‘z±a® prakaash; ‘z¶am pracaar procured ‘zazÙ praapta procurement ‘zaszÙ praapti prodigal, wasteful Fzcº½d upabyayii; Asbycº½d amitabyayii to produce FùzpÐ ±mÁ ut'pann karaa; Fùzaip ±mÁ ut'paadan karaa; ãas¸m ±mÁ haajir karaa produced Fùzaip ut'paadan product, fruit x¬ phal end product, outturn Ê®¿ ³sy shes gati production Fùzaip ut'paadan productive Fùzaip®d¬ ut'paadan-shiil profession, ission \Ãd±„sy sviikrriti profession, work Êz®Á peshaa professional person Êz®aiam peshaadaar professional, qualified Êz®aiamd peshaadaarii professor Aoºaz± adhyaapak profit ¬av laabh; bfpaxÁ munaaphaa; FpÐsy unnati to profit, gain benefit ¬avcapÎ ±mÁ laabhabaan' karaa; Fz±am ±mÁ upakaar karaa to profit, give benefit ¬avcapÎ ãL½Á laabhabaan' haoyaa to profit, make improvement FpÐsy ±mÁ unnati karaa profitable ¬av¸p± laabh-janak; Fz±amd upakaarii profusion scsvpÐ ‘z±„sy bibhinna prakrriti programme ApfWap anusthaan; ±aníêMb (±aníºêMb) kaaryakram (kaaryyakram) © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

140

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali progress FpÐsy unnati; ‘z³sy pragati; A‘³³sy agragati progressive FpÐsy®d¬ unnatishiil; A‘³³abd agragaamii; A‘³\m agrasar to prohibit spj¿o ±mÁ nisedh karaa; spj¿o ±mÁ nisedh karaa; ‘zsyjmao ±mÁ pratirodh karaa prohibited sps¿Ä nisiddh prohibition ‘zsyjmao pratirodh proliferation ‘zsyjnas³yÁ pratiyogitaa prolific x¬‘z\g phalaprasuu; x¬‘zi phalaprad; Fùzaip®d¬ ut'paadan-shiil prominent sc²ºay bikhyaat; \bfpÐy samunnata; ‘zs\Ä prasiddha prominence ‘zs\sÄ prasiddhi; \bfpÐsy samunnati to promise ‘zsy¡Á ±mÁ pratijnaa ["pratigyaa"] karaa; Aåd±am ±mÁ angiikaar karaa; ‘zsy®ÍÆsy ÊiL½Á pratishruti deoyaa promised ‘zsy¡ay pratijnaata ["pratigyata"] Promised Seed ‘zsy¡ay cÈ® pratijnaata [ "pratigyaata"] banºsha to promote A‘³\m ±mÁ agrasar karaa; FpÐy ±mÁ unnata karaa; y›j¬ omÁ tule dharaa prompt, punctual sw± \bj½ thik samaye; yùzm tat'par pronounce Fó¶amt ±mÁ uccaaran karaa pronounced Fó¶asmy uccaarita pronunciation Fó¶amt uccaaran proof, evidence ‘zbat pramaan; \añº saaksya propaganda ‘z¶am pracaar proper Fznf»M upayukta; Fs¶y ucita; Fs¶ù ucit'; \bfs¶y samucit properly Fznf»Mvajc upayuktabhaabe; sw± mÇjz thik ruupe property \BÚs» sampatti prophecy vsc¿ºiÃatd bhabisyadvaanii; vsc¿ºù catd bhabisyat' baanii; vaccatd bhaababaanii to prophesy vsc¿ºiÃatd c¬Á bhabisyadvaanii balaa; vsc¿ºù catd c¬Á bhabisyat' baanii balaa; vaccatd c¬Á bhaababaanii balaa prophet (Sanskrit) vsc¿ºiûMÁ bhabisyadvaktaa; vsc¿ù caid bhabisyat' baadii; vaccaid bhaababaadii prophet (Islamic background) z½³BÃm pay-gambar prophet (Hebrew/Arabic) pcd nabii © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

141

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali propitiatory, covering ‘za½sô¶» praayashcitta; ra±pÁ dhaak-naa proposal ‘zÅÙac prastaab to propose ‘zÅÙac ±mÁ prastaab karaa; ‘zÅÙac ÊpL½Á prastaab neoyaa proprietor bas¬± maalik; Aso±amd adhikaarii to prosecute, proceed ¶a¬ajpÁ (¶a¬ap+) caalaano (caalaana) prospect ‘zyºa®Á pratyaashaa prospective \BÖacº prosperity \bhsÄ samrriddhi prostitute, harlot Êc®ºÁ beshyaa prostitute [male, fallen person] zsyy patita prostitute [female, fallen person] zsyyÁ patitaa to protect mñÁ ±mÁ raksaa karaa; ‘zsymñÁ ±mÁ pratiraksaa karaa protection Aa‘®½ aashray; mñt raksan protest ‘zsycai pratibaad prototype pbfpa\ÃmÇz namunaasvaaruup proud Aãȱamd ahanºkaarii; iasBÖ± daambhik to prove ‘zbat ±mÁ pramaan karaa proverb sãjyazji® hitopadesh; ‘zcai ca±º prabaad baakya to provide Êna³ajpÁ (Êna³ap+) yogaano (yogaana); ‘ziap ±mÁ pradaan karaa; \mcmaã ±mÁ sarabaraaha karaa province ‘zji® pradesh provision, facilitation Aaj½a¸p aayojan provision, needs ‘icº drabya provision, supply \mcmaã sarabaraaha provisionally AÅÕa½d vajc asthaayiibhaabe provisions Aaj½a¸p aayojan; \mcmaã sarabaraaha to provoke anger ma³ajpÁ (ma³ap+) raagaano (raagaana); Fj»s¸y ±mÁ uttejita karaa provoked ma³aspÃy raagaanvita; Fj»s¸y uttejita prudent sc¡ bijna ["bigya"] psychology bjpasc¡ap manobijnaan ["manobigyaan"] public, the people c»MÁ baktaa public, open to the people ¸p\aoamt janasaadhaaran public speaker c»MÁ baktaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

142

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali public talk c»hMyÁ baktrritaa publication, publishing ‘z±a® prakaash publicity agent [male] ‘z¶am± pracaarak publicity agent [female] ‘z¶asm±Á pracaarikaa publicly ‘z±aôî prakaashya; ¸p\aoamjtm ±aj· janasaadhaaraner kaache; ¸p\aoamjtº janasaadhaaranye publisher ‘z±a®± prakaashak pull, attraction Aa±¿ít aakarsan pull, tug qap taan to pull, attract Aa±¿ít ±mÁ aakarsan karaa to pull, draw, tug qapÁ taanaa; qap ÊiL½Á taan deoyaa pulse, frequency paEd naarii pulse, lentil ea¬ daal; ia¬ daal pulverized Fs¶pÐ ucinna; ¶œtísc¶œtí cuurnabicuurna to punch oaØþÁ dhaakkaa; Aa´ay ÊiL½Á aaghaat deoyaa punctual \b½spW samay-nistha; sw± \bj½m thik samayer punctually sw± \bj½ thik samaye; nua\bj½ yathaasamaye to punish ®asÅÙ ÊiL½Á shaasti deoyaa; iÝ ÊiL½Á danda deoyaa punished isÝy dandita punishment ®asÅÙ shaasti; iÝ danda pupil of class [male] ·aê chaatra pupil of class [female] ·aêd chaatrii pupil of eye yamÁ taaraa puppet zfy›¬ putul purchase êM½ kray to purchase êM½ ±mÁ kray karaa pure scëÄ bishuddha; zaØþÁ paakkaa; spÑþ¬á niskalanka purely ëofbaê shudhumaatra; ʱc¬baê kebal-maatra purgatory zfm³aymd puragaatarii to purge zsmÑþam ±mÁ pariskaar karaa; zsmÑþ„y ±mÁ pariskrrita karaa purification Ê®aop shodhan purity scëÄyÁ bishuddhataa purpose Fjéôî uddeshya; Asv‘za½ abhipraay to purpose to do ±mjy (±smjy) ¶¬Á kar-te (karite) calaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

143

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali purposeful Fjéôîb½ uddeshyamay purse us¬ thali to pursue Apf\mt ±mÁ anusaran karaa to push Êw¬Á thelaa; Êw¬abamÁ thelaamaaraa; oaØþÁ ÊiL½Á dhaakaa deoyaa put to death ãy hata to put, establish ÅÕazp ±mÁ sthaapan karaa to put, keep, place ma²Á raakhaa to put off, defer Êxj¬ (Êxs¬½Á) ma²Á phele (pheliyaa) raakhaa to put off, extinguish spvajpÁ (spvap+) nibhaano (nibhaana) to put on, apply ¬a³ajpÁ (¬a³ap+) laagaano (laagaana) to put on, dress with zsmoap ±mÁ paridhaan karaa to put out, expel, oust csãÑþ„y ±mÁ bahiskrrita karaa; csãÑþam ±mÁ bahiskaar karaa to put out, extinguish spvap ±mÁ nibhaan karaa to put to death ãyºÁ ±mÁ hatyaa karaa to put up, erect Êya¬Á tolaa to put up with, tolerate \N ±mÁ sahya karaa puzzled, confused scöasPÙjy Êxj¬ bibhraantite phele Q quake ±BÚ kampa qualification, characteristic Ót gun; ¶smê caritra qualification, suitability Êna³ºyÁ yogyataa qualified \ñb saksam; Êna³º yogya quality, character Ót gun quality, standard bap maan; Ót³y bap gun-gata maan quality, way ‘z±am prakaar; m±b rakam quantity zsmbat parimaan; \ȲºÁ sanºkhyaa quarrel ¹³EÁ jhagaraa quarter, fourth of a whole ¶y›uíaÈ® caturthaanºsha a quarter, fourth part ¶am vaj³m J± va³ caar bhaager ek bhaag quarter to ...: time [Grammar 58.3] Êzàjp ...-qÁ poone ...-taa quay ʸsq jeti; ´aq ghaat queen matd raanii © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

144

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali queer, strange, odd AIÖfy adbhut; A\aoamp asaadhaaran to quench spvajpÁ (spvap+) nibhaano (nibhaana); ‘z®sby ±mÁ prashamita karaa question ‘z®Ð prashna; \È®½ sanºshay; \b\ºÁ samasyaa queue ¬aSp laain to queue, wait in line ¬aSjp AjzñÁ ±mÁ laaine apeksaa karaa quick ®d‘´shiighra; ‘iÆy druta quickly yaEayasE taaraataari quiet ®aPÙ shaanta; spmdã niriiha quit yºa³ ±mÁ tyaag karaa quite, completely \BÚgpívajc sampuurnabhaabe; \BÚgtímÇjz sampuurnaruupe quite, rather, fairly Êc® besh quite a few, several Êc® ±j½±qÁ besh kayek-taa quotation FÄ„sy uddhrriti; FÄ„y c¶p uddhrrita bacan to quote FÄ„y ±mÁ uddhrrita karaa Quran, Qur'aan, Koran ʱamap koraan R race, people ¸asy jaati race, run ÊiàE door; ÊiàEca¸d door-baajii race hatred ¸asyscjiÿ jaatibidves racial ¸asy³y jaatigata radiance F測yÁ ujjalataa radiation scs±mt bikiran radio ÊmseL redio; Êcyam betaar radio wave Êcyam ymå betaar taranga rag s·pÐ cÅò²Ý chinna bastrakhanda rage ma³ raag; ÊêMao krodh raid AaêMbt aakraman rail Êm¬ rel railing ÊcEÁ beraa railway Êm¬zu rel-path rain chsø brristi; c¿íÁ barsaa rainbow mÈopf ranºdhanu;mabopf raamadhanu © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

145

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali rainy cai¬Á baadalaa; Êb´¬Á megh-laa rainy season [see Grammar 58.1] c¿ía±a¬ barsaakaal to raise Êya¬Á tolaa; spbíat (spBšíat) ±mÁ nirmaan (nirmmaan) karaa; Fõazp ±mÁ utthaapan karaa; Fõaszy ±mÁ utthaapita karaa raised Fõaszy utthaapita rank Ê‘®td shrenii random Jj¬ajbj¬Á elomelo ransom bfs»Mmbg¬º muktir-muulya as a ransom bfs»Mmbg¬º\ÃmÇjz muktir-muulyasvaruupe rape o¿ít dharsan; c¬aù±am balaat'kaar rapid ‘iÆy druta; ‘iÆy³abd drutagaamii rare scm¬ biral; A\abaðî asaamaanya rash, headstrong ãw±amd hathakaarii; ʳÏa½am g^oyaar rash on skin x‚\±‚sE phusakuri rat SÏÛm i^dur rate ãam haar; spsiíø bg¬º nirdista muulya rather, but cmÈ baranº; cmÞ baranca rather, quite ²fc khub rather than saying yÁ pÁ cj¬ (yaãÁ pÁ cs¬½Á) taa naa bale (taahaa naa baliyaa) ratio Apfzay anupaat rational nfs»Mzgtí yuktipuurna ravaged scO¢ÅÙ bidhbasta raw ±Ïa¶Á k^aacaa razor ²fm khur; ñ‚m ksur re- zfp- (zfp@-) puna- (punahh-) to reach, get as far as ÊzÏa·ajpÁ (ÊzÏa·ap+) p^ochaano (p^ochaana) to reach, gain possession of ‘zazÙ ãL½Á praapta haoyaa reachable ÊzÏa·ajpÁ (ÊzÏa·ap+) na½ Jbp p^ochaana yaay eman to react ‘zsysêM½Á ±mÁ pratikriyaa karaa reaction ‘zsysêM½Á pratikriyaa Please read! i½Á ±jm (±sm½Á) zEfp! dayaa kare (kariyaa) parun! to read zEÁ paraa; zaw ±mÁ paath karaa reader zaw± paathak; Fzaoºa½ upaadhyaay © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

146

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali reading Aoº½p adhyayan; zaw paath ready, prepared ‘zÅßy prastut ready, willing Só·›± icchuk; Só·azftí icchaapurna ready made Ëy½amd teeyaarii; Ëymd teerii ready to obey \㸠Apfpdy sahaj anuniita real ‘z±„y prakrrita; caÅÙsc± baastabik; \syº±am satyikaar to realise, understand Fz¬sý ±mÁ upalabdhi karaa realistic caÅÙccaid baastab-baadii reality caÅÙc baastab realization Fz¬sý upalabdhi realized, achieved caÅÙcas½y baastabaayita really Aa\j¬ aasale; caÅÙsc±S baastabik-i; ‘z±„yS prakrrita-i; ‘z±„yzjñ prakrritapakse realm ma¸º raajya; Êñê ksetra of the realms above FÄí ÅÕajpm urddher sthaaner of the realms below Ao@ ÅÕajpm adhahh sthaaner reason ±amp kaaran; nfs»M yukti; Êãy› hetu the reason being [see Study 41] ±amt kaaran; ʱppÁ kenanaa reasonable nfs»Mnf»M yuktiyukta; pºa½\ȳy nyaay-sanºgata; ñaPÙ ksaanta; sc¶amcfsÄ\BÚpÐ bicaar-buddhisampanna; Ênàs»M± yooktik reasoning, line of thought nfs»My±í yuktitaarka reassurance zfpma½ Aa®Ãa\ punaraay aashvaas rebate caqÁ baataa to rebate cai ÊiL½Á baad deoyaa rebel scj‘iaãd bidrohii; ma¸j‘iaãd raaj-drohii to rebel scj‘iaã ±mÁ biddroh karaa rebellion scj‘iasãyÁ bidrohitaa; scj‘iaã bidroh; scjmasoyÁ birodhitaa to rebuild zfpspbíat (zfp@spBšíat) ±mÁ puna-nirmaan (punahh-nirmmaan) karaa rebellious scj‘iaãd bidrohii rebuke symÑþam tiraskaar; c±Á bakaa receipt ms\i rasid; ‘zaszÙ praapti to receive zaL½Á paaoyaa; ‘³ãt ±mÁ grahan karaa recent \B‘zsy samprati; \aB‘zsy± saampratik © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

147

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali recently \B‘zsy samprati; \B‘zsy±aj¬ sampratikaale recipient ‘³ãdyÁ grahiitaa; ‘³aã± graahak reciprocal zmÅÚm paraspar reckless A\acoap asaabadhaan to recognise, accept \Ãd±am ±mÁ sviikaar karaa to recognise, identify s¶spjy zamÁ cinite paaraa; zsms¶y ±mÁ paricita karaa duly recognised \Ãd±„sy‘zazÙ sviikrritipraapta recognition, acceptance \Ãd±am sviikaar; \Ãd±„sy sviikrriti; Fz¬sý upalabdhi to recollect, ÅÂmt ±mÁ smaran karaa to recommend \fzasm® ±mÁ supaarish karaa recommendation \fzasm® supaarish to reconcile zfpma½ cï‚Yà ÅÕazp ±mÁ punaraay bandhutva sthaapan karaa reconciliation zfpscíjc¶pÁ punarbibecanaa; zfpma½ s\sÄ punaraay siddhi reconstruction zfp³íwp punargathan record document yas¬±Á taalikaa; is¬¬ dalil record, historical Ssyãaj\m psu itihaaser nathi record, powerful name ñbyÁ ksamataa to record, list yas¬±av›»M ±mÁ taalikaabhukta karaa to recover from illness Aajma³º¬av ±mÁ aarogya-laabh karaa to recover from loss zfp@‘zazÙ ±mÁ punahhpraapta karaa recovery, regaining health Aajma³º¬av aarogya-laabh recovery, retrieval zfp@‘zaszÙ punahh-praapti recreation Aajbai-‘zjbai aamod-pramod rectification \Èj®aop sanºshodhan; \ÈÅþam sanºskaar to recurr zfp@ zfp@ ´qÁ punahh punahh ghataa red ¬a¬ laal; ʬasãy lohita to redeem zfpmÆÄam ±mÁ punaruddhaar karaa; zfpma½ êM½ ±mÁ punaraay kray karaa redemption FÄam uddhaar; mña±mt raksaakaran to reduce ±bajpÁ (±bap+) kamaano (kamaana); ±jb (±sb½Á) naL½Á © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

148

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali kame (kamiyaa) yaaoyaa reduced \ÈsñzÙ sanºksipta reduction ã÷a\ hraaas; ±bsy kamati reed p¬ nal; ²³EÁ khagaraa to refer, look to source spjií® ±mÁ nirdesh karaa; Fjlì² ±mÁ ullekh karaa; FÄ„y ±mÁ uddhrrita karaa reference spjií® nirdesh; Fjlì² ullekh; FÄ„sy uddhrriti referring to \BÚj±í samparke; \BÃïd½ sambandhiiya; \BÃjï sambandhe to refine zsmj®aop ±mÁ parishodhan karaa; bas¸íy ±mÁ maarjita karaa; refinement s®øyÁ shistataa; \ÈÅþamt sanºskaaran; \Èj®aop sanºshodhan refinery Ê®aopa³am shodhanaagaar to reflect ‘zsyxs¬y ±mÁ pratiphalita karaa reflection of light ‘zsyx¬p pratiphalan reflection of thought s¶PÙamas¸m Fi½ cintaaraajir uday; bPÙcº mantabya to refrain scmy ãL½Á birata thaakaa; ²Ý ua±Á khanda thaakaa refreshment pc®s»Miap nabashaktidaan; ¸¬zap jal-paan refuge Aa‘®½ aashray; mñt raksan; mñam ÅÕap suraksaar sthaan to take refuge in him yÏam (yÏaãam) ®mt ¬L½Á t^aar (t^aahaar) sharan laoyaa refugee FiÃaÅß udvaastu; ®mtaudí sharanaarthii to refund Auí sxjm (sxsm½Á) ÊiL½Á artha phire (phiriyaa) deoyaa; zsmj®ao ±mÁ parishodh karaa refuse Aac¸ípÁ aabarjanaa; Aim±amd adarakaarii refusal A\Ãd±am asviikaar; ‘zyºa²ap (‘zyºa²ºap) pratyaakhaan (pratyaakhyaan) to refuse A\Ãd±am ±mÁ asviikaar karaa; ‘zyºa²ap (‘zyºa²ºap) ±mÁ pratyaakhaan (pratyaakhyaan) karaa to refute ²Ýp ±mÁ khandan karaa to regain sxsmj½ (sxmaS½Á) zaL½Á phiriye (phiraaiyaa) paaoyaa; F»jma»m zaL½Á uttarottar paaoyaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

149

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali regal ma¸±d½ raajakiiya regarding \BÃjï sambandhe; \BÚj±í samparke; sc¿j½ bisaye; zsmj‘zsñjy paripreksite regards, compliments Asvpðip abhinandan regards, good wishes ëjvó·Á shubhecchaa regeneration zfpm vºõap punarabhyathaan; zfp¸íP punarjanma regent ®a\± shaasak regime ±¿í±a¬ karsakaal region ‘zji® pradesh; AÞ¬ ancal; J¬a±Á elaakaa yas¬±Á taalikaa; Êms¸øamd cS rejistaarii bai ed psuv›»M nathibhukta regret Û² (Û@²) dukh (duhhakha); ʲi khed; Apfj\a¶pÁ anusocanaa to regret Û² (Û@²) ±mÁ dukh (duhhakha) karaa; ʲi ±mÁ khed karaa; Apfj\a¶pÁ ±mÁ anusocanaa karaa regular sp½sby niyamita regularly sp½sbyvajc niyamitabhaabe rehabilitation zfpcía\p punarbaasan rehearsal bãEÁ maharaa; zgcíasvp½ (zgCÃíasvp½) puurbaabhinay (puurbbaabhinay) Aachs» aabrritti to rehearse Aachs» ±mÁ aabrritti karaa; bãEÁ ÊiL½Á maharaa deoyaa reign ®a\p shaasan; ®a\p±a¬ shaasan-kaal rein, bridle c¬Î³Á bal'gaa; ¬a³ab laagaam to reinstate zfp‘zsysWy (zfp@‘zsysWy) ±mÁ punapratisthita (punahhapratisthita) karaa to reiterate cam cam c¬Á baar baar balaa; zfp zfp c¬Á (zfp@ zfp@ c¬Á) puna puna balaa (punahh punahh balaa); zfp zfp ±mÁ (zfp@ zfp@ ±mÁ) puna puna karaa (punahh punahh karaa); zfpmÆs»M ±mÁ punarukti karaa to reject A‘³aN ±mÁ agraahya karaa; ‘zyºa²ap (‘zyºa²ºap) ±mÁ pratyaakhaan (pratyaakhyaan) karaa rejected ‘zyºa±ºay pratyaakhyaata to rejoice Aapsðiy ãL½Á aanandita haoyaa; Aapsðiy ±mÁ aanandita karaa to rejuvenate pcjnà¬av ±mÁ nabayooban-laabh karaa; zfpjnà © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

150

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali iap ±mÁ punayooban daan karaa to relapse zfp (zfp@) zsyy ãL½Á puna (punahh) patita haoyaa related \BÃsïy sambandhita relation in family AaYÂd½ aatmiiya; ¡asy jnaatii ["gyaati"]; ±‚qfBà kutumba relation in logic \BÃï sambandha; \BÚ±í samparka relation as narration ctípÁ barnanaa relationship in family AaYÂd½yÁ aatmiiyataa; \BÃï sambandha; \BÚ±í samparka relative [see "relation"] relative, comparative Ajzña±„y apeksaakrrita; y›¬pabg¬± tulanaamuulak relatively, comparatively Ajzña±„yvajc apeksaakrritabhaabe relaxation s¶»-scjpaip citta-binodan release bfs»M mukti; ²a¬a\ khaalaas to release, acquit ²a¬a\ ±mÁ khaalaas karaa to release, free bf»M ±mÁ mukta karaa; bfs»M ÊiL½Á mukti deoyaa; Ê·jE (·asE½Á) ÊiL½Á chere (chariyaa) deoyaa relevance ‘za\så±yÁ praasangikataa relevant ‘za\så± praasangik reliable spví®dí¬ nirbharshiil; sc®Ãa\jna³º bishbaas-yogyataa reliability spví®dí¬yÁ nirbharshiilataa; sc®Ãa\jna³ºyÁ bishbaas-yogyataa relief \aãanº saahaayya; êat traan; \ÃsÅÙ svasti; Fz®b upasham religion obí (oBší) dharma (dharmma); ba¸Îãac maaj'haab; obísc®Ãa\ (oBšísc®Ãa\) dharmavishvaas (dharmmavishvaas) religious oasbí± (oasBší±) dhaarmik (dhaarmmik) to rely on -Jm Fzm spvím ±mÁ -er upar nirbhar karaa; -Jm ‘zsy Aa‘®½ ma²Á -er prati aashray raakhaa reluctance SyÅÙjcao itastabodh reluctant Aspó·›± anicchuk reluctantly, unwillingly Aspó·a±„yvajc anicchaakrritabhaabe to remain, continue ua±Á thaakaa to remain over ca±d ua±Á baakii thaakaa; Acs®ø ua±Á abashista thaakaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

151

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali remaining as remnant Acs®ø abashista remark bPÙcº mantabya to remark bPÙcº ÊiL½Á mantabya deoyaa; bPÙcº ±mÁ mantabya karaa remarkable Fjlì²jna³º ullekh-yogya remedy ‘zsy±am pratikaar; spcam± è¿o nibaarak oosadh to ÅÂmt ±mÁ smaran karaa; bjp ±mÁ mane karaa remembrance ÅÂmt smaran sign of remembrance ÅÂmtauí s¶ãM smaranaartha cihna to remind ÅÂmt ±smj½ (±maS½Á) ÊiL½Á smaran kariye (karaaiyaa) deoyaa remnant, remaining part Acs®øaÈ® abashistaanºsha remnant, remaining Acs®ø abashista remote igmcydí (igmc»dí) duurabartii (duurabarttii) to remove, move house caEd ci¬ ±mÁ baarii badal karaa; ÅÕap-zsmcyíp (zsmc»íp) ±mÁ sthaan-paribartan (paribarttan) karaa to remove, relocate pEajpÁ (pEap+) naraano (naraana); \majpÁ (\map+) saraano (saraana) to remove, take away \smj½ (\maS½) Êx¬Á cÁ ÊiL½Á sariye (saraaiyaa) phelaa baa deoyaa to render, convert, translate Apgsiy ±mÁ anuudita karaa to render sacred service ÅÙc cs¬ Fù\³í ±mÁ stab bali ut'sarga karaa; Fza\pacs¬ Fù\³í ±mÁ upaasanaabali ut'sarga karaa to renew pgyp ±mÁ nuutan karaa renewal zfppgypd±mt (zfp@pgypd±mt) puna-nuutaniikaran (punahh-nuutaniikaran) to renounce A\Ãd±am ±mÁ asviikaar karaa; zsmyºa³ ±mÁ parityaag karaa rent vaEÁ bhaaraa to repay zsmj®ao ÊiL½Á parishodh deoyaa; Ê®ao ÊiL½Á shodh deoyaa to repeat, say again zfpma½ c¬Á punaraay balaa; zfpcíam c¬Á punarbaar balaa to repeat, quote bf²ÅÕ c¬Á mukhastha balaa repeatedly cajm cajm baare baare © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

152

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to repent Apfyaz ±mÁ anutaap karaa repentance Apfyaz anutaap fruits of repentance bpzsmcyíjpm (bpzsmc»íjpm) Fznf»M x¬ man-paribartaner (man-paribarttaner) upayukta phal repentant ApfyzÙ anutapta to be repentant ApfyzÙ ãL½Á anutapta haoyaa repetition zfpmÆs»M punarukti to replace zfppsc±„y (zfp@psc±„y) ±mÁ punanabikrrita (punahhanabikrrita) karaa replaced, renewed zfppsc±„y (zfp@psc±„y) punahh-nabikrrita (punahh-nabikrrita) replaced, transferred ÅÕapaPÙsmjy sthaanaantarita as replacement zsmcjyí (zsmcj»í) paribarte (paribartte) to reply F»m ÊiL½Á uttar deoyaa; ‘zy›º»m ÊiL½Á pratyuttar deoyaa report ctípÁ barnanaa; sccmt bibaran to report ¸apajpÁ (¸apap+) jaanaano (jaanaana); ctípÁ ±mÁ barnanaa karaa; sccmt ÊiL½Á bibaran deoyaa reported s¬szcÄ lipiboddha reporter \BÚai± sampaadak to represent, act for ‘zsyspsoYà ±mÁ pratinidhitva karaa to represent, picture s¶sêy ±mÁ citrita karaa representing, equivalent to sãj\jc (sã\ajc) hisebe (hisaabe) representation, statement Fs»M ukti; spjcip nibedan; ctípÁ barnanaa representation, image ‘zsybgsyí (‘zsybgs»í) pratimuurti (pratimuurtti) representative, agent ‘zsyspso pratinidhi repression Acibp abadaman; ibp daman to reprint zfpbfís‘iy ±mÁ punarmudrita karaa reproach spðiÁ nindaa; vùí\pÁ bhart'sanaa reproduction, copying Apfs¬sz anulipi reproduction, generating \Èjba¸p sanºmojan reproduction, making again zfpma½ Fùzaip punaraay ut'paadan reptile \md\hzÎ sariisrrip' republic ‘z¸ayPò prajaatantra to repudiate A\Ãd±am ±mÁ asviikaar karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

153

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali reputable \fpab¸p± sunaam-janak reputation ²ºasy khyaati request Apfjmao anurodh; ‘zauípÁ praarthanaa; naó°Á yaacnaa to require, call for Aacôî± Êcao ±mÁ aabashyak bodh karaa; ¶aL½Á caaoyaa to require, claim iasc ±mÁ daabi karaa requirement, need im±am darakaar; ‘zj½a¸pd½ s¸sp\ prayojaniiya jinis requirement, claim, demand iasc daabi to rescue FÄam ±mÁ uddhaar karaa; êat ±mÁ traan karaa to research ³jc¿tÁ ±mÁ gabesanaa karaa resemblance \aihôî saadrrishya reservation, reserved thing \Èmsñy cÅß sanºraksita bastu to reserve, save \Èmñt ±mÁ sanºraksan karaa to reside ca\ ±mÁ baas karaa residence ca\ÅÕap baasasthaan; Aaca\ aabaas to resign zsmyºa³ ±mÁ parityaag karaa; SÅÙxÁ ÊiL½Á istaphaa deoyaa to resist caoÁ ÊiL½Á baadhaa deoyaa; ‘zsyjmao ±mÁ pratirodh karaa resistance, opposing caoÁ baadhaa; ‘zsyjmao pratirodh resistance, strength ‘zsyjmajom ®s»M pratirodher shakti resister (as Satan) sczñ bipaksa resolute ihR‘zsy¡ drrirha-pratijna ["pratigya"]; ihR\ȱlÚjcaÄ drrirhasanºkalpaboddh resolution \ȱlÚ sanºkalpa; ihR‘zsy¡Á drrirhapratijnaa ["drrirha-pratigyaa"]; ‘zÅÙac prastaab to resolve scj®Ì¿t ±mÁ bishlesan karaa; bdbaÈ\Á ±mÁ miimaanºsaa karaa resolved ihR\ȱlÚcÄ sanºkalpabaddha resonance Apf\mt anusaran to resort to, maintain, Ac¬BÃp ±mÁ abalamban karaa respect \PÂap sanmaan; bjpajna³ manoyog to respect \PÂap ±mÁ sanmaan karaa respectable bappd½ maananiiya respecting, about \BÃjï sambandhe; \BÚj±í samparke; zsmj‘zsñy © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

154

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali paripreksita respectively nuaêMjb yathaakrame respiration sp®Ãa\ ‘z®Ãa\ nishvaas prashvaas to respond F»m ÊiL½Á uttar deoyaa; ‘zy›º»m ÊiL½Á pratyuttar deoyaa; \aEÁ ÊiL½Á saaraa deoyaa response, answer F»m uttar; ‘zy›º»m pratyuttar response, \aEÁ saaraa responsibility ias½Yà daayitva load of responsibility ias½YÃjcao daayitvabodh responsible, obligated ia½d daayii responsible, serious ias½jYÃm \aju daayitver saathe rest, relaxation sc‘®ab bishraam rest, remainder ca±d baakii restless AsÅÕm cancal; ¶Þ¬ cancal restoration zfp@‘zsyWÁ punahh-pratisthaa; zfpmÆÄam punaruddhaar to restore zfp@‘zsysWy ±mÁ punahh-pratisthita karaa restored zfp@ÅÕaszy punahh-sthaapita; zfp‘zsysWy punahh-pratisthita to restrain from camt ±mÁ baaran karaa; caoÁ ±mÁ baadhaa karaa restraint \Ènb sanºyam; ibp daman to restrict, confine caoÁ ÊiL½Á baadhaa deoyaa to restrict, put within limits ³Ýdm bjoº ma²Á gandiir madhye raakhaa restriction, confinement Acjmao abarodh; spjmao nirodh restriction, limitation \dbacïp siimaabandhan result x¬ phal; zsmtab parinaam "the result has been" Jm x¬ iÏaEa½" "er phal d^aaraay" resumption zfpcíam AamBÖ punarbaar aaraambha to resurrect zfpmÆõap ±mÁ punarutthaan karaa; zfpmÆsæ¸scy ±mÁ punarujjivita karaa resurrected zfpmÆsõy punarutthita resurrection zfpmÆõap punarutthaan to retain ma²Á raakhaa retaliation, reaction \bfs¶y ‘zsyx¬p samucit pratiphalan retaliation, revenge ‘zsyj®ao pratishodh retired Ac\m‘zazÙ abasar-praapta © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

155

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to retreat zô¶aiγbp ±mÁ pashcaad'gaman karaa retribution zsmj®ao parishodh return Êxmù pherat'; sxmsy phirati; ‘zyºa³bp pratyaagaman; ‘zyºacyíp (‘zyºac»íp) pratyaabartan (pratyaabarttan) to return, come back sxjm (sxsm½Á) Aa\Á phire (phiriyaa) aasaa to return, give back sxjm (sxsmj½) ÊiL½Á phire (phiriye) deoyaa; Êxmù (Êxmy) ÊiL½Á pherat' (pherat) deoyaa to return, cause to go back ÊxmajpÁ (Êxmap+) pheraano (pheraana) to return go back sxsm½Á (sxjm) naL½Á phire (phiriye) yaaoyaa; sxmÁ phiraa reunion zfpsbí¬p punarmilan to reveal zͱa® ±mÁ prakaash karaa revealed ‘z±as®y prakaashita revelation ‘z±a® prakaash Revelation ‘z±as®y ca±º prakaashita baakya revenge ‘zsyj®ao pratishodh; ‘zsysãÈ\Á pratihinºsaa revenue Aa½ aay; ±m kar; ma¸\à raajasva reverence vs»M bhakti; ‘®ÄÁ shraddhaa reverent v½®d¬[Á] bhayashiil[aa] reverse, in opposite way sczmdy bipariita; Aðîsij± anyadike review \bdñÁ samiiksaa; zfp@Aaj¬a¶pÁ punahh-aalocanaa; zníjcñt (zníºjcñt) paryaabeksan (paryyaabeksan) to review \bdñÁ ±mÁ samiiksaa karaa reviling ‘zsyspðiÁ pratinindaa to revise zfp@ zmdñÁ JcÈ \Èj®aop ±mÁ punahh pariiksaa ebanº sanºshodhan karaa reviser \Èj®ao± sanºshodhak revision \Èj®aop sanºshodhan; zfp@zmdñÁ punahh-pariiksaa revolt scj‘iaã bidroha revolution sczÌc biplab to revolve ´ftdí½bap ãL½Á ghurniiyamaan haoyaa; Ê´mÁ gheraa to revolve, make turn Ê´amajpÁ (Ê´amap+) ghoraano (ghoraana) reward zfmÅþam puraskaar to reward zfmÅþ„y ±mÁ purskrrita karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

156

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali rewarded zfmÅþ„y puraskrrita rhetorical A¬È±amd alanºkaarii rheumatism cayjma³aêMaPÙ baatarogaakraanta; cay baat rhyme ±scyam ¶mjtm sb¬ kabitaar caraner mil rhythm ·ði chanda rice, growing op dhan rice grain, uncooked ¶aF¬ caaul rice grain, cooked vay bhaat rich, abundant ‘z¶fm pracur rich, wealthy opcap dhanabaan to get rid of bf»M ±mÁ mukta karaa; \smj½ (\maS½Á) ÊiL½Á sariye (saraaiyaa) deoyaa to ride ¶EÁ caraa rider Aajmaãd aarohii ridicule sc‘iÇz bidruup; Fzãa\ upahaas to ridicule Fzãa\ upahaas rift xaq¬ phaatal; s¶E cir right, authority Aso±am adhikaar right, as a direction eap daan; isñt daksin; eapsi±Î daan-dik'; isñtsi±Î daksin-dik' right, not wrong \ayº satya; sw± thik; Fs¶y (Fs¶ù) ucit (ucit') right, suitable Êna³º yogya; ‘z±„y prakrrita righteous oasbí± (oasBší±) dhaarmik (dhaarmmik) righteous from God's standpoint pºanº nyaayya righteousness oasbí±yÁ (oasBší±yÁ) dhaarmikataa (dhaarmmikataa) rightful pºanº nyaayya; pºa½\ȳy nyaayasanºgata rigid ±jwam kathor; ±swp kathin; ihR drrirha ring, annulus AaÈsq aanº-ti ring, circle bݬ mandal; ch» brritta ring, sound ca¸Á baajaa; ®CÉ shabda to ring, cause sound ca¸Á baajaa riot ãaåabÁ haangaamaa; iaåÁ daangaa; Fó·Ÿç²¬Á ucchrrinkhalaa ripe za±Á paakaa rise chsÄ brriddhi; Aajmaãt aarohan © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

157

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to rise FwÁ uthaa risk sczi bipad at risk sczi‘³ÅÙ bipad-grasta risky sczæ¸p± bipajjanak rivalry ‘zsyiÃsðiyÁ pratidvanditaa river pid nadii; ‘zcasãtd prabaahinii road maÅÙÁ raastaa; zu path; ba³í maarg roar ³¸íp garjan; Àáam hunkaar to roar ³¸íajpÁ (³¸íap+) garjaana; ³¸íp ±mÁ garjan karaa roaring ³¸íp±amd garjan-kaarii to rob ¶›sm ±mÁ curi karaa; Azãmt ±mÁ apaharan karaa robber ʶam cor; ea±ay daakaat; s·PÙaS±amd chintaaikaarii robbery ¶›sm curi ea±asy daakaati rock zaum paathar rock of refuge Aa‘®½k®¬ aashray-sheela rock-mass ‘zÅÙm prastar; Ë®¬ sheela; s®¬Á shilaa; zaãaE paahaar; za¿t paasan to rock, be rocked ±sBÚy ãL½Á kampita haoyaa to rock, cause to be rocked ±sBÚy ±mÁ kampita karaa rocky s®¬ab½ shilaamay rod iÝ danda role vœsb±Á bhuumikaa roll Aacyíp (Aac»íp) aabartan (aabarttan); ³gqajpÁ cÅÙ gutaano basta to roll, revolve Ê´amÁ ghoraa to roll, make revolve Ê´amajpÁ (Ê´amap+) ghoraano (ghoraana) to roll, wrap ¸EajpÁ (¸Eap+) jaraano (jaraana) Roman Êmabd½ romiiya romance Ê‘zjbm ´qpÁ premer ghatanaa romantic Aajc³‘zct aabeg-praban; ±lÚpa‘zd½ kalpanaapriiya roof ·ai chaad room, chamber ±ñ kaksa; ´m ghar room, space, place ¸a½³Á jaay-gaa root [on a plant] s®±E shikar; bg¬ muul root, source Ågêzay suutrapaat © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

158

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali rope isE dari; ms® rashi rose flower Ó¬ac gulaab; ʳa¬az golaap rot ³¬p galan; z¶p pacan to rot z¶ajpÁ (z¶ap+) pacaano (pacaana); igs¿y ãL½Á duusita haoyaa rotten z¶Á pacaa; ³s¬y galita; igs¿y duusita to rotate, go round Ê´amÁ ghoraa to rotate, make turn Ê´amajpÁ (Ê´amap+) ghoraano (ghoraana) rotation Aacyíp (Aac»íp) aabartan (aabarttan); ¶êMcù cakrabat'; ´gtíp ghuurnan rough, hard, difficulty ±jwam kathor round ʳa¬ gol all round ¶y›siíj± caturdike to rouse ¸a³ajpÁ (¸a³ap+) jaagaano (jaagaana) route maÅÙÁ raastaa; ÅÕapaPÙjm nacam (naScam) maÅÙÁ sthaanaantare yaabaar (yaaibaar) raastaa enroute nacam (naScam) zju cÁ \bj½ yaabaar (yaaibaar) pathe baa samaye routine oamÁ dhaaraa; spyº±bí (spyº±Bší) nityakarma (nityakarmma) to rove öbt ±mÁ bhraman karaa row, class Ê‘®td shrenii; \asm saari row, noise ʱa¬a㬠kolaahal; ³Ýj³a¬ gandagol; ãaåabÁ haangaamaa row with oars iÏaE d^aar royal ma¸±d½ raajakiiya to rub bf·aS½Á Êx¬Á muchaaiyaa phelaa; ´¿Á ghasaa; ´¿ít ±mÁ gharsan karaa rubbish, nonsense ¸ªa¬ janjaal rubbish, waste Ac¸ípÁ abarjanaa rudder ãa¬ haal; ±tí karna rude Asdy abiniita; A\vº asabhya rudimentary ‘zausb± praathamik; Aasi± aadik rug ±Bì kambal ruin O¢È\ dhvanºsa; pa® naash ruinous O¢È\±m dhvanºsakar ruins, remains O¢È\acj®¿ dhvanºsaavashes © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

159

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali rule ®a\p shaasan; scso bidhi; sp½b niyam; ma¸Yà raajatva ruler, ®a\± shaasak; ®a\p±yíÁ (®a\p±»íÁ) shaasan-kartaa (shaasan-karttaa) rulers, s ®a\±c³í shaasak-barga ruler, head Asozsy adhipati rumour Ó¸c gujab; ms¶y ±uÁ racita kathaa; ¸p‘®Æsy janashruti to be rumoured m¶pÁ ãL½Á racanaa haoyaa run ÊiàE door to run, race ÊiàEajpÁ (ÊiàEap+) dooraano (dooraana) runaway z¬ay± palaatak; z¬a½pzm palaayan-par rupee qa±Á taakaa rural ‘³abº graamya; zamaj³Ïj½ paaraag^eye to rush Êcj³ ³bp ±mÁ bege gaman karaa rust bó¶íºa½ marccyaay; bsm¶Á maricaa ruthless spW›m nisthur S 's (Possessive ending) -Jm -er; -m -r; -'m -'r Sabbath \zÙb sip saptam din; sc‘®absip bishram-din sack, bag uj¬ thale sacred zscê pabitra; za± paak sacred secret spÓE yYà nigur tatva sacrifice cs¬ bali; cs¬iap balidaan; yºa³ tyaag; na³ yaag sad Ûs²y (Û@s²y) dukhita (duhhakhita) sadness Û² (Û@²) dukha (duhhakha) safe spmazi niraapad to safeguard mñÁ ±mÁ raksaa karaa thing to be safeguarded mñtd½ raksaniiya safety spmaz»Á niraapattaa sail za¬ paal; caiab baadaam sake ¸ðî janya; ±amt kaaran; Fjéj®º uddeshye; ²asym khaatir salary Êcyp betan sale scsêM bikri salesman scjêMyÁ bikretaa saline ¬cta»M labanaakta; ¬ct zasp laban paani; ¬ct ¸¬ laban jal © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

160

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali salt ¬ct laban; pfp nun salutation Asvcaip abhibaadan; \a¬ab saalaam; ·a¬ab chaalaam salvation zsmêat paritraan; mñÁ raksaa; bfs»M mukti same J±S ek-i; \bap samaan sample Aai®í aadarsha; pbfpÁ namunaa sanctification zscê ±mam ±a¸ pabitra karaar kaaj Let your name be sanctified Êyabam pab zscê cs¬½Á baðî ãF± tomaar naam pabitra baliyaa maanya hauk; Êyabam pab zfs¸y ãF± tomaar naam pujita hauk to sanctify zscê ±mÁ pabitra karaa to sanction, approve Apfjbaip ±mÁ anumodan karaa; bªfmd ±mÁ sanctity ëÄyÁ shuddhataa; zscêyÁ pabitrataa sand cas¬ baali; ca¬f baalu sanitation \ÃaÅÕºscoap svaasthyabidhaan; \ÃaÅÕºcºcÅÕÁ svaasthyabyabasthaa sanity cfsÄ buddhi sari ®aEd shaarii Satan ®½yap shay-taan satisfaction \jPÙa¿ santos; yŸszÙ trripti satisfactory \jPÙa¿¸p± santosajanak to satisfy \Pßø ±mÁ santusta karaa satisfying \jPÙa¿¸p± santosajanak Saturday ®spcam shanibaar sauce Aa¶am aacaar; ¶aqÎsp caat'ni saucer szsm¶ piric save, excepting ... ...·aEÁ ...chaaraa; cºsyjmj± byatireke to save, rescue mñÁ ±mÁ raksaa karaa; FÄam ±mÁ uddhaar karaa; \Þ½ ±mÁ sancay karaa saviour mña±yíÁ (mña±»íÁ) raksaakartaa raksaakarttaa); êat±yíÁ (êat±»íÁ) traan-kartaa (traan-karttaa) savings \sÞy op sancita dhan to saw apart scidtí ±mÁ bidiirna karaa to say c¬Á balaa; F»M ±mÁ ukta karaa; cº»M ±mÁ byakta karaa saying ±uÁ kathaa; cayíÁ (ca»íÁ) baartaa (baarttaa); Fs»M ukti; pdsyca±º © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

161

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali niitibaakya to give as a way of saying mñajuí ÊiL½Á raksaarthe deoyaa scale, balance iÏasEzalìÁ d^aaripaallaa; Aa±ajm aakaare scandal Azcai apabaad; ±¬á kalanka; ʱj¬áamd kelenkaarii scarce scm¬ biral; ±ias¶ù kadaacit' to scare vdy ±mÁ bhiita karaa; Aaysáy ±mÁ aatankita karaa; yaEajpÁ (yaEap+) taaraano (taaraana) scarlet ¬a¬ mÈ laal ranº; ʬasãy ctí lohita barna to scatter, strew svpÐsvpÐ ±mÁ chinnabhinna karaa; s·qajpÁ (s·qap+) chitaano (chitaana); ·aEajpÁ (·aEap+) chaaraano (chaaraana) to be scattered svpÐsvpÐ ãL½Á chinnabhinna haoyaa scene, view ihsø drristi scene of this world JS \È\ajmm Asvp½ ei sanºsaarer abhinay scenes, the obvious sights ihôîzq drrishyapat scent, aroma ³ï gandha; \f³ï sugandha scent, perfume \f³sï sugandhi schedule xií phard; yxs\¬ taphasil scheme zsm±lÚpÁ parikalpanaa; bf\asciÁ musaabidaa scholar, student ·aê chaatra; ·aêd chaatrii scholar, master zsÝy pandit school sciºa¬½ bidyaalay; Åþ‚¬ skul; SÅþ‚¬ iskul science sc¡ap bijnaan ["bigyaan"] scientific sc¡ap-\BÂy bijnaan-sammata scientist sc¡apd bijnaanii ["bigyaanii"]; Ëc¡asp± beejnaanik ["beegyaanik"] scissors ±Ïas¶ k^aaci to scold c±Á bakaa scourge Asv®az abhishaap to scream s¶ù±am ±mÁ cit'kaar karaa; ±¬ã ±mÁ kalaha karaa screen ziíÁ pardaa; ncsp±Á yabanikaa screw ÅêfÆ skru; SÅêfÆ iskru scribe Aoºaz± adhyaapak script ctíba¬Á barnamaalaa; ãÅÙs¬sz hastalipi scripture ®aÅòs¬sz shaastralipi; ®aÅò shaastra; ®aÅòcs¬ shaastrabali © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

162

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali scriptural ®aÅòd½ shaastriiya scroll zfÅÙ± pustak; zaÝfs¬szÓs¬ paandulipiguli; zfÏsu p^uthi scrutinizing zfç²apfzfç² sculpture vaÅþní bhaaskarya scythe ±ajÅÙ kaaste sea \a³m saagar; \bf‘i samudra seal of authority bf‘iÁ mudraa; Êbaãm mohar to seal bf‘iasáy ±mÁ mudraankita karaa sealing process bf‘it mudran search Apf\ïap ±mÁ anusandhaan karaa; ʲÏa¸ kh^oj in search of -'Jm \ïapajuí -'er sandhaanaarthe to search ²fϸÁ kh^ujaa; ʲÏa¸Á kh^ojaa; ʲÏa¸ ±mÁ kh^oj karaa; Apf\ïap ±mÁ anusandhaan karaa seaside \bfj‘im oam samudrer dhaar season, part of year [see Study 58] Hy› rritu; \b½ samay; Êbamëb morashum; Êbà\fb moosum; bm\fb marasum season, period of events ±a¬ kaal seat Aa\p aasan second siÃyd½ dvitiiya to secon-guess \jðiã ±mÁ sandeha karaa second-hand, used zfmajpÁ (zfmap+) puraano (puraana); zmêMdy parakriita secret, a hidden thing ʳazp gopan; ʳazjpm sc¿½ gopaner bisay secret, not revealed ʳazpd½ gopaniiya; ¬fØþas½yÁ lukkaayita sacred secret spÓE yYà nigur tatva secretary \BÚai± sampaadak; \s¶c sacib; Ê\jêMqasm sekretaari sect, class, group Ê‘®td shrenii; ctí barna section scva³ bibhaag secular obíspmjzñÁ nirapeksaa secure spmazi niraapad security spmaz»Á niraapattaa sediment zs¬ pali; y¬asp talaani seduction ‘zj¬avp pralobhan; ‘zjma¶pÁ prarocanaa to see Êi²Á dekhaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

163

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to be able to see, to get to see Êi²jy (Êis²jy) zaL½Á dekh-te (dekhite) paaoyaa to see to it, target, focus on ¬ñº ma²Á laksya raakhaa seed cd¸ biij; cÈ® banºsha line of "seed" cÈ®om banºshadhar; cÈ®cs¬ banºshabali; \PÙap santaan seedling ¶amÁ caaraa; ¶aãa³a· caaraagaach to seek ²fϸÁ kh^ujaa; ʲÏa¸Á kh^ojaa; ʲÏa¸ ±mÁ kh^oj karaa; Apf\ïap ±mÁ anusandhaan karaa to seem cj¬ bjp ãL½Á bale mane haoyaa seen ihôî drrishya to be seen Êis²j½ (Êi²aS½Á) naL½Á dekhiye (dekhaaiyaa) yaaoyaa to segregate zhu± ±mÁ prrithak karaa to seize Ê‘³zÙam ±mÁ graptaar karaa; omÁ dharaa seldom ±ias¶ù kadaacit' seldom worked territory ±b ±a¸ ±mÁ J¬a±Á kam kaaj karaa elaakaa to select bjpapdy ±mÁ manoniita karaa; z·ði ±mÁ pachanda karaa selection spcía¶p nirbaacan self- AaYÂ- aatma-; \Ãauí- svaarthaself [see Study 51] Aazsp aapani; \Ã½È svayanº; spj¸ nije; Aazp aapan loving self, lover of self AaY‘zd½ aatmapriiya self-contradiction AaYÂscjmao aatmabirodh self-control AaYÂ-\Ènb aatma-sanºyam; AaYÂibp aatmadaman; Sð‘id½ibp indriiyadaman self-deception AaY‘zyamtÁ aatmaprataaranaa; AaYÂcÞpÁ aatmabancanaa self-denial AaYÂyºa³ aatmatyaag; \Ãauíyºa³ svaarthatyaag self-examination AaYÂi®íp aatmadarshan; AaYÂzmdñÁ aatmapariiksaa self-glorification AaY®Ìa´Á aatmashlaaghaa; AaYÂj³àmc aatmagoorab self-importance AaY®Ìa´Á aatmashlaaghaa; AaYÂj³àmc aatmagoorab self-sacrifice AaYÂcs¬iap aatmabalidaan; AaYÂyºa³ aatmatyaag; \Ãauíyºa³ svaarthatyaag selfish \Ãauízm svaarthapar © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

164

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali selfishness \ÃauízmyÁ svaarthaparataa to seek own selfish interests \Ãauí ʶøÁ ±mÁ svaartha cestaa karaa thinking of selfish interests \Ãauís¶PÙÁ svaarthacintaa selfless \Ãauíãdp svaarthahiin to sell Êc¶Á becaa; scsêM ±mÁ bikri karaa "best seller" "Êc«q Ê\¬am" "best selaar" to send zawajpÁ (zawap+) paathaano (paathaana); Ê‘zmt ±mÁ preran karaa to send away scia½ ±mÁ bidaay karaa to send for Êej± zawajpÁ (eas±½Á zawap+) deke paathaano (daakiyaa) paathaana to send forth Ê‘zmt ±mÁ preran karaa send-off, farewell scia½±aj¬ ëjvó·Á-¡azp bidaay-kaale shubhecchaa-jnaapan ["-gyaapan"] senior A‘³cydí (A‘³c»dí) agrabartii (agrabarttii); ʸºW jyestha sensation, feeling Apfvœsy anubhuuti sense, meaning Auí artha senseless Auíãdp arthahiin; Aj¶yp acetan; spjcíao nirbodh sensible, keeping one's senses \¡ajp sajnaane ["sagyaane"] sensible, meaningful Auízgtí arthapuurna sensibility \aEÁ saaraa sensitive Apfvœsy®d¬ anubhuutishiil; \Èjcip®d¬ sanºbedan-shiil; \Èjcip\BÚgtí sanºbedan-puurna sent, sent forth Ê‘zsmy prerita sent one, sent forth one, apostle Ê‘zsmy prerit sentence of judgement iÝ danda sentence in communication ca±º baakya separate zhu± prrithak; Aa¬aiÁ aalaadaa to separate Aa¬aiÁ ma²Á aalaadaa raakhaa; zhu± ±mÁ prrithak karaa; yºa³ ±mÁ tyaag karaa the separating work scvs»M±mjtm ±a¸ bibhaktikaraner kaaj sequence zsmtab parinaam; znía½êMb paryaay-kram; oamacasã± ´qpaÓs¬ dhaaraabaahik ghatnaaguli sequentially; in sequence znía½êMjb paryay-krame © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

165

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali serious ³vdm gabhiir; ÓmÆym gurutar of serious concern Aaimpd½ aadaraniiya seriously ³vdmvajc gabhiir-bhaabe; ÓmÆymvajc gurutar-bhaabe sermon obízji® dharmaapadesh serpent \zí sarpa; \az saap servant ¶a±m caakar; ±bí¶amd karmacaarii; ia\ daas to serve, give service ia\Yà ±mÁ daasatva karaa; Ê\cÁ ±mÁ sevaa karaa to serve as, act for, fulfill \aop ±mÁ saadhan karaa service ±a¸ kaaj; ¶a±sm caakari; Ê\cÁ sevaa serviceable ‘zj½a¸pd½ prayojaniiya to set up, establish ÅÕazp ±mÁ sthaapan karaa; c\ajpÁ (c\ap+) basaano (basaana) to set loose, free bf»M ±mÁ mukta karaa; FÄam ±mÁ uddhaar karaa to set off, depart mLpÁ ãL½Á raonaa haoyaa to set to ʬj³ (¬as³½Á) naL½Á laagiyaa yaaoyaa setting, situation AcÅÕÁ abasthaa; zsmsÅÕsy paristhiti to settle c\ajpÁ (ca\ap+) basaano (basaana) to be settled Acoasmy ãL½Á abadhaarita haoyaa; ®aPÙ ãL½Á shaanta haoyaa settlement of affairs spÑÚs» nispatti settlement, homestead Fzspjc® upanibesh; ‘³ab graam several ±j½± kayek; Apºaðî anyaanya sewer vœ³ví p¬ bhuugarbha nal sex, gender s¬å linga sex, act of sex, sex relations Ênàp yoon; Ênàp\jBÖa³ yoon-sambhog; Ênàp \BÚ±í yoon samparka shadow ·a½Á chaayaa to shake paEÁ ÊiL½Á naaraa deoyaa to shake up ¹Ïa±ajpÁ (¹Ïa±ap+) jh^aakaano (jh^aakaana) shallow in sincerity va\ava\Á bhaasaabhaasaa shallow in thought A³vdm agabhiir shame ¬æ¸Á lajjaa; Azbap apamaan shameless sp¬íæ¸ nirlajj shape, form Aa±am aakaar © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

166

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali of definite shape spséíø nirddista shapeless, formless spma±am niraakaar share AÈ® anºsha; \ãva³ sahabhaag to share, participate AÈ® ‘³ãt ±mÁ anºsha grahan karaa; AÈ® ÊpL½Á anºsha neoyaa; \ãva³d ãL½Á sahabhaagii haoyaa sharer \ãva³d sahabhaagii sharp in shape ydñÎt tiiksna; A‘³va³ agrabhaag; Êy¸ tej; ydñÎp tiiksna sharp tasting oamaj¬Á (oama¬) dhaaraalo (dhaaraala) to shave ±abajpÁ (±abap+) kaamaano (kaamaana) shawl ®a¬ shaal she (common) Ê\ se she ("honorifically") sysp tini sheep ÊvEÁ bheraa; Êb¿ mes "little flock of sheep" ñf‘i Êb¿za¬ ksudra mes-paal "other sheep" Azm Êb¿ apar mes sheet on bed ¶aim caadar shelf ya± taak shelter, refuge Aa‘®½ aashray; êat traan to give shelter Aa‘®½ ÊiL½Á aashray deoyaa shepherd Êb¿za¬± mes-paalak za¬mñ± paal-raksak shield ra¬ dhaal to shift place ci¬ ±mÁ badal karaa to shift things ¶a¬ajpÁ (¶a¬ap+) caalaano (caalaana); pEajpÁ (pEap+) naraano (naraana) to shine, glow Aaj¬Á ÊiL½Á aalo deoyaa; s±mt ÊiL½Á kiran deoyaa to shine, glisten Fæ梬 ±mÁ ujjval karaa; s¹±sb± ±mÁ jhikamik karaa; 梬 梬 ±mÁ jval jval karaa to make shine Fæ梬 ±mÁ ujjval karaa shining ¶bù±am camat'kaar; Fæ梬 ujjval shining one (of the morning) ‘zvasy prabhaati ship ¸aãa¸ jaahaaj to ship, send zawajpÁ paathaano -ship in rank -s³sm -giri © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

167

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali shirt ¸abÁ jaamaa; ±asb¸ kaamij Shishak s®®± shishak to shiver ±ÏazÁ k^aapaa shock, feelings Apfvœsy anubhuuti; Fjió udveg shock, impact oaØþÁ dhaakkaa; Aa´ay aaghaat shocking Ê®a¶pd½ shocaniiya shockingly Ê®a¶pd½vajc shocaniiyabhaabe shoe ¸fyÁ jutaa; ¸fjyÁ juto to shoot an arrow ydm ¶a¬ajpÁ (¶a¬ap+) tiir caalaano (caalaana) to shoot a bullet Ós¬ ±mÁ guli karaa shop Êia±ap dokaan shopkeeper Êia±apiam dokaan-daar short \ÈsñzÙ sanºksipta; Ê·aq chota; ²ajqÁ khaato shortage, lack Avac abhaab; ´aqÎsy ghaat'ti food shortage, lack of food ²ajiºm Avac khaadyer abhaab; Ûsvíñ durbhiksa shortcoming, failing êÆsq truti shortened form \ÈsñzÙ±mt sanºksiptakaran short-tempered ma³d raagii; ÊêMao-zma½t krodh-paraayan shoulder ±Ïao k^aadh to shout, scream s¶ù±am ±mÁ cit'kaar karaa to show, cause to see Êi²ajpÁ (Êi²ap+) dekhaano (dekhaana); i®íp ±mÁ darshan karaa to show, cause to know ¸apajpÁ (¸apap+) jaanaano (jaanaana) shower, bath ¹píÁ jharnaa shower, rain chsø brristi; z\¬Á pasalaa shrewd cfsÄbap buddhimaan; sc¶ñt bicaksan shrine zscê ÅÕap pabitra sthaan; bsðim mandir shut cï bandha to shut cï ±mÁ bandha karaa shy ¬a¸f± laajuk sick Êma³ rog; zdEÁ piiraa sickly Êma³a‘³ÅÙ rogaagrasta; Êma³d rogii; zdsEy piirita; A\fÅÕ asustha sickness Êma³ rog; zdEÁ piiraa; A\f² asukh; A\fÅÕyÁ asusthataa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

168

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali "I am sick!" "Aasb zdsEy!" "aami piirita!" side, direction za® paash; za®Ãí paarshva; si±Î dik'; zñ paksa side, edge ‘zaPÙ praanta sifting \g‡Â ca·aS suuksma baachaai sigh id´ísp@®Ãa\ diirghanihh-shvaas; Aa»í\Ãm aarttasvar; Aa»ípai aarttanaad sight i®íp darshan sign s¶ãM cihna sign of the last days Ê®¿ ±aj¬m s¶ãM shes kaaler cihna signal s¶ãM cihna; \Èj±y sanºket; spi®íp nidarshan; zya±Á pataakaa signature ãÅÙañm hastaaksar; \Ãañm svaaksar significance yaùzní taat'parya significant ¬ñtd½ laksaniiya; yaùznízgtí significantly ¬ñtd½mÇjz laksaniiyaruupe; yaùznízgtí taat'paryapuurna silence spÅÙý nistabdha; ca±ºãdp baakyahiin silent spmc nirab; Êbàp moona silk Êm®b resham silly bg²í muurkha; spjcíao nirbodh; Êca±Á bokaa silver Êmàzº roopya; mÆjzÁ rupo; mÆzÁ rupaa; mÇjzÁ ruupo similar J±S m±b ek-i rakam; \bap samaan; \ih® sadrrish; by mata; mÇz ruup similarity \aihôî saadrrishya; y›¬ºyÁ tulyataa similarly sw± J±SmÇjz thik ek-i-ruupe simple \m¬ saral; \㸠sahaj to simplify \m¬ ±mÁ saral karaa; \㸠±mÁ sahaj karaa simultaneous J±S \jå ´qbap ek-i sange ghatamaan sin zaz paap; Azmao aparaadh since, assuming that [see Study 41] cj¬ bale since, seeing that Ênjãy› yehetu since, starting from Acso abadhi; zgjcí (zgjCÃí) puurbe (puurbe); ãjy (ãSjy) hate (haite); Êuj± theke sincere AaPÙsm± aantarik; A±zq akapat sincerely AaPÙsm±mÇjz aantarik-ruupe; ‘z±„y zjñ prakrrita pakse sincerity AaPÙsm±yÁ aantarikataa; A±zqyÁ akapatataa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

169

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali sinful zazd paapii to sing ³aL½Á gaaoyaa; ³ap ±mÁ gaan karaa to sing out s\Èãpai ±mÁ sinºhanaad karaa singer ³a½± gaayak single, singly, at all -S -i single, lone J±a±d ekaakii; J±baê ek-maatra singleness J±a±d ua±Á ekaakii thaakaa singular, not plural word J±c¶p ek-bacan singular, unique AsiÃyd½ advitiiya to sink, drown e›sc½Á naL½Á dubiyaa yaaoyaa to sink, recede ±jb naL½Á sinless zazãdp paap-hiin sir bãa®½ mahaashay; ¸pac janaab; \ºam syaar sister Êcap bon to sit c\Á basaa site ÅÕap sthaan; AcÅÕap abasthaan; caÅß baastu situated in - -ÅÙ -sta situation zsmsÅÕsy paristhiti size Aa½yp aayatan skeleton ±È±a¬ kanºkaal; ±awajbÁ kaathaamo; \amaÈ® saaraanºsha to sketch ²\EÁ khasaraa; p±®Á ±mÁ nakashaa karaa; bf\asciÁ ±mÁ musaabidaa karaa skill iñyÁ daksataa; ʱ஬ kooshal; Ëpzftº neepunya skilled zami®dí paaradarshii; cfºùzpÐ but'panna skin ¶bí carma; ¶abEÁ caamaraa skull bauam ²fs¬ maathaar khuli; ±jmasq karoti sky Aa±a® aakaash; Aa\bap aasamaan slack Aa¬Î³Á aal'gaa; sr¬Á dhilaa slanderer Azcai± apabaadak slap ¶E car slaughter of animals ¸caS jabaai slaughter of humans ãyºÁ hatyaa; pmãyºÁ narahatyaa slave, servant ia\ daas; êMdyia\ kriitadaas; caïd baandhii Ê\c± sebak © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

170

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali the faithful and discreet slave class sc®ÃÅÙ JcÈ cfsÄbap ia\ Ê‘®td bishvasta ebanº buddhimaan daas shrenii to slave, work hard zsm‘®b ±mÁ parishram karaa slavery ia\Yà daasatva; êMdyia\Yà kriitadaasatva sleep ´fb ghum to sleep ´fbajpÁ (´fbap+) ghumaano (ghumaana) sleeping ´fbPÙ ghumanta to feel sleepy ´fb zaL½Á ghum paaoyaa sleet s®¬achsø shilaabrristi slice xas¬ phaali; qf±mÁ tukaraa slight, a little \abaðî saamaanya to slip, err vf¬ ±mÁ bhul karaa to slip away, be lost \sm½Á zEÁ sariyaa paraa slippery Êy¬Á telaa; b\ht masrrin sloping ra¬f dhaalu; ³Eajp garaane; êMbspBÐ kramanimna slow odm dhiir; id´íÅgêd diirghasuutri slow anger ÊêMajo odm krodhe dhiir slowly odjm odjm dhiire dhiire; AajÅÙ AajÅÙ aaste aaste slowness od´íÅgêdyÁ dhiirghasuutriitaa sly ¶y›m catur; ®w shatha small Ê·aq chota; ñ‚‘i ksudra smaller AamL Ê·aq aar-o chota; ñ‚‘iym ksudratar smallest \c ʶj½ Ê·aq sab ceye chota; ñ‚‘iyb ksudratam smell, odour ³ï gandha smell, sense of smell ‘´at ghraan to smell, give smell ³ï ÊiL½Á gandha deoyaa to smell, take smell ³ï ¬L½Á gandha laoyaa; ³ï Ê®Ïa±Á gandha sh^okaa smile D¿ù ãa\º iisat' haasya; ‘z\pÐyÁ prasannataa to smile D¿ù ãa\Á iisat' haasaa smoke ofb dhum; ÊoÏa½Á dh^oyaa to smoke tobacco ofbzap ±mÁ dhum-paan karaa; ofbzap ²aL½Á dhum-paan khaaoyaa smooth s¶Øþp cikkan; b\ht masrrin © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

171

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali snake \az saap; \zí sarpa to snatch s·spj½ (s·paS½Á) ¬L½Á ciniye (cinaaiyaa) laoyaa to sneeze ãÏa¶Á h^aacaa; ãÏas¶ ÊiL½Á h^aaci deoyaa snow cmx baraph; y›¿am tusaar so, that extent yyq›±‚ tatatuku; yy tata; Jy eta so, therefore [see Study 42] AyJc ataeb; JS¸ðî eijanya; yjc tabe; yaS taai; \fymaÈ sutaraanº; ±aj¸S kaaje-i so, thus JS by ei mata; JmÇz eruup; Jbpvajc eman-bhaabe so that, in order that [see Study 40] Ênjãy› yehetu; Ênp yena so then, after that yaãam zjm taahaar pare sober \Èny sanºyata; ‘z®aPÙ prashaanta; sbya¶amd mitaacaarii so-called yua±suy tathaakathita social \abas¸± saamaajik socialist \ba¸yPòcaid samaaj-tantrabaadii society \ba¸ samaaj human society bapc\ba¸ maanab-samaaj Sodom \jiab sadom soft pmb naram; bhÛ mrridu; bhÛ®d¬ mrridushiil soldier Ë\ðî seenya solid ihR drrirha; ®»M shakta solidly built za±Á paakaa solitary J±a±d ekaakii; sp¸íp nirjan Solomon ®j¬abp shaloman solution of a problem \baoap samaadhaan to solve \baoap ±mÁ samaadhaan karaa some ±y± katak; s±·f kichu; ʱapL kona-o; ʱap kona; ±j½±sq kayek-ti somebody ʱã ʱã keha keha; ±amL ±amL (±aãamL ±aãamL) kaar-o kaar-o (kaahaar-o kaahaar-o) somebody ʱap cºs»M kona byakti; ʱã keha somehow ʱap ‘z±am kona prakaar someone ʱap cºs»M kona byakti; ʱã keha something s±·f kichu sometime ʱap \b½ kona samay © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

172

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali sometimes baj¹ baj¹ maajhe maajhe somewhere ʱap ÅÕajp kona sthaane son zfê putra; Ê·j¬ chele; \PÙap santaan son-in-law ¸abaS jaamaai song ³ap gaan; ³dy giit; \ådy sangiit soon ®d´ÍS shiighra-i; Asc¬jBà abilambe; Aa\pÐ aasanna sorrow Û² (Û@²) dukha (duhhakha); A\f² asukh sorrowful Ûs²y (Û@s²y) dukhita (duhhakhita); A\f²d asukhii; Û(Û@-) du- (duhh-) sorry Ûs²y (Û@s²y) dukhita (duhhakhita) sort, type m±b rakam; ‘z±am prakaar; Ê‘®td shrenii; ¸asy jaati; omt dharan "all sorts of men" "\bfi½ bpf¿º" "samuday manusya" soul ‘zat praan; [wrongly; see also "spirit"] "AaYÂÁ" "aatmaa" "immortality of the soul" [wrongly; see also "spirit"] "AaYÂam AbmYÃ" "aatmaar amaratva" sound to hear mc rab; ®CÉ shabda sound, complete \BÚgtí sampuurna; s\Ä siddha sour q± tak; ABì amla source, origin, maker Fù\ ut'sa source, spring, well FpfS unui south isñt daksin; isñtsi±Î daksin-dik' sovereignty ÊvàbYà bhoomatva; \cíb½ (\CÃíb½) ñbyÁ sarvamay (sarvvamay) ksamataa universal sovereignty \acíjvàbYà (\aCÃíjvàbYÃ) saarvabhoomatva (saarvvabhoomatva) space, place ÅÕap sthaan; ¸a½³Á jaay-gaa space, emptiness bãaëðî mahaashunya; ²as¬ ¸a½³Á khaali jaay-gaa spacious zsm\m parisar Spanish ÅÚºasp® spyaanish (spanish) spare Asysm»M atirikta spark As³Ð±tÁ agnikanaa sparrow ¶EfS carui to speak c¬Á balaa; c»hMyÁ ÊiL½Á baktrritaa deoyaa; ±uÁ c¬Á kathaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

173

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali balaa speaker c»MÁ baktaa; ±u± kathak public speaker ¸p\aoamjtº c»MÁ janasaadhaaranye baktaa special scj®¿ bishes specialist scj®¿¡ bishesajna (bishesagya) specific spséíø nirddista; scj®¿ bishes; \ÃyPò svaatantra specifically scj®¿mÇjz bishesaruupe; \fspséíøvajc sunirddistabhaabe specimen, sample pbfpÁ namunaa; Aai®í aadarsha spectacle, display ihôî drrishya; i®íp darshan spectacles ¶®bÁ cashamaa speculation, excess guessing Asysm»M zsm±lÚpÁ atirikta parikalpanaa speech, expression ca±º baakya speech, talk c»hMyÁ baktrritaa; va¿t bhaasan; ±uÁ kathaa speech, talking va¿Á bhaasaa; ±uÁ c¬Á kathaa balaa speechless, dumb ÊcacÁ bobaa speed ³sy gati; ³syjc³ gatibeg; sñ‘zyÁ ksiprataa to spell capap ±mÁ baanaan karaa spelling capap baanaan to spend cº½ ±mÁ byay karaa; ±aqajpÁ (±aqap+) kaataano (kaataana) spent Ac\pÐ abasanna sphere ʳa¬± golak spicy ¹a¬ jhaal spider ba±E\Á maakarasaa; ba±m maakar to spin, go round ´fmÁ ghuraa to spin, make go round ´fmajpÁ (´fmap+) ghuraano (ghuraana) spirit (Arabic origin) mÇãÎ ruuh' spirit (Sanskrit origin) AaYÂÁ aatmaa ["aattaa"] spirit, of spirit AasY± aatmik "spirit of the truth", helper \jyºm AaYÂÁ, \ãa½ satyer aatmaa, sahaay spirited, courageous, bold \aã\d saahasii spiritual AaoºasY± aadhyaatmik spite, envy, malice D¿íÁ iirsaa; ñsy ksati; AajêMa® aakrosh in spite of it yÁ \jYÃL (yaãÁ \j»¢L) taa satve-o (taahaa sattve-o) to spit ufuf Êx¬Á thuthu phelaa; ufuf ÊiL½Á thuthu deoyaa; ufuf ±mÁ © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

174

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali thuthu karaa Do not spit, No spitting ufuf Êx¬j pÁ thuthu phel-ben naa; ufuf ±mj (±smj) pÁ thuthu kar-ben (kariben) naa spittoon sz±iasp pikadaani splendid ʳàmcb½ goorab-may splendour ʳàmc goorab splinter ±ajwm qf±jmÁ kaather tukaro to spoil pø ±mÁ nasta karaa spoken ±suy kathita spokesman bf²zaê mukh-paatra; bf²zaêmÇjz mukh-paatraruupe spontaneous \ÃyÅä‚yí (\Ãy@Ñx‚»í) svatasphurta (svatahhasphurtta) spoon ¶ab¶ caamac sport ʲ¬aof¬Á khelaadhulaa spot, location ¸a½³Á jaayagaa spot, mark ia³ daag; s¶ãM cihna spouse, husband \Ãabd svaamii spouse, wife Åòd strii spread scÅÙhsy bistrriti; ‘z¶am pracaar to spread scÅÙhy ±mÁ bistrrita karaa; ‘z¶am ±mÁ pracaar karaa spring device s«‘zÈ sprinº spring, fountain ¹tíÁ jharnaa spring, jump ¬ax laaph; ¬Bx lampha spring season c\PÙ Hy› basanta rritu to spring, jump ¬Bx ÊiL½Á lampha deoyaa to sprinkle s·qajpÁ (s·qap+) chitaano (chitaana) to sprout ‘zx‚lì ãL½Á squalid, filthy ÊpaÈmÁ nonºraa; bs¬pº malinya to squander, let fly FsEj½ (FEaS½Á) ÊiL½Á uriye (uraaiyaa) deoyaa to be squandered \jE (\sE½Á)zEÁ sare (sariyaa) paraa to squeeze spÈEajpÁ (spÈEap+) ninºraano (ninºraana) to stab Ê·amÁ [·fsm] si½Á bamÁ choraa [chhuri] diyaa maraa Ê·amÁ sij½ (si½Á) bamÁ choraa diye (diyaa) maraa; ·fsm sij½ (si½Á) bamÁ chhuri diye (diyaa) maraa stable, steady ÅÕa½d sthaayii; ihR drrirha © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

175

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali stability ÅÕas½Yà sthaayitva; ihRyÁ drrirhataa; sÅÕsy sthiti stagnant, not flowing Ê\Íayãdp srotahiin; cï bandha staircase s\ÏsE s^iri stalk eaqÁ daataa stake ®c ³a· shab gaach torture stake ±aÅÙÁ iÝ kaasta danda; "êfM®" "krush" stamina, patience \sã©‚yÁ sahisnutaa stamina, long at work zsm‘®b parishram stamp, mark Êbaãm mohar stamp, postage ea±…sqs±q daak'tikat stamp, seal bf‘iÁ mudraa; \d¬jbaãm siil-mohar stamped, sealed bf‘iasáy mudraankita stamping, sealing process bf‘it mudran to stand iÏaEajpÁ (iÏaEap+) d^aaraano (d^aaraana) standard bap maan; Aai®í aadarsha star in the sky yamÁ taaraa star in films yasmyÁ taaritaa starry heavens yam±aj®asvy Aa±a® taarakaashobhita aakaash start AamBÖ aarambha; ëmÆ shuru to start AamBÖ ±mÁ aarambha karaa; ëmÆ ±mÁ shuru karaa to start off mLpÁ ãL½Á raonaa haoyaa to start with ... ... sij½ (si½Á) ëmÆ ±mÁ ... diye (diyaa) shuru karaa starting from in time Acso abadhi starvation Fzca\ upabaas; Apaãam anaahaar state, condition AcÅÕÁ abasthaa state, form, mode Aa±am aakaar state, nation ¸asy jaati; maø÷ raastra to state s¬szcÄ ±mÁ lipibaddha karaa; F»M ±mÁ ukta karaa stated F»M ukta; s¬szcÄ lipibaddha statement Fs»M ukti; scchsy bibrriti stationary ³syãdp gatihiin; spô¶¬ nishcal stationery bjpaãmd ‘icº manoharii drabya statistics zsm\Ȳºap parisanºkhyaan statue ‘zsybgsyí (‘zsybgs»í) pratimuurti (pratimuurtti); ‘zsybÁ pratimaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

176

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali statute scso bidhi statute-giver cºcÅÕaz± byabasthaapak status AcÅÕÁ abasthaa; zi pad; bníiÁ maryadaa to stay, remain ua±Á thaakaa steady ihR drrirha; ÅÕa½d sthaayii; A¶¬ acal to steal, thieve ¶›sm ±mÁ curi karaa; ãmt ±mÁ haran karaa stealer ʶam cor stealing ¶›sm curi steam caÑz baaspa steel SÅÚay ispaat; ®aÅò shaastra step zijñz padaksep; J± zÁ ek paa step- \ù- sat'to sterilize cd¸apf O¢È\ ±mÁ biijaanu dhvanºsa karaa sterling, best quality \cíj®ÍW (\CÃíj‘®W) sarvashrestha (sarvvashrestha) stern, hard spbíb nirmam steward y»¢acoap±amd tattvaabadhaan-kaarii the faithful steward class cfsÄbap ³hãaoºñ buddhimaan grrihaadhyaksa stick of wood ¬asw laathi still, calm ®aPÙ shaanta still, even now J²pL ekhan-o still, even so ycfL tabu-o still, motionless spÅÙý nistabdha; ³syãdp gatihiin still, quiet spmc nirab stimulant Fj»¸± uttejak to stimulate Fsészy ±mÁ uddipita karaa to stir, mix round ´fqajpÁ (´fqap+) ghutaano (ghutaana) stitch Ê\¬aS selaai; Ågj¶m ±a¸ suucer kaaj to stitch Ê\¬aS ±mÁ selaai karaa; Ågj¶m ±a¸ ±mÁ suucer kaaj karaa stomach Êzq pet; za±ÅÕ¬d paakasthalii stone [see also "rock", "rock-mass"] zaum paathar stooping modestly ssy binati stop Ê®¿ shes; cï bandha to stop, finish Ê®¿ ±mÁ shes karaa; cï ±mÁ bandha karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

177

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to stop, stand still uabÁ thaamaa to store up \sÞy ±mÁ sancita karaa to be stored up \sÞy ãL½Á sancita haoyaa storey [ground floor = first storey] y¬Á talaa storm ¹E jhar stove Fpfp unun; ¶›lìd cullii straight, in line, ahead \m¬ saral; Ê\a¸Á sojaa straight, direct \ma\sm saraasari straightforward \m¬ saral; \ù sat' to strain, filter ·Ïa±Á ch^aakaa; zsm‘\act ±mÁ parisraaban karaa; zsm‘\Æy ±mÁ parisruta karaa strainer, filter ·Ïa±sp ch^aakani; zsm‘\ac± ‘zta¬d parisraabak pranaalii strait, hardship Êû±® klesh; ‘zta¬d pranaalii strange AIÖfy adbhut; Azsms¶y aparicita stranger, foreigner scji®d bideshii stranger, newcomer pca³y nabaagata strategy mt¶ay›ní (mt¶ay›½íº) ranacaaturya (ranacaaturyya) straw ²E khar; sc¶as¬ bicaali stream Ê‘\ay srot; ‘zcaã prabaaha to stream ‘zcasãy ãL½Á prabaahita haoyaa strength ®s»M shakti; c¬ bal strengthening ®s»Mcoíp±amd shaktibardhan-kaarii stress, emphasis ʸam jor stress, pressure ¶az caap stress, trouble ±ø kasta; naypÁ yaatanaa stretched out ÊcjE (caEaS½Á) bere (baaraaiyaa) strict ±jwam kathor strictly ±jwamvajc kathor-bhaabe strike, downing of tools cï bandha; ãmya¬ harataal strike, impact ʶaq cot; oaØþÁ dhaakkaa strike, plague Aa´ay aaghaat to strike, hit oaØþÁ dhaakkaa; bamÁ maaraa; szqajpÁ (szqap+) pitaano (pitaana) to strike, down tools obí´q ±mÁ dharmaghat karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

178

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to strike on the clock ca¸Á baajaa to strike one, feel ¬a³Á laagaa stripe of colour ÊeamÁ doraa stripe of lashing ±®a´ay kashaaghaat stroke of plague Aa´ay aaghaat stroke, impact, touch ʶaq cot strong c¬capÎ balabaan'; ®»M shakta; ‘zc¬ prabal stronghold Û³í durga; Aa‘®½ ÅÕap aashray sthaan; \fmsñy ÅÕap suraksita sthaan structure ±awajbÁ kaathaamo; AqÎqas¬±Á attaalikaa struggle nfÄ yuddha; \È‘³ab sanºgraam stubborn J±ÓÏj½ ek-g^uye; ʸid jedii stubbornness J±ÓÏj½sb ek-g^uyemi student: male, female ·aê chaatra; ·aêd chaatrii studious Aoº½ps‘z½ adhyayan-priya study Aoº½p adhyayan; s®ñÁ shiksaa a study Aoºa½ adhyaay to study Aoº½p ±mÁ adhyayan karaa; s®ñÁ ±mÁ shiksaa karaa to stumble, fall Fj·aq ²aL½Á uchot khaaoyaa; ÊãÏa¶q ²aL½Á h^ocat khaaoyaa; ÅÕs¬y ãL½Á sthalita hoayaa to be stumbled scs$py ãL½Á bighnita haoyaa stumbling block sc$pÅÕ¬ bighnasthal stupid Êca±Á bokaa; spjcíao nirbodh; ãdpcfsÄ hiinabuddhi stupor Ak¶yðî aceetanya sub- Fz- upto subdue c®dvœy ±mÁ bashiibhuuta karaa subject, in submission ‘z¸Á prajaa subject, in submission c®dvœy bashiibhuuta subject, topic sc¿½ bisay subjection, submissiveness côîyÁ bashyataa in subjection to - -Aodp -adhiin to submerge ¸¬b³Ð ±mÁ jal-magna karaa to submerse spbæ¸p ±mÁ nimajjan karaa; spbsæ¸y ±mÁ nimajjita karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

179

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali submersed in water ¸¬b³Ð jal-magna submersion spbæ¸p nimajjan subscription ¶ÏaiÁ c^aadaa; ‘³aã±v›s»M graahak-bhukti subsequent zmcydí (zmc»dí) parabartii (parabarttii); F»m±a¬dp uttar-kaaliin subsequently zjm pare; F»m±aj¬ uttar-kaale to subside ±bÁ kamaa; ±jb (±sb½Á) naL½Á kame (kamiyaa) yaaoyaa substitution scspb½ binimay; cis¬ badali substance, main point bg¬ ±uÁ muul kathaa; Êbaq ±uÁ mot kathaa; \amaÈ® saaraanºsha substance, material ziauí padaartha subtitle Fzs®mpab upashiranaam subtle ofyí dhurta; ʱ஬d kooshalii to succeed \x¬ ãL½Á saphal haoyaa success \x¬yÁ saphal-taa; \x¬ saphal succession zm zm Aa³bp par par aagaman; ApfêMb anukram successor F»maso±amd uttaraadhikaarii; zmcydí (zmc»dí) ʬa± parabartii (parabarttii) lok without successors Azsmcyípd½ (Azsmc»ípd½) aparibartaniiya (aparibarttaniiya) such as Jbp s± eman ki such that najy ±jm (naãajy ±sm½Á) yaate kare (yaahaate kariyaa) such, this much Jy eta; Jyq›±‚ etatuku such, this sort J m±b e rakam; Jbp eman in such a way Jbsp emani; JbpS eman-i to suck ¶›¿Á cusaa to suckle ÅÙpºzap ±majpÁ (±map+) stanyapaan karaano (karaana); Ûozap ±majpÁ (±map+) dudh-paan karaano (karaana) suckling ÅÙðîza½d stanyapaayii sudden Aa±sű aakasmik; A‘zyºas®y apratyaashita suddenly ãwaù hathaat' to burst suddenly into tears ʱÏji (±Ïasi½Á) FwÁ k^ede (k^aadiyaa) uthaa to get up suddenly ãuaù Fjw (Fsw½Á) zEÁ hathaat' uthe (uthiyaa) © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

180

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali paraa to suffer \N ±mÁ sahya karaa; Êva³ ±mÁ bhog karaa; Êva³Á bhogaa to suffer a beating bam ²aL½Á maar khaaoyaa suffering ±ø kasta; ñsy ksati; nPòtÁ yantranaa; Û²jva³ (Û@²jva³) dukhabhog (duhhakhabhog); naypÁ yaatanaa sufficient, adequate nuø yathesta; nju«q yathesta sufficient, plenty ‘za¶fní (‘za¶fníº) praacurya (praacuryya) sugar s¶sp cini to suggest \Èj±y ±mÁ sanºket karaa; Ssåy ±mÁ ingit karaa suggestion \Èj±y sanºket; Ssåy ingit; zmab®í paraamarsha suicide AaYÂãyºÁ aatma-hatyaa suitable for - -Êna³º -yogya to sulk Jj±cajm ekebaare; scb¿í ãL½Á bimarsa haoyaa sum, problem Aá anka sum, total Êbaq mot; Êna³x¬ yog-phal to summarize \amaÈ® ±mÁ saaraanºsha karaa; \Èjñz ±mÁ sanºksep karaa; \ÈsñzÙ ±mÁ sanºksipta karaa summary \amaÈ® saaraanºsha; \am-\Èjñz saar-sanºksep summer ‘³dѱa¬ griismakaal summit, peak ¶œEÁ cuuraa; ¶mb \dbÁ caram siimaa sun Ågní (Ågníº) suurya (suuryya) sundown ÅgníaÅÙ (ÅgníaºÅÙ) suuryaasta (suuryyaasta) Sunday msccam rabibaar sunrise Ågníi½ (Ågníºi½) suuryaday (suuryyaday) sunset ÅgníaÅÙ±a¬ (ÅgníºaÅÙ±a¬) suuryaastakaal (suuryyaastakaal) sunshine Ågnís±mt (Ågníºs±mt) suuryakiran (suuryyakiran) sunstroke \si³ímbd sadirgaramii super, great bãapÎ mahaan' super- bãÁ- mahaa-; Asy- ati-; scmaq biraat superficial, only words va¿Á va¿Á bhaasaa bhaasaa; bfj² bfj² mukhe mukhe; Fzjm Fzjm upare upare superfluous Asysm»M atirikta; Ayºaso± atyaadhik "superior authorities" ±yŸízñ (±»Ÿízñ) kartrripaksa (karttrripaksa) superiority, being better Ê‘®WYà shresthatva © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

181

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali superstition ±‚\ÈÑþam kusanºskaar to supervise zsmi®íp ±mÁ paridaarshan karaa; y»¢acoap ±mÁ tattvaabadhaan karaa supper Ëp® Êva¸p neesh bhojan; sijpm Ê®¿ Aaãam diner shes aahaar Last Supper Ê®¿ Êva¸ shes bhoj supplication ssy binati supply \mcmaã sarabaraaha to supply \mcmaã ±mÁ sarabaraaha karaa \buíp samarthan to \buíp ±mÁ samarthan karaa to , maintain Ac¬BÃp ±mÁ abalamban karaa er \buí± samarthak; zhWjza¿± prristhaposak er of - -caid -baadii suppose...., supposing ... [catch, grasp] omÆp ... dharun ... to suppose, to think bjp ±mÁ mane karaa; Apfbap ±mÁ anumaan karaa to suppress ibp ±mÁ daman karaa supreme \jcíaó¶ (\jCÃíaó¶) sarvocc (sarvvocc); ‘zoap pradhaan; \cí‘zoap (\CÃí‘zoap) sarvapradhaan (sarvvapradhaan) Supreme Being \jcíaó¶ (\jCÃíaó¶) sarvocc (sarvvocc) sure spsô¶y nishcita surely spsô¶y vajc nishcita bhaabe; spsô¶ymÇjz nishcitaruupe surface Fzsmva³ uparibhaag; y¬ tal surname, family name zicd padabii; cÈ®pab banºshanaam to sur AsyêMb ±mÁ atikram karaa surplus, excess caEsy baarati surplus, extra goods or money FiÃh» Auí udvrritta artha surprise scŽ bismay; A‘zyºas®y cÅß apratyaashita bastu to surrender, hand over \bzíp ±mÁ samarpan karaa to surrender, abandon Ê·jE (·aEaS½Á) ÊiL½Á chere (chaaraaiyaa) deoyaa to surround, shut in ¶asmsij± Ê´mÁ caaridike gheraa; s´mÁ ghiraa to survey, view ¸smz ±mÁ jarip karaa; zsmi®íp ±mÁ paridarshan karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

182

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to survive ÊcÏj¶ (cÏas¶½Á) ua±Á b^ece (b^aaciyaa) thaakaa; ¸dscy ua±Á jiibita thaakaa survivor Ên ÊcÏj¶ (cÏas¶½Á) uaj± ye b^ece (b^aaciyaa) thaake to suspect, doubt \jðiã ±mÁ sandeha karaa to suspend, delay ÅÕs³y ma²Á sthagita raakhaa to swallow s³s¬½Á Êx¬Á giliyaa phelaa; ³¬o@±mt ±mÁ galadhahh–karan karaa to swallow up sp@j®¿ ±jm (±sm½Á) Êx¬Á nihhashes kare (kariyaa) phelaa swamp sc¬ bil to swear, abuse ³a¬a³as¬ ÊiL½Á gaalaagaali deoyaa to swear, promise ®zu ±mÁ shapath karaa; ‘zsy¡Á ±mÁ pratijnaa ["pratigyaa"] karaa; sicº ±mÁ dibya karaa sweat ´ab ghaam to sweep ¹aE ÊiL½Á jhaar deoyaa; ¹aEf ÊiL½Á jhaaru deoyaa sweeper Êbum methar sweepress Êbumapd metharaanii sweet sbsø misti; sbs«q misti; \ÃaÛ svaadu swift, quick ‘iÆy³abd drutagaamii; Êc³capÎ begabaan'; ‘iÆy druta to swim \Ïayam ±aqÁ s^aataar kaataa; \Ïayam ÊiL½Á s^aataar deoyaa swine ®g±m shuukar to swing Êia¬Á dolaa; ÊiaÛ¬ºbap ãL½Á dodulyamaan haoyaa to switch off spcajpÁ (spcap+) nibaana; s·pÐ ±mÁ chinna karaa to switch on æ¢a¬Á jvaalaa; \aop ±mÁ saadhan karaa sword ²Eγ khar'ga syllable Añm aksar; ®CÉaÈ® shabdaanºsha symbol ‘zsy± pratik symbolic mÇz± ruupak sympathetic \ãpfvœsy®d¬ sahanubhuutishiil sympathy, sharing feeling \ãpfvœsy sahanubhuuti sympathy, sharing pain \bjcipÁ samabedanaa symptom ¬ñt laksan; Fz\³í upasarga synonym ‘zsy®CÉ pratishabda; \bauíjcao± ®CÉ samaarthabodhak shabda © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

183

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali syntax ca±º m¶pÁ baakya racanaa; ®CÉ-sºa\ shabda-binyaas synthetic \Ès®Ìø sanºshlista; ±„sêb krritrim; ´sqy ghatita syringe sz¶±amd picakaarii system, set-up, method zÄsy paddhati; cºcÅÕÁ byabasthaa "system of things" scso-cºcÅÕÁ bidhi-byabasthaa systemmatic ‘zta¬dcÄ pranaaliibaddha; \fcºcsÅÕy subyabasthita T table Êqsc¬ tebil; Êb¸ mej tablet csE bari to tabulate yas¬±av›»M ±mÁ taalikaabhukta karaa tail of an animal ʬ¸ lej tail of a bird zfó· puccha tailor im¸d darajii to take ÊpL½Á neoyaa; ¬L½Á laoyaa to take in, accept ‘³ãt ±mÁ grahan karaa to take hold of, grasp omÁ dharaa; ʶjz ma²Á cepe raakhaa to take off clothes ±azE cÁ ¸fyÁ ʲa¬Á kaapar baa jutaa kholaa to take off into the air Aa±aj® LEÁ aakaashe oraa to take place ´qÁ ghataa it takes time \b½ ¬aj³ samay laage talent ÊboÁ medhaa; odm®s»M dhiirashaktii talented Êboacd medhaabii talk c»hMyÁ baktrritaa to talk c¬Á balaa; Aa¬az ±mÁ aalaap karaa; c»hMyÁ ±mÁ baktrritaa karaa talkative ca¶a¬ baacaal talkative, gossiping ³lÚ‘zd½ galpapriiya tall ¬BÃÁ lambaa tap ±¬ kal; ¸j¬m ±¬ jaler kal; zaspm ±¬ paanir kal tape sxyÁ phitaa target ¬ñº laksya; ¬ñºcÅß laksyabastu; ¶Ïaibasm c^aad-maari taste \Ãai svaad; mÆs¶ ruci to taste vjñºm \Ãai ¬L½Á bhaksyer svaad laoyaa; Aa\Ãaip aasvaadan tax ±m kar; ma¸\à raajasva © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

184

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali tax-payer ±m iayÁ kar daataa tea ¶Á caa tea-cup ¶aj½m Êz½a¬Á caayer peyaalaa to teach s®²ajpÁ (s®±ap+) shikhaano (shikhaana); s®ñÁ ÊiL½Á shiksaa deoyaa; zEajpÁ (zEap+) paraano (paraana) teacher s®ñ± shiksak teaching s®ñÁ shiksaa false teaching sbuºÁ s®ñÁ mithyaa shiksaa team i¬ dal team-work \ãjnas³yÁ sahayogitaa tear in cloth s·pÐ chinna tear in eye ʶaj²m ¸¬ cokher jal; ʶaj²m zasp cokher paani; Êp긬 netrajal; A‘®Æ ashru to tear material s·ÏjE Êx¬Á ch^ire phelaa; s·pÐ ±mÁ chinna karaa to burst in tears ±apÐa½ Êvjå zEÁ kaannaay bhenge paraa technical nasPò± yaantrik; ±asm³sm kaarigari technique nPòj±à®¬ yantrakooshal teenage ˱®macÅÕÁ keeshoraabasthaa telephone Êqs¬jxap teliphon; igma¬azpd duuraalaapanii telescope igmcdñt duurabiiksan television Êqj¬sv®p telebhishan; Êqj¬sv\p telebhisan to tell c¬Á balaa to tell of, refer to Fjlì² ±mÁ ullekh karaa; ±uÁ ctípÁ kathaa barnanaa temper Êb¸a¸ mejaaj temperature yazbaêÁ taapamaatra tempest ‘zc¬ ¹E prabal jhar temple bsðim mandir temporary AÅÕa½d asthaayii; \abs½± saamayik to tempt, attract ʬav ±mÁ lobh karaa; ʬav Êi²ajpÁ (Êi²ap+) lobh dekhaano (dekhaana) to tempt, challenge ‘zj¬avp ±mÁ pralobhan karaa temptation ‘zj¬avp pralobhan; ʬav lobh tempted ‘zj¬asvy pralobhita ten i® dash © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

185

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali tendency ʹÏa± jh^ok; ‘zctyÁ prabanataa tender pmb naram; ʱab¬ komal tender feeling imi darad tenth i®b dasham tenth part, tithe i®baÈ® dashamaanºsha tenant vaEajq bhaaraate; vaEasq½Á bhaaraatiyaa; ‘z¸Á prajaa term, expression Aa²ºÁ aakhyaa termed, called Aa²ºas½y aakhyaayita terrible \aÈ´asy± saanºghaatik; ¸´ðî jaghanya; v½ám bhayankar; ±ma¬ karaal territory J¬a±Á elaakaa; AÞ¬ ancal test zmdñÁ pariiksaa; zm² parakh to test zmdñÁ ±mÁ pariiksaa karaa tetanus opføȱam dhanustanºkaar text zi pad; p^uthi [today's] text [Aa¸-ʱm] ®aÅòzaw [aaj-ker] shaastrapaath textbook zawºzfÅÙ± paathyapustak -th [see Grammars 57.3, 58.2] -yb -tam than, compared with [see Grammar 55] ¶aSjy caaite; ʶj½ ceye thank you (Arabic origin) ësêM½Á shukriyaa thank you (Sanskrit origin) oðîcai dhanyabaad to thank oðîcai ÊiL½Á dhanyabaad deoyaa; oðîcai ¸apajpÁ (¸apap+) dhanyabaad jaanaano (jaanaana) thankful ±„y¡ krritajna ["krritagya"] thanks oðîcai dhanyabaad that (thing there) K ee; L o; KqÁ eetaa; LqÁ otaa; FãÁ uhaa that ... , he says that ... Ên ye; Ê\ cj¬ Ên se bale ye so that Ênp yena that is, i.e., meaning Auíaù arthaat' the [singular thing: see Study 21] -qÁ -taa; -sq -ti; -²apÁ -khaanaa; -²asp -khaani the [plural things] -Ós¬ -guli; -³t -gan; the [singular person] -¸p -jan; -JmÁ -eraa the [plural persons] -³t -gan; -JmÁ -eraa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

186

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali theme sc¿½ bisay; sc¿½cÅß bisay-bastu; ‘z\å prasanga; bg¬vac muul-bhaab them yajimj± (yaãajimj±) taader-ke (taahaader-ke); Ljimj± (Fãajimj±) oder-ke (uhaader-ke) themselves AazpamÁ aapanaaraa; yamÁ AazpamÁ (yaãamÁ AazpamÁ) taaraa aapanaaraa (taahaaraa aapanaaraa) for themselves Aazpajim Fjéj®º aapanaader uddeshye; yaãamÁ Aazpajim Fjéj®º taahaader aapanaader uddeshye then, at that time y²p takhan then, next yam (yaãam) zjm taar (taahaar) pare theocracy D®yPò iishatantra theocratic Ks®± eeshik Theocratic Ministry School Ks®± zsm¶níÁ sciºa¬½ eeshik paricaryaa bidyaalay theory bycai matabaad; Apfbap anumaan there L²ajp okhaane; yua½ tathaay; Ê\²ajp sekhaane there is mj½j· rayeche therefore AyJc ataeb; Ê\¸ðî sejanya thick zfmÆ puru; ´p ghan; ÊbaqÁ motaa thief ʶam cor to thieve ¶›sm ±mÁ curi karaa thigh GmÆ uuru thin zay¬Á paatalaa; \mÆ saru thing s¸sp\Î jinis'; s¸sp¿ jinis; cÅß bastu; ±uÁ kathaa; sc¿½ bisay to think bjp ±mÁ mane karaa; vacÁ bhaabaa; s¶PÙÁ ±mÁ cinta karaa thinking s¶PÙÁ cintaa; vaÁ bhaabanaa third yŸyd½ trritiiya thirst szza\Á pipaasaa thirsty yŸ©ayí trrisnaarta this (thing here) JS e-i; SãÁ (J) ihaa (e); JqÁ etaa thorn ±ÏaqÁ k^aataa though nsiL yadio thought oamtÁ dhaaranaa; vaÁ bhaabanaa; ±lÚpÁ kalpanaa; \álÚ sankalpa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

187

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali thought to be cj¬ omÁ bale dharaa thoughts s¶PÙaoamÁ cintaadhaaraa thousand \ã\Í sahasra; ãa¸am haajaar thousands \ã\Íaso± sahasraadhik thorough, complete \BÚgtí sampuurna; zsm- parithorough, detailed zfç²apfzfç² punkhaanupunkha thorough, mature, proper za±Á paakaa thorough, with all parts zgtíaå puurnaanga thoroughly, completely \BÚgtímÇjz sampuurnaruupe thoroughly, in detail zfç²apfzfç²mÇjz punkhaanupunkharuupe; zfç²apfzfç²vajc punkhaanupunkhabhaabe thread \fjyÁ suto; ÅgyÁ suutaa threat v½‘zi®íp bhay-pradarshan; \Èj±y sanºket; y¸íp tarjan to threaten \Èj±y ±mÁ sanºket karaa three syp tin to thresh baEÁ maaraa thrill ÊmabaÞ romaanc to thrill Fj»¸pÁ ¸a³ajpÁ (¸a³ap+) uttejanaa jaagaano (jaagaana) thrilling ÊmabaÞ±m romaanc-kar; Fj»¸pa±m uttejanaakar throat ³¬Á galaa; ±Tw kantha to throb ʸajm ¶¬Á jore calaa throne s\Èãa\p sinºhaasan through [see Studies 22, 23] ±»Ÿí± kartrrik; iÃamÁ dvaaraa throughout... - ojm - dhare to throw ·›ÏEÁ ch^uraa; spjñz ±mÁ niksep karaa thunder ca¸ baaj; Êb´³¸íp megh-garjan to thunder c¸÷O¢sp ãL½Á bajradhvani haoyaa Thursday chãÅÚsycam brrihaspatibaar; sc\fºù cam bisyut' baar thus, in such a manner Jbp eman; Jbpvajc eman-bhaabe; J ‘z±ajm e prakaare thus, hence J bjy e mate; J vajc e bhaabe; JSmÇjz ei ruupe; yjc tabe; yasãj¬ taahile to tickle ears ±ap¶›¬±asp ÊiL½Á kaanaculakaani deoyaa tide, flow Ê‘\ay srot; ʸamam öaqÁ joraar bhraataa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

188

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali tidy \f\sæ¸y susajjita to tidy \sw± ÅÕajp ma²Á sathik sthaane raakhaa; nu ÅÕajp ma²Á yatha sthaane raakhaa tiger ca´ baagh; cºa‘´ byaaghra till, up to zníPÙ (zníºPÙ) paryanta (paryyanta); yacy taabat till now Aiºacso adyaabadhi till then Ên zníPÙ (z½íºPÙ) ye paryanta (paryyanta) time, age, era nf³ yug time [generally] \b½ samay time and time again cajm cajm baare baare during the time of - -\b½±am -samay-kaar during this time, currently cyíbajp (c»íbajp) bartamaane (barttamaane) time period ±a¬ kaal of - time period -±a¬dp -kaaliin to time indefinite s¶mÅÕa½d cirasthaayii time, part of day Êc¬Á belaa Gentile Times, Times of the Nations ¸asy³jtm \b½ jaatiganer samay a prophetic "time" J± "±a¬" ek "kaal" seven "times" \ay "±a¬" saat "kaal" times [multiplication, see Study 57] Ót gun time o'clock, strikes [see Grammar 58.3] -qÁ -taa; caj¸ baaje What is the time? ±qÁ caj¸? kataa baaje?; ±'qÁ Êcj¸j· (cas¸½aj·)? ka'taa bejechee (baajiyaach)?; ±'qÁ caj¸? ka'taa baaje? to tire out û±aPÙ ãL½Á klaanta haoyaa tired û±aPÙ klaanta tiredness û±asPÙ klaanti title Fzaso upaadhi; zicd padabii; s®mpab shiranaam titled, priveileged ʲyacoamd khetaabadhaarii toad ±‚jpÁ cºaµ (Êcµ, cºaÈ) kuno byaan¹ (ben¹, byaanº) tobacco yaba± taamaak today, this day Aa¸j± aajake; Aa¸ aaj; Aiº adya © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

189

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali today, nowadays Aa¸±a¬ aaj-kaal; cyíbajp (c»íbajp) bartamaane (barttamaane) toe zaj½m Aaµf¬ (AaçÓ¬) paayer aan¹ul (aangul) together J±jê ekatre; J± \jå ek sange to come together J±sêy ãL½Á ekatrita haoyaa; ¸bÁ jamaa to bring together ¸bajpÁ (¸bap+) jamaano (jamaana) to work together J±jê ±a¸ ±mÁ ekatre kaaj karaa toilet room \Ðapa³am snaanaagaar token, small indication s¶ãM cihna; spi®íp nidarshan to tolerate \N ±mÁ sahya karaa tolerance \N sahya; \ãp®d¬yÁ sahan-shiilataa toleration of other religions zmobí\sã©‚yÁ paradharmasahisnutaa tomb ±cm kabar; \basoÅÙBÖ samaadhi-stambha memorial tombs [Åšmtd½] ±cm [smaraniiya] kabar; ±cmÅÕap kabarasthaan tomorrow Aa³asb ±a¬ aagaamii kaal; ±a¬º kaalya day after tomorrow Aa³abd zmë aagaamii parashu tongue s¸v jibha; s¸ã¢Á jihbaa upon the tongue s¸ã¢aj‘³ jihbaagre too, also -L -o; AamL aar-o; AajmÁ aaro too, excessively Asysm»Mvajc atiriktabhaabe; Ayºaso± atyaadhik; AyºPÙ atyanta tool nPò yantra; ãasy½am haatiyaar tooth iÏay d^aat top Fzm upar; ®d¿í shiirsa topic, subject sc¿½ bisay; Aaj¬a¶pam sc¿½ aalocanaar bisay torment naypÁ ÊiL½Á yaatanaa deoyaa tornado ´fstíca½f ghurni-baayu torrent ¸¬j‘\ay jal-srot tortoise ±ó·z kacchap torture stake ±aÅÙÁ iÝ kaasta danda; "êfM®" "krush" total Êbàq moot; \b‘³ samagra; \BÚgtí sampuurna totalitarian J±pa½±yPò ek-naayak-tantra tottering sc¶s¬y bicalita; ±BÚbap kampamaan; q¬bj¬ talamale © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

190

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to totter, be made to totter sc¶s¬y ãL½Á bicalita haoyaa touch, sense ÅÚ®í sparsha; ÅÚj®ísð‘i½ sparshendriya to touch ÅÚ®í ±mÁ sparsha karaa; Ê·Ïa½Á ch^oyaa; Apfvc ±mÁ anubhab karaa; \Ȭc ãL½Á sanºlab haoyaa to get in touch with \Èjna³ ÅÕazp ±mÁ sanºyog sthaapan karaa tour naêÁ yaatraa; öbt bhraman; \xm saphar tourist zníq± paryatak; \xm±amd saphar-kaarii; öbt±amd bhraman-kaarii towards -Jm sij± -er dike; -Jm ‘zsy -er prati; -Jm Fjéj® -er uddeshe towel Êya½aj¬ toyaale tower Û³í durga; Fó¶ A‹as¬±Á ucca attaalikaa town ®ãm shahar; p³m nagar tract q÷ºaQ tryaakt trade cºc\Á byabasaa; cºc\am byabasaar; êM½-scêM½ kray-bikray; cast¸º baanijya trader cast½Á baaniyaa trading, commercial casps¸º± baanijik tradition Ksy㺠eetihya; zmBÚma³y AaSp paramparaagata aain traditional \payp sanaatan; s¶ma¶smy ciraacarita; Kydãºby eetihyamata; zmBÚma³y paramparaagata traffic, movement of goods baj¬m naya½ay maaler yaataayaat; cãp bahan traffic, movement of people naêdm naya½ay yaatriir yaataayaat; cãp bahan train on railway Êq÷p tren; Êm¬³asE rel-gaari to train s®ñÁ ÊiL½Á shiksaa deoyaa training s®ñÁ shiksaa traitor sc®Ãa\´ay± bishbaas-ghaatak to trample ziis¬y ±mÁ pad-dalita karaa trampling [process] zi-i¬p pad-dalan to transfer cis¬ ±mÁ badali karaa; ÅÕapaPÙsmy ±mÁ sthaanaatarita karaa; Aap½p ±mÁ aanayan karaa transferred ÅÕapaPÙsmy sthaanaantarita © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

191

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to transform, change zsmty ±mÁ parinata karaa; mÇzaPÙsmy ±mÁ ruupaantarita karaa to transform oneself into, use a guise of -Jm Êc® oamt ±mÁ -er besh dhaaran karaa transformation zsmtsy parinati transformed zsmty parinata to translate Apfcai ±mÁ anubaad karaa translation Apfcai anubaad to transmit Ê‘zmt ±mÁ preran karaa transport zsmcãt paribahan to transport zsmcãt ±mÁ paribahan karaa trap xÏai ph^aad; ʱ஬ kooshal travel öbt bhraman; naêÁ yaatraa; Êna³ajna³ yogaayog; naya½ay yaataayaat to travel öbt ±mÁ bhraman karaa treacherous ‘zcÞ± prabancak; sc®Ãa\´ay± bishbaas-ghaatak; cÞ± bancak±ÎÞÎpÎcÎ treachery sc®Ãa\´ay±yÁ bishbaas-ghaatakataa to treat medically s¶s±ù\Á ±mÁ cikit'saa karaa to treat, deal, behave toward cºcãam ±mÁ byabahaar karaa treatment medically s¶s±ù\Á cikit'saa treatment, dealing, behaviour cºcãam byabahaar; Aa¶mt aacaran; ctípÁ barnanaa tree ³a· gaach; chñ brriksa "tree of the knowledge of good and bad" "\i\iΡap ia½± [Ên] chñ" "sad-sad'jnaan-daayak ("sad-sad'gyaan-daayak") [ye] brriksa trembling, trepidation ±BÚ kampa with trembling \±BÚ sakampa tremendous ‘z¶Ý pracanda trepidation ±BÚ kampa with trepidation \±BÚ sakampa trial, judgement sc¶am bicaar trial,try-out zmdñÁ spmdñ pariiksaa niriiksa triangle sêv›¸ tribhuj © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

192

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali tribe Fz¸asy upajaati tribulation Êû±® klesh great tribulation bãajû±® mahaaklesh trick ¶a¬as± caalaaki; ʱ஬ kooshal; ‘zyampÁ prataaranaa to trick ‘zyampÁ ±mÁ prataaranaa karaa tricked ‘zyasmy prataarita trinity sêYà tritva; syp¸p tin-jan triumphant sc¸½d bijayii trolley Êw¬a³aEd thelaagaarii trouble ±ø kastal Êû±® klesh; sczi bipad; ʳa¬jna³ golaayog; ¹ajb¬Á jhaamelaa; scms»M birakti; A\f² asukh troubled, shaken sc¶s¬y bicalita tros sq¬Á za¸abÁ tilaa paajaamaa; za½¸abÁ paayajaamaa; zajYÌap paatlon true \yº satya; \syº satyi; sc®ÃÅÙ bishbasta; sw± thik trumpet y›md turii; s®åÁ shingaa trust sc®Ãa\ bishbaas to trust [in] [-Êy, -Jm Fzm] [-te, -er upar] sc®Ãa\ ±mÁ bishvaas karaa; spvím ±mÁ nirbhar karaa trustworthy sc®Ãa\jna³º bishbaas-yogya; spvím®d¬ nirbhar-shiil; sc®Ãa\º bishvaasya; sc®ÃÅÙ bishvasta; sc®Ãa\pd½ bishvaasaniiya truth \yº satya; \yºyÁ satyataa truthful \yºcaid satyabaadii try ʶøÁ cestaa to try ʶøÁ ±mÁ cestaakaraa tube p¬ nal Tuesday bå¬cam mangal-baar tune \Ãm svar; yap taan tunnel \fmå zu suranga path turn, bend za¬Á paalaa; cÏa±Á b^aakaa turn, opportunity \fjna³ suyog; znía½ to turn, go round ´fmÁ ghuraa to turn, make go round ´fmajpÁ (´fmap+) ghuraano (ghuraana); Ê´majpÁ (Ê´map+) gheraano (gheraana); F¼qajpÁ (F¼qap+) ul'taano © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

193

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali (ul'taana) to turn away, deflect \smj½ (\maS½Á) ÊpL½Á sariye (saraaiyaa) neoyaa turning point in time or space sxmajpÁ (sxmap+) phiraano (phiraana) twelve cajmÁ (cam) baaro (baara) twelfth generally iÃai® dvaadash twelfth date of month camS baarai twentieth century scÈ® ®yasCÉ binºsha shataabdi twenty sc® bish; ±‚sE kuri twin- siÃ- dvi-; Û- du-; ÛS- dui-; nb¸ yamaj twinkle s¹±Îsb±Î jhik'mik'; sbsq sbsq miti miti to twist cÏa±ajpÁ (cÏa±ap+) b^aakaano (b^aakaana); b¶Î±ajpÁ (b¶…±ap+) mac'kaano (mac'kaana); za± ÊiL½Á paak deoyaa two ÛS dui two-edged sword siÃ-oam ²Eγ dvi-dhaar khar'ga typhoid \aspÐzasy± æ¢m saanipaatik jvar typhoon ´gstí¹E ghuurnijhar; ´gstícayºÁ ghurnibaatyaa typical Ëcs®øbg¬± beeshistamuulak; ‘zsymÇz pratiruup tyranny Ayºa¶am atyaacaar U ugly ±‚ùs\ù kut'sit'; ±ia±am kadaakaar; A‘zdsy±m apriitikar ulcer ñy ksat; pa¬d ´Á naalii ghaa ultimate ¶mb caram; AsPÙb antim; Ê®¿ shes; Êbàs¬± moolik ultimatum Ê®¿ ‘zÅÙac shes prastaab; ¶mbzê caram-patra umbrella ·ayÁ chaataa unable A\buí asamartha; Añb aksam unanimous J±by ek-mat; \cí\BÂy sarvasammat unapproved Appfjbasiy ananumodita unarmed spmÅò nirastra unauthorised Appfby ananumata unavailable A‘zazº apraapya unavoidable AcôîBÖcd abashyambhabii; Azsmãaní (Azsmãaníº) aparihaarya (aparihaaryya) unaware A¡ay ajnaata ["agyaata"] unbearable A\N asahya; A\㺠asahya © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

194

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali unblemished spÑþ¬á niskalanka unborn A¸ay ajaata; vacd bhaabii uncertain Aspsô¶y anishcita; Aspô¶½ anishcay uncertainty Aspô¶½yÁ anishcayataa unchangeable Azsmcyípd½ (Azsmc»ípd½) aparibartaniiya (aparibarttaniiya) uncle, father's brother ¸ºawÁ jyaathaa; ±a±Á kaakaa uncle, father's sister's husband sz\Á pisaa; szj\ pise uncle, mother's brother babÁ maamaa uncle, mother's sister's husband ²a¬f khaalu; ʲ¬f khelu; Êbj\Á meso; Êbj®ab®a½ meshomashaay unclean Aë¶d ashucii; Azsmsó·pÐ aparicchinna unclear AÅÚø aspasta uncomfortable A\Ãaó·ði asvaacchanda unconcerned Fjió®gðî udveg-shuunya unconditional ®yíscãdp shartabihiin; sÁ ®yí binaa sharta unconfirmed A\bsuíy asamarthita; A‘zbasty apramaanita unconscious ÊcÀÏ® beh^ush; A¡ap ajnaan ["agyaan"] uncontrolled Asp½sby aniyamita under, below pdj¶ niice; spjBÐ nimne; bjoº madhye under -, in conditions -AcÅÕa½ -avasthaay under, subject to -Aodp -adhiin; -Aodjp -adhiine under-, beneath spBÐ- nimnaunder-, sub- Fz- upato undergo, experience Êva³ ±mÁ bhog karaa; 'Jm Asv¡yÁ zaL½Á 'er abhijnataa ("abhigyataa") paaoyaa underground, "in hell" zayaj¬ paataale underground, in earth basqm y¬a½ maatir talaay underground, in secret ʳazjp gopane undermentioned in writing spBÐ s¬s²y nimnalikhita to undersign spjBÐ pab \Ãdñm ±mÁ nimne naam sviikar karaa to understand Êca¹Á bojhaa; cf¹Á bujhaa; cf¹jy (cfs¹jy) zamÁ bujh-te (bujhite) paaraa able to understand Êcao³bº bodhagamya © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

195

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali understanding, ability to reason cfsÄ buddhi; Êcaoj³abºyÁ bodh-gamyataa understanding, agreement Aajza¿-spÑÚs» aapos-nispatti undertaking, hardwork ias½YÃzgtí ±a¸ daayitvapuurna kaaj underwear APÙcía\ antar-baas undeveloped Azsmty aparinata undisciplined Asp½sPòy aniyantrita undivided Ascv»M abhibakta; Ascsó·pÐ abicchinna undoubted \jðiãaydy sandehaatiita; spsô¶y nishcita undoubtedly sp@\jðiã nihh-sandeha; AcôîS abashya-i; spô¶½S nishcay-i undue, excessive Ayºso± atyadhik unduly, excessively Ayºso±mÇjz atyadhik-ruupe unemployed Êc±am bekaar unemployment Êc±am AcÅÕÁ bekaar abasthaa unexpected A‘zyºas®y apratyaashita unfair Apºa½ anyaay; A\aof asaadhu unfavourable ‘zsy±‚¬ pratikul; Aëv ashubh; Appf±‚¬ ananukul unfinished A\BÚgtí asampuurna unfit Ajna³º ayogya; Apfznf»M anupayukta unforeseen Aihøzgcí adrristapuurba unfortunate- Ûm- durunfriendly ‘zsy±‚¬ pratikul; scmÆÄ biruddha unfulfilled Azsmzgtí aparipuurna ungodly vs»Mãdp bhaktihiin ungrateful A±„y¡ akrritajna ["akrritagya"] unhappy A\f²d asukhiii unholy Azscê apabitra uniform, same \bmÇz samaruup; J±mÇz ek-ruup; Azsmcyípd½ (Azsmc»ípd½) aparibartaniiya (aparibarttaniiya) uniform, clothes outfit Fsií urdi to unify J±a‘³ ±mÁ ekaagra karaa unimportant A‘zj½a¸pd½ aprayojaniiya unintentional Aspó·a±„y anicchaakrrita © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

196

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali unintentionally Aspó·a±„yzgcí± anicchaakrritapuubak uninterrupted Ascmy abirata union Êna³ yog; \Èjna³ sanºyog; \È´ sanºgh; sb¬ mil unique Apfzb anupam; AsiÃyd½ advitiiya unity J±yÁ ekataa; sb¬ mil; K±º eekya universal sc®Ã- bishba-; \cí (\CÃí) sarva (sarvva) universe sc®ÃcÍâaÝ bishbabrahmaanda; sps²¬ \hsø nikhil srristi; sps²¬ sc®Ã nikhil bishva university sc®Ãsciºa¬½ bishvabidyaalay unjust Apºa½ anyaay; Akco abeedh; Apfs¶y anucit unknown, not made known Azsms¶y aparicita unknown, undiscovered ApascÑþ„y anaabiskrrita unlawful Akco abeedh; ÊcAaSpd beaainii unless nsi pÁ yadi naa; pj¶ù nacet' unlikely \BÖaaãdp sambhaabanaahiin; A\BÖc asambhab to unload ba¬ ²a¬a\ ±mÁ maal khaalaas karaa unmanageable, unruly Aibpd½ adamaniiya unmarried Asccasãy abibaahita unnatural A\Ãavasc± asvaabhaabik; ±„sêb krritrim unofficial Êc-\m±amd be-sarakaarii unpaid, due ca±d baakii unpaid, honorary Akcysp± abeetanik unparalled AsiÃyd½ advitiiya; Apfzb anupam; Ay›¬pd½ atulaniiya unpopular ¸p‘zd½ p½ Jbp janapriiya nay eman unprecedented Avœyzgcí abhuut-puurba; ps¸mscsãp najirabihin; Azgcí (AzgCÃí) apuurbba (apuurba) unprepared A‘zÅßy aprastut unprincipled pdsy¡apãdp niitijnaan-hiin ["niitigyaan-hiin"] unprofitable ¬avãdp laabh-hiin unprotected Amsñy araksita; Apachy anaabrrita unreal A\yº asatya; AcaÅÙc abaastab unreasonable Ajnàs»M± ayooktik; nfs»Mãdp yuktihiin; spjcíao nirbodh unreliable Asc®Ãa\º abishvaasya; Aspvímjna³º anirbhar-yogya unrest Fz±TwÁ upakanthaa; ¶aÞ¬º caancalya; scjñav biksobh © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

197

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali unruly Aibpd½ adamaniiya; Aibº adamya; Acaoº abaadhya unsafe sczæ¸p± bipajjanak unseen Aihø adrrista; A‘z±as®y aprakaashita; Aj³a¶m agocar unsold AscêMdy abikriita unsolved AbdbaÈs\y amiimaanºsita unsteady AsÅÕm asthir; ¶Þ¬ cancal unsuccessful A±„y±aní (A±„y±aníº) akrritakaarya (akrritakaaryya); spÑx¬ nisphal unsuccessful chua½ brrithaay unsympathetic \ãapfvœsy®gðî sahaanubhuutishuunya unthinkable As¶PÙpd½ acintaniiya to untie ʲa¬Á kholaa until, up to [see Study 39] zníPÙ (zníºPÙ) paryanta (paryyanta) until .... is done, while it is not done Ên zníºPÙ ... pÁ ... ye paryyanta ... naa ... untimely A\abs½± asaamayik; A±aj¬ ´sqy akaale ghatita unusually [adverb used with adjective] Asy ati unwell A\fÅÕ asustha; va¬ p½ bhaala nay unwholesome A\ÃaÅÕº±m asvaasthyakar unwilling Aspó·f± anicchuk unwise Êca±Á bokaa; A\bd¶dp asamiiciin up, above Fzm upar up, in an upper position Fzjm upare lift up your eyes ÊyabmÁ GO¢íihsø ±smL tomaraa uurdhvadrristi kario to sit up Fjw (Fsw½Á) c\Á uthe (uthiyaa) basaa to uphold, encourage Fù\aã iap ±mÁ ut'saaha daan karaa upon, positioned on Fzjm upare; Fjó¶ ucce; FjO¢í (GjO¢í) urdhve (uurdhve) to rely on ... ...-Êy spvím ±mÁ ...-te nirbhar karaa; ...-Jm Fzjm spvím ±mÁ ...-er upare nirbhar karaa upon, on the subject of \BÃjï sambandhe; \BÚj±í samparke; -Êy, -te; -J, -e; -½ -y upper, higher Fó¶ym uccatar; FO¢íym (GO¢íym) urdhvatar (uurdhvatar) © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

198

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali upper, most valuable Ê‘®Wym shresthatar uppermost F϶›jy u^cute; FO¢íyb (GO¢íyb) urdhvatam (uurdhvatam) uprising, rebellion scj‘iaã bidroh uprising, standing up Fõap utthaan uproar ³Ýj³a¬ gandagol uprooted Fð‰gs¬y unmuulita to upset F¼qajpÁ (F¼qap+) ultaano (ultaana) upstairs Fzjmm y¬a½ uparer talaay up to date Aaofsp± aadhunik urge Fù\aã ut'saaha to urge Fù\aã ±mÁ ut'saaha karaa urgent ¸mÆmd jarurii; Ayºacôî± atyaabashyak; ‘zj½a¸pd½ prayojaniiya; Aodm adhiir urine ‘z\Íac prasraab to use cºcãam ±mÁ byabahaar karaa; ±aj¸ ¬a³ajpÁ (¬a³ap+) kaaje laagaano (laagaana); ‘zj½a³ ±mÁ prayog karaa to use, time \b½ ±aqajpÁ (±aqap+) samay kaataano (kaataana) to use up, spend time \b½ ¬a³ajpÁ (¬a³ap+) samay laagaano (laagaana) used cºc§y byabahrrita used in- -iam -daar I, you, he, you used to, would [see Study 50, Past Frequentative Tense] ±myab (±smyab) kar-taam (karitaam), ±mjy (±smjy) kar-te (karite), ±my (±smy) kar-ta (karita), ±mjyp (±smjyp) kar-ten (kariten) useful cºcãamjna³º byabahaar-yogya; ‘zj½a¸pd½ prayojaniiya usual \aoamt saadhaaran; \Ãavasc± svaabhaabik usually, normally \aoamty (\aoamty@) saadhaaranata (saadhaaranatahh) usually, often ‘za½S praay-i uterus ³ví garbha; ¸ma½g jaraayuu utility Fzjnas³yÁ upayogitaa; ‘zj½a¸pd½yÁ prayojaniiyataa to utilize \bcºcãam ±mÁ sam-byabahaar karaa; ±aj¸ ¬a³ajpÁ (¬a³ap+) kaaje laagaano (laagaana) © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

199

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to utter Fó¶amt ±mÁ uccaaran karaa utterance Fó¶amt uccaaran V vacant ²as¬ khaali; ®gðî shuunya vacancy ±bí²as¬ karmakhaali vacation ·›sq chuti; Ac±a® ·›sq abakaash chuti vaccination sq±aiap tikaadaan vaccine sq±Á tikaa vacuum ëðîyÁ shunyataa vague AÅÚø aspasta vain spÑx¬ nisphal; Apuí± anarthak; chuÁ brrithaa in vain spÑx¬vajc nisphal-bhaabe; Apuí±vajc anarthakbhaabe; chua½ brrithaay vale Fzyº±Á upatyakaa valiant \aãs\± saahasik valid Ëco beedh; sw± thik valley Fzyº±Á upatyakaa valour scêMb bikram valuable bg¬ºcap muulyabaan; iabd daamii valuation bg¬ºa½p muulyaayan value bg¬º muulya; iab daam; Fzmas±yÁ upakaaritaa valve ±zaq kapaat van ba¬³aEd maal-gaari vanguard A‘³³abd Ë\ðî agragaami seenya to vanish APÙsãíy ãL½Á antarhita haoyaa vanity chuÁ Aãáam brrithaa ahankaar vapour caÑÚ baaspa; vaz bhaap variable, changing zsmcyíp®d¬ (zsmc»íp®d¬) paribartan-shiil (paribarttan-shiil); variable, restless, wavering ¶Þ¬ cancal; ¶¬ cal variation zsmcyíp (zsmc»íp) paribartan (paribarttan) variations yamybº taaratamya variety ¸¬\Á jalasaa; scsvpÐ m±b bibhinna rakam various scsvpÐ bibhinna; Apºaðî anyaanya; papascso naanaabidhi © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

200

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali varnish caspí® baarnish to vary, be changed svpÐ by ãL½Á bhinna mata haoyaa; scsvpÐ ãL½Á bibhinna haoyaa to vary, make change scsvpÐ ±mÁ bibhinna karaa vast, plentiful, great scÅÙm bistar; scÅÙdtí bistiirna vegetable ysmym±amd tatitarakaarii; ®a±\asC¸ shaak-saabji; ®a±\cs¸ shaak-sabaji vegetarian spmasb¿d niraamisii vegetation Aá‚mt ankuran; FsIÖi udbhida vehicle nap yaan; napcaãp yaanabaahan veil Aacmt aabaran; Êcam²Á borakhaa vein s®mÁ shiraa; m»McãÁ paEd raktabahaa naarii velocity Êcj³m ãam beger haar; ³syjc³ gatibeg velvet b²b¬ makhamal veneration ³vdm ‘®ÄÁ gabhiir shraddhaa veneral disease Ênàp\ÈêMaPÙ Êma³ yoonasanºkraanta vengeance ‘zsyj®ao pratishodh venom sc¿ bis; ³m¬ garal venomous sc¿a»M bisaakta; Aspø±m anistakar ventilation ca½f-\Þa¬p baayu-sancaalan venue sb¬p-ÅÕ¬ milan-sthal verbal Êbàs²± mookhik verdict ma½ raay verge \dbÁ siimaa; ‘zaPÙ praanta verification \yº ‘zsyzaip satya pratipaadan to \yº ‘zsyzaip ±mÁ satya pratipaadan karaa; \yºyÁ na¶aS ±mÁ satyataa yaacaai karaa vernacular bayŸva¿Á maatrribhaasaa; Êi®d½ va¿Á deshiiya bhaasaa verse, literary form ziº padya verse, section of text zi pad version, edition \ÈÅþmt sanºskaran version, report sccmt bibaran; ctípÁ bananaa versus ab banaam vertical ²aEÁ khaaraa; FlìBà ullamba © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

201

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali very ²fc khub; Êc®d (Êcs®) beshii (beshi); AyºPÙ atyanta "Very good", "O.K.!" "Aaó·Á!" "aachaa!"; "Êc®!" "besh!" vest ʳsª genji vet zëm ea»Mam pashur daaktaar vibration Êia¬p dolan; Apf±BÚp anukampan vice-, deputy- Fz- upavisa-versa sczmdyêMjb bipariitakrame vicinity zaEÁ paaraa; Ëp±qº neekatya vicious ¬BÚq lampat; zaza\»M paapaasakta victim cs¬ bali; ñsy‘³ÅÙ cºs»M ksatigrasta byakti; s®±am shikaar victorious ¸½d jayii; sc¸½Åg¶± bijay-suucak victory ¸½ jay; \x¬º saphalya; sc¸½ bijay view, as seen mentally by mata (mat) view, as seen optically ihsø drristi view of life, point of view ihsøvså drristibhangi; s¶PÙaoamÁ cintaadhaaraa; ihsøj±at drristikon vigililance \y±íyÁ satarkataa; ¸a‘³ycÅÕÁ jaagratabasthaa vigilant ʸj³ (¸as³½Á) jege (jaagiyaa); \y±í satarka; \acoap saab-dhaan; \y±í ‘zãamy satarka praharaarata vigorous Fù\aãd ut'saahii; c¬capÎ balabaan'; ‘zc¬ prabal vile - Û@- duhhvillage ‘³ab graam; zlìd ‘³ab palii graam to vindicate \yºyÁ ‘zbat ±mÁ satyataa pramaan karaa vine ‘iañ¬yÁ draksalataa vinegar s\m±Á sirakaa; A¼b alma vinegar taste, sour q± tak violation, breaking ¬È´p lanºghan violation, act of forcing, raping c¬aù±am balaat'kaar violence ÊiàmaYšº dooraatmya; sãÈ\Á hinºsaa violent sãÈ‘\ hinºsra; \sãÈ\Á sahinºsa violet colour ÊcÓpd mÈ begunii ranº violet coloured ÊcÓpd mjåm begunii ranger virgin girl ±‚bamd kumaarii; ±pºÁ kanyaa; ±ðî kanya; AñyÁ aksataa; Añyjnasp aksatayoni © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

202

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali virgin, pure (male) scëÄ bishuddha virgin, pure (female) scëÄÁ bishuddhaa; \yd satii virginity, virgin pureness scëÄyÁ virtue, moral excellence \iÎÓt sad'gun; zfðî punya; obí (oBší) dharma (dharmma); Ót gun; Ëpsy± Fù±¿íyÁ neetik ut'karsataa virtuous zscê pabitra; \yd satii virus Êmaj³m cd¸ roger biij visible ihôî drrishya; ihôîy@ drrishyatahh; ihsøj³a¶m drristigocar; Ëisã± deehik vision, foregleam i®íp darshan; ihsø drristi vision, foresight ±lÚpÁ kalpanaa vision, sight i®íp®s»M darshan-shakti visit \añaù saaksaat'; \xm saphar to visit \añaù ±mÁ saaksaat' karaa \xm ±mÁ saphar karaa visitor zsmi®í± paridarshak; öbt±amd bhraman-kaarii; ÊbãÎbap meh'maan; yiam±±amd tadaarak-kaarii to visualize ihsøj³a¶m ±mÁ drristigocar karaa vital Ayºacôî± atyaabashyak; ¸d mñ± jiiban raksak; ¸mÆmd jarurii with vital strength Êy¸ tej vitality ¸d®s»M jiiban-shakti vitamin ²aiº‘zat khaadyapraan vocabulary Asvoap abhidhaan; ®CÉj±a¿ shabdakos voice mc rab; ±Tw\Ãm kanthasvar; ca¶º baacya; ³¬Á galaa; catd baanii volatile, evaporative Fiýd udvayii volcano Aaj³Ð½s³sm aagneyagiri voluntary Ê\Ãó·azgcí± (Ê\Ãó·azgCÃí±) svecchaapuurbak (svecchaapuurbak); Ê\Ãó·a±„y svecchaakrrita; \Ãy@‘z±„» svetahhaprakrritta; \Ãy@Åäƒyí svatahhasphuurta volunteer Ê\Ãó·aj\c± svecchaasebak to vomit csb ±mÁ bami karaa vote ÊvaqÎ bhot' vow ‘zsy¡Á pratijnaa ["pratigyaa"] vowel \Ãctí svabarna; \ÃmO¢sp svaradhani © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

203

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali voyage naêÁ yaatraa vulgar, bad mannered As®ø ashista; A®Ìd¬ ashliil vulgar, common \aoamt saadhaaran; vulgarity A®a¬dpyÁ ashaaliinataa; scs®ø bishista vulture ®±‚sp shakuni; Ê®a±‚p shokun W wage Êcyp betan waist ʱabm komar to wait AjzñÁ ±mÁ apeksaa karaa; ‘zyºa®Á ±mÁ pratyaashaa karaa; ‘zydñÁ ±mÁ pratiiksaa karaa to wake up, stir oneself ¸a³Á jaagaa; FwÁ uthaa; ¸a³asmy ãL½Á jaagaarita haoyaa to wake up someone else ¸a³ajpÁ (¸a³ap+) jaagaano (jaagaana); FwajpÁ (Fwap+) uthaano (uthaana) to walk ÊcEajpÁ (ÊcEap+) beraano (beraana); ãÏaqÁ h^aataa wall Êi½a¬ deyaal; ‘za¶dm praaciir; ÊiL½a¬ deoyaal to wander ´fjm ÊcEajpÁ (´fsE½Á ÊcEap+) ghure beraano (ghuriyaa beraana) want, lack Avac abhaab; scm¬yÁ biralataa to want ¶aL½Á caoayaa war nfÄ yuddha to war nfÄ ±mÁ yuddha karaa wardrobe cÅòaiab bastraadaam; Aa¬bamd aalamaarii warehouse ba¬Óiab maalagudaam; ztºa³am panyaagaar warfare nfıa¬dp AcÅÕÁ yuddhakaaliin abasthaa warm F© usna; ³mb garam; \aim saadar warm relationship F© \BÚ±í usna samparka; F© \BÃï usna sambandha; ´spø \BÚ±í ghanista samparka warm-hearted, sincere AaPÙsm± aantarik to warn \y±í ±mÁ satarka karaa warning \y±ícatd satarkabaanii; \acoap saabadhaan warrant, document zmL½apÁ par-oyaanaa ["par-waanaa] warrior Ë\ðî seenya; ÊnaÄÁ yoddhaa was s·¬ chila © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

204

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to wash Êoà½Á dhoyaa; Êoa½Á dhoyaa; ±a¶Á kaacaa washing Êoà½Á Êba·Á dhooyaa mochaa; of¬aS dhulaai washtub ³ab¬Á gaamalaa wasp Êca¬ÎyÁ bol'taa waste, desert ¸p\fðî janasunya; bmÆv›sb marubhuumi waste, deserted, fallen zsyy patita waste, garbage, refuse Aac¸ípÁ aabarjanaa waste, unnecessary A‘zj½a¸pd½ aprayojaniiya waste, useless spending Azcº½ apabyay; Az¶½ apacay waste, valueless bg¬ºãdp muulyahiin to waste pø ±mÁ nasta karaa; Azcº½ ±mÁ apabyay karaa; Fz¶½ ±mÁ upacay karaa to waste time \b½ pø ±mÁ samay nasta karaa watch, timepiece ´sE ghari watch, time period ‘zãm prahar to watch Êi²Á dekhaa; ¬ñº ma²Á laksya raakhaa watchman ‘zãmd praharii Watchtower ‘zãmdÛ³í prahariidurga water ¸¬ jal; zasp paani; Aac aab water cycle ¸¬ ¶êM jala cakra waterfall ¸¬‘zzay jalaprapaat water-melon ymbf¸ taramuj wave of energy cast baani; ymå taranga wave of hand Êia¬a½bap ³sy dolaayamaan gati; Aajðia¬p aandolan wave of sea ÊrF deu to wave Êia¬as½y ±mÁ dolaayita karaa wave-length ymå-Ëi´íº taranga-deerghya wavy ymåas½y tarangaayita; ymå \ȱ‚¬ taranga sanºkul; Aajðias¬y aandolita wax [as in candles] Êbab mom wax in ears ±ajpm b¬ kaaner mal; ±tí b¬ karna mal way, path zu path; maÅÙÁ raastaa way in ‘z±am prakaar; vac bhaab way out casãm baahir; casã³íbp zu baahirgaman path © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

205

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali in a - way; -ly -Aajuí -aarthe we AabmÁ aamaraa weak Ûcí¬ durbal weakly, ill A\fÅÕ asustha; mƳРrugna weakness Ûcí¬yÁ durbalataa wealth op dhan; \BÚi sampad; Auí artha; K®Ãní eeshvarya; op\BÚs» dhan-sampatti wealthy opd dhanii; opcap dhanabaan weapon AÅò astra; AÅò®Åò astrashastra weapon proliferation AÅò ‘zsyjnas³yÁ astra pratiyogitaa wear, damage through use Êza¿± posak to wear, put on zsmoap ±mÁ paridhaan karaa to wear out, become weak Ac¿pÐ ãL½Á abasanna haoyaa to wear out, make weak Ac¿pÐ ±mÁ abasanna karaa wear and tear ñ½ ksay; ¸dtí AcÅÕÁ jiirna abasthaa weariness û±asPÙ klaanti wearisome scms»M±m biraktikar weary û±aPÙ klaanta weather AacãaL½Á aabahaaoyaa to weave c½p ±mÁ bayan karaa; ÊcapÁ bonaa weaving cfpasp bunaani; Êcapam ±a¸ bonaar kaaj weaver yÏayd t^aatii to wed sccaã ±mÁ bibaaha karaa wedding sccaã bibaaha wedlock sccaã cïp bibaaha bandhan Wednesday cfocam budhabaar weed Aa³a·Á aagaachaa "the weeds" [darnel grass] "®ºaba´a\" "shaamaaghaas" week \zÙaã saptaah; \zÙÁ saptaa weekly \azÙasã± saaptaahik to weep ±ÏaiÁ k^aadaa; êMðip ±mÁ krandan karaa to weigh physically L¸p ÊiL½Á ojan deoyaa; L¸p ±mÁ ojan karaa to weigh thoughtfully scjc¶pÁ ±mÁ bibecanaa karaa weight L¸p ojan; vam bhaar; zsmbat parimaana © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

206

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali weird AIÖfy adbhut welcome AvºuípÁ abhyarthanaa; \Ãa³y svaagat Welcome! (see Greetings!) Aa\fp Aa\fp! aasun aasun! to welcome \Ãa³y \BÖa¿t ±mÁ svaagat sambhaasan karaa; AvºauípÁ ±mÁ abhyaarthanaa karaa; \baihy ±mÁ samaadrrita karaa welfare bå¬ mangal; FpÐsy unnati well, in good condition vaj¬Á (va¬) bhaalo (bhaala) well, in good health \fÅÕ sustha well, O.K. then Êc® besh; F»b uttam well of water zay±‚½Á paatakuyaa well acquainted \fzsms¶y suparicita well behaved v‘i Aa¶mt-nf»M bhadra aacaran-yukta well-being bå¬ mangal; ±‚®¬ kushal; \bhsÄ samrriddhi well-fed §øzfø hrristapusta well known \fzsms¶y suparicita; \fsc²ºay subikhyaat well mannered \vº sabhya; v‘i bhadra well-meaning \Ûjéôîzgtí saduddeshyapuurna well-wisher ëva±aȲd shubhaakaanºkhii Let it be well with you! bå¬ ãF±! mangal hauk! went, did go [see Study 34] ʳ¬ab, ʳj¬, ʳ¬, ʳj¬p gelaam, gele, gela, gelen went, would go, used to go [see Grammar 50.1] Ênyab, Ênjy, ÊnjyÁ, Ênjyp (naSyab, naSjy, naSy,naSjyp) yetaam, yete, yeto, yeten (yaaitaam, yaaite, yaata, yaaiten) west zsô¶b pashcim; zsô¶b si±Î pashcim dik' the west zaô¶ayº paashcaatya westward zsô¶b sij± pashcim dike wet svs¸j½ (sv¸aS½Á) bhijiye (bhijaaiyaa) to wet sv¸ajpÁ (sv¸ap+) bhijaano (bhijaana) wharf ´aq ghaat what (singular), that which nÁ (naãÁ) yaa (yaahaa); Ên ye what (plural), those which nÁ nÁ (naãÁ naãÁ) yaa yaa (yaahaa yaahaa); Ên Ên ye ye what? (singular) ±d? (s±?) kii? (ki?) © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

207

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali what? (plural) ±d ±d (s± s±)? kii kii? (ki ki?) in what (singular), in that which najy (naãajy) yaate (yaahaate) in what (plural), in those which najimjy (naãajimjy) yaader-te (yaahaader-te) in what one? (singular) s±j\? kise? in what ones? (plural) ±ajimjy? (±aãajimjy?) kaader-te (kaahaader-te?) of what (singular), of that which nam (naãam) yaar (yaahaar) of what (plural), of those which najim (naãajim) yaader (yaahaader) of what? (singular) s±j\m? kiser? of what? (plural) ±ajim (±aãajim?) kaader? (kaahaader?) for what, for that which Ên ¸ðî ye janya whatever nÁ s±·f Êãa± pÁ ʱp (naãÁ s±·f ãF± pÁ ʱp) yaa kichu hok naa kena (yaahaa kichu hauk naa kena) whatever may be naS Êãa± pÁ ʱp (naãaS ãF± pÁ ʱp) yaa-i hok naa kena (yaahaa-i hauk naa kena) wheat ³b (ʳab) gam (gom) wheat and weeds ʳab JcÈ ®ºaba´a\ gom ebanº shyaamaaghaas wheel ¶a±Á caakaa when, at the time that n²p yakhan; njc yabe; Ên \bj½ ye samaye when? ±²p? kakhan?; ±jc kabe?; ʱapÎ \bj½? kon' samaye whence, from which place Ên²ap ãjy (ãSjy) yekhaan hate (haite); Ên²ap Êuj± yekhaan theke whence? ʱauÁ Êuj±? kothaa theke?; ʱauÁ ãjy (ãSjy)? kothaa hate (haite)?; ʱapÎ ÅÕap ãjy (ãSjy)? kon' sthaan hate (haite)? whenever, at whatever time n²pS yakhan-i; Ên ʱap \bj½ ye kona samaye where, at which place nua½ yathaay; Ên²ajp yekhaane; Ên ÅÕajp ye sthaane where? ʱaua½? kothaay?; ʱapβajp? kon'khaane? ʱapÎÅÕajp kon'sthaane? whereas Ên²ajp yekhaane; Ênjãy› yehetu; caÅÙsc± baastabik whereby, by which means niÃamÁ yadvaaraa whereby? by what means? s±j\? kise?; ±d (s±) iÃamÁ? kii (ki) © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

208

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali dvaaraa? wherever Ên ʱap ÅÕajp [pÁ ʱp] ye kona sthaane [naa kena] wherein, in which najy (naãajy) yaate (yaahaate) wherein? in what? s±j\? kise? whether, is it so? s±? ki? which (singular) [see "what"] naS(naãaS) yaa-i (yaahaa-i); Ên ʱap ye kona which (plural) Ên Ên ye ye; Ên ʱap ye kona; ÊnÓs¬ yeguli which? (singular) ʱapÎ? kon'? which? (plural) ʱapΠʱapÎ? kon' kon'? while, in meantime n²p yakhan while, period \b½ samay; ±a¬ kaal whip ¶acf± caabuk whirling ´gtía½bap ghuurnaayamaan whirlwind ´gstícaya\ ghuurnibaataas to whisper sx\Îsx\Î ±sm½Á ±uÁ c¬Á phis'phis' kariyaa kathaa balaa whistle s®\ shis written in black and white ±a³j¸ ±¬jb ʬ²Á kaagaje kalame lekhaa white \aiÁ saadaa; ®aiÁ shaadaa [incorrect spelling]; Ê®Ãyctí shvetabarna whither, in which direction Ên sij± ye dike; Ên ÅÕajp ye sthaane whither? ʱapÎ sij±? kon' dike? ʱapÎ ÅÕajp? kon' sthaane? who (singular), the one that Ên ye; nÁ (naãÁ) yaa (yaahaa) who (plural), the ones that namÁ (naãamÁ) yaaraa (yaahaaraa) whoever, no matter who ʱã keha; ʱF keu; Ên ʱã Êãa± (ãF±) pÁ ʱp ye keha hok (hauk) naa kena who? (singular) ʱ? ke? who? (singular) [a theoretical form used as a base for declension into forms for other cases - e.g. of whom, whose ±am ?(±aãam?) kaahaar (kaar)] ±Á? (±aãÁ?) kaa? (kaahaa?) [instead of ʱ ke] who? (plural) ±amÁ? (±aãamÁ?) kaaraa? (kaahaaraa?) whole \BÚgtí sampuurna; \b‘³ samagra; \bfi½ samuday; A²ðe akhanda; \amÁ saaraa; zfjmÁ (zfm) puro (pura); sps²¬ nikhil as a whole, overall Êbaqabfsq motaamuti © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

209

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali whole-hearted K±asPÙ± eekaantik whole-heartedly \cíaPÙ±mjt (\CÃíaPÙ@±mjt) sarvaatakarane (sarvvaantahhakarane) whole-souled \BÚgtí-§i½ sampuurna-hrriday wholly \b‘³vajc samagrabhaabe; Êbaqabfsq motaamuti whom (singular), to the one who naj± (naãaj±) yaake (yaahaake) whom (plural), to the ones who najimj± (naãajimj±) yaader-ke (yaahaader-ke) whom? (singular) ±aj±? (±aãaj±?) kaake? (kaahaake?) whom? (plural) ±ajimj±? (±aãajimj±?) kaader-ke? (kaahaader-ke?) whose (singular), the one whose nam (naãam) yaar (yaahaar) whose (plural), the ones whose najim (naãajim) yaader (yaahaader) whose? (singular) ±am? (±aãam?) kaar? (kaahaar?) whose? (plural) ±ajim? (±aãajim?) kaader? (kaahaader?) whosoever, no matter who [see Study 36] Ên ʱF (ʱã) ye keu (keha); Ên ʱF (ʱã)... pÁ ʱp ye keu (keha) ... naa kena why, the reason being that, so that [see Study 40] Ênp yena why? for what reason? ʱp? kena?; ±d (s±) ±amjt? kii (ki) kaarane?; ±d (s±) ¸ðî? kii (ki) janya wicked Ûø dusta; zazd paapii; ÊpaÈmÁ nonºraa; Û- (Û@-) du- (duhha-); Û¿- duswide ‘z®ÅÙ prashasta; ¶LEÁ caoraa; scÅÙdt bistiin -wide -cºazd byaapii widely cºaz±vajc byaapak-bhaabe widespread Ågigm scÅÙŸy suuduur bistrrita widow scO¢Á bidhbaa widower sczsYб bipatnik wife Åòd strii; zYÐd patnii husband of one wife J± Åòdm \Ãabd ek striir svaamii wild cðî banya; A\vº asabhya wilderness ‘zaPÙjmy praantareta will, wish Só·Á icchaa; z·ði pachanda; bs¸í marji God's will D®Ãjmm Só·Á ishvarer icchaa; ʲaiam bs¸í khodaar marji © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

210

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali good will ëjvó·Á shubhecchaa; \fpab sunaam willing ma¸d raajii willingness Ê\Ãó·Á svecchaa willingly Ê\Ãó·a½ svecchaay win, victory, success ¸½ jay; \x¬yÁ saphalataa to win, succeed s¸yÁ jitaa; ¸½ ±mÁ jay karaa; \x¬ ãL½Á saphal haoyaa wind, air caya\ baataas; sp@®Ãa\ nihhashvaas wind, twist za± paak to wind, coil ±fݬd za±ajpÁ (za±ap+) kundalii paakaano (paakaana); ÓqajpÁ (Óqap+) gutaano (gutaana) to wind, encircle Ê´mÁ gheraa to wind, turn ´fmÁ ghuraa to wind, make turn ´fmajpÁ (´fmap+) ghuraano (ghuraana) to wind, meander JÏj± ÊcÏj± naL½Á (AÏas±½Á cÏas±½Á naL½Á) e^ke b^eke yaaoyaa (aa^kiyaa b^aakiyaa yaaoyaa) to wind, be twisted za± ¬a³Á paak laagaa; cÏa±Á b^aakaa to wind, make twisted, wrap ¸EajpÁ (¸Eap+) jaraano (jaraana); cÏa±ajpÁ (cÏa±ap+) b^aakaano (b^aakaana) to wind up, bring to finish Ê®¿ ±mÁ shes karaa to wind up, come to finish Ê®¿ ãL½Á shes haoyaa winding, twisting AÏa±acÏa±Á aa^kaab^aakaa window ¸apa¬Á jaanaalaa windy ca½fb½ baayumay; ca½fzgtí baayupuurna wine bi mad; ‘iañam\ draaksaaras wing za²Á paakhaa winner ¸½d jayii; sc¸½d bijayii winsome s¶»a±¿í± cittaakarsak; bjpaãm manohar winter ®dy ±a¬ shiit kaal to wipe bf·Á muchaa; bfj· (bf·aS½Á) ÊiL½Á muche (muchaaiyaa) deoyaa; ÊzÏà·Á p^ochaa wire yam taar wireless Êcyam betaar wisdom sc¡yÁ bijnataa ["bigyataa"]; cfsÄb» buddhimata; ‘z¡Á © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

211

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali prajnaa ["pragyaa"] wise sc¡ bijna ["bigya"]; cfsÄ buddhi; sc¶ñt bicaksan; ¡apd jnaanii ["gyaani"]; wish Só·Á icchaa; Aasv¬a¿ abhilaas; ±abpÁ kaamanaa to wish Só·Á ±mÁ icchaa karaa; ±abpÁ ±mÁ kaamanaa karaa; Best Wishes! ëjvó·Á! shubhecchaa! wit cfsÄ buddhi; cfsÄb» buddhimatta witch eaSpd daainii; naÛ±amd yaadukaarii witchery naÛ yaadu; \jBÂaãp sammohan with \jå sange; \aju saathe; \sãy sahit with- \pÎ- san'-; \b- sam-; \ã- sah-; \È- sanºwith this; upon this Jm \ãcydí (\ãc»dí) er sahabartii (sahabarttii) to withdraw ‘zyºaãam ±mÁ pratyaahaar karaa; Fswj½ (FwaS½Á) ¬L½Á uthiye (uthaaiyaa) laoyaa withdrawal ‘zyºaãam to wither ëÑþ ãL½Á shuska haoyaa; Bìap ãL½Á mlaan haoyaa withered ëÑþ shuska; Bìap mlaan to withhold \Èny ±mÁ sanºyata karaa within svyjm bhitare; bjoº madhye; AvºPÙjm abhyantare; APÙjm antare without, lacking [see Grammar 32.1] cºydy bbyatiita; ·aEÁ chaaraa; sÁ binaa; -scãdp -bihiin "without charge" sÁ bgj¬º" "binaa muulye" without, excepting, excluding cºsyjmj± byatireke without success chua½ brrithaay the body without spirit is dead AaYÂascãdp Êiã bhy aatmaabihiin deha mrrita faith without works is dead ±BÂíscãdp sc®Ãa\ bhy karmmabihiin bishvaas mrrita to withstand caoÁ ÊiL½Á baadhaa deoyaa witness, person \asñ saaksi (\añd saaksii ["shaak'kii"]) witness, proof ‘zbat pramaan to bear witness \añº ÊiL½Á saaksya deoyaa; ‘zbat ±mÁ pramaan karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

212

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali witty in words ±ua½ ms\± kathaay rasik woe Û² (Û@²) dukha (duhh-kha); scziÎ-AaziÎ bipad'-aapad'; \PÙaz santaap "Woe!" "so±…!" "dhik'!" "woe for the earth and sea!" "zhsucd L \bfj‘im \PÙaz ãjc (ãSjc)!" "prrithibii o samudrer santaap habe (haibe)!" wolf ʱðÛ½Á kenduyaa; Êp±jE ca´ nekare baagh inside they are ravenous APÙjm yamÁ (yaãamÁ) ‘³a\±amd ʱðÛ½Á antare taaraa (taahaaraa) graas-kaarii kenduyaa wolves ʱðÛ½Á kenduyaa woman pamd naarii; Åòd strii; bsã¬Á mahilaa; Åòdj¬a± striilok "out of a woman" "-Åòd¸ay" "-striijaata" womanhood pasmYà naaritva; Åòd ¸asy strii jaati wonder scŽ bismay; Aaô¶ní (Aaô¶níº) sc¿½ aashcarya (aashcaryya) bisay to wonder Aaô¶níaspÃy (Aaô¶níºaspÃy) ãL½Á aashcaryaanbita (aashcaryyaanvita) haoyaa wonderful scŽ±m bismay-kar; Aaô¶ní (Aaô¶ínº) aashcarya (aashcaryya); ¶bù±am camat'kaar; Azgcí (AzgCÃí) apuurba (apuurbba) wont, habit Avºa\ abhyaas; mdsy riiti to woo s½ ±mÁ binay karaa; Ê‘zb ±mÁ prem karaa wood ±aw kaath; ±aW kaastha woodland ban; vœsb ban-bhuumi; Amtº aranya wool z®b pasham; ʬab¿ lomas woollen z®bd pashamii word ®CÉ shabda; ±uÁ kathaa; ca±º baakya word of God is alive! D®Ãjmm ca±º ¸dÙ! iishvarer baakya jiibanta work, thing done ±a¸ kaaj; ±bí (±Bší) karma (karmma); ‘®b shram to work ±a¸ ±mÁ kaaj karaa; m¶pÁ racanaa worker ±bí±amd karmakaarii; ±bí±yíÁ karmakartaa workshop ±am²apÁ kaar-khaanaa world [Sanskrit context] ¸³ù jagat' world [Arabic context] Ûsp½Á duniyaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

213

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali World War sc®Ã nfÄ bishva yuddha worldliness ¸a³sy±yÁ jaagatikataa; Ksã±yÁ eehikataa worldly, secular Ksã± eehik; ¸a³sy± jaagatik world-wide sc®Ãcºazd bishvabyaapii; ¸³iúazd jagadvyaapii worm ±„sb krrimi; ±dq kiita; ʱÏj¶Á k^eco worry Fjió udveg; s¶PÙÁ cintaa; vaÁ bhaabanaa to worry Fjió ±mÁ udveg karaa worship v¸pÁ bhajanaa; Fza\pÁ upaasanaa; AamaopÁ aaraadhanaa; vs»M bhakati; zf¸Á pujaa; Jcaiy ebaadat an act of worship ‘ztab pranaam to worship v¸pÁ ±mÁ bhajanaa karaa worshipped Fzas\y upaasita worst \c ʶj½ bði sab ceye manda worth bg¬º muulya worthiness Êna³ºyÁ yogyataa worthless bg¬ºãdp muulyahiin; Ótãdp guun-hiin worthwhile bg¬ºcap muulyabaan; ¬av¸p± laabh-janak worthy Êna³º yogya would that, ought [see Study 40] Ênp yena wound, harm ñsy ksati; Aa´ay aaghaat; ´Á ghaa to wound ñy ±mÁ aaghaat kaaraa wounded Aaãy aahata; ñsy‘³ÅÙ ksatigrasta; ñy ksata to wrap ¸EajpÁ (¸Eap+) jaraano (jaraana) to wrestle blìnfÄ ±mÁ mallayuddha karaa; ±‚sÅÙ ±mÁ kusti karaa wrist ±cs¸ kabaji; bstcÄ manibaddha [not commonly used] to write ʬ²Á lekhaa; s¬²Á likhaa writer ʬ²± lekhak; ‘³PÕ±am granthakaar; m¶s½yÁ racayitaa writing, script ʬ²p lekhan; m¶pÁ racanaa in writing s¬s²y likhita wrong v›¬ bhul; Apºa½ anyaay; Êia¿ dos; Apfs¶y anucit wrong-doing, error Azmao aparaadh wrong-doing, sin zaz paap X Xmas, Christmas "cjEasip" ("cEsip") "barodin" ("baradin") © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

214

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali X-ray mªp msôb ranjan-rashmi Y yacht ãa¬±Á za¬jya¬Á Êpà±Á haalakaa paalatolaa nookaa yachting caS¶j²¬Á baaicakhelaa "Yahweh" "S½aLj½" "iyaaoye" yard, enclosure Fwap uthaan yard, length J±³¸ ek-gaj yarn, story ³lÚ galpa yarn, thread za±ap \fyÁ paakaan sutaa to yawn ãaS Êya¬Á haai tolaa year in dates \a¬ saal year 1914 Gsp® ® ʶàé \a¬ uunish sha coodda saal year, period cù\m bat'sar; c·m bachar yearbook c¿ízfªd barsapunjii yearly cas¿í± baarsik to yearn Fù\f± ãL½Á ut'suk haoyaa; Só·Á ±mÁ icchaa karaa; ±abpÁ ±mÁ kaamanaa karaa yearning Só·Á icchaa; ±abpÁ kaamanaa; Aa±aç²Á aakaankhaa; ca¦Á baanchaa years, age c½\ bayas of ... years of age ... cù\m c½j\ ... bat'sar bayase years, agedness caoí±º baardhakya yellow ã¬ji mÈ halade ranº; zdyctí piitabarna; ã¬fi halud; zaÝfctí paandubarna yes ãϺÁ h^yaa; ãÏÁ h^aa Yesh'ua Sj½Åg½Á iyesuuyaa yesterday ³y ±a¬ gata kaal; ³y±a¬º gatakaalya the day before yesterday ³y zmë gata parashu yet, even more AamL aar-o yet, even now J²pL ekhan-o yet, even so, even then yuasz tathaapi; y²pL takhan-o; naS Êãa± (naãaS ãF±) yaa-i hok (yaahaa-i hauk); Au¶ athaca; Aso±Pß adhikantu to yield, accept, accede \Ãd±am ±mÁ sviikaar karaa © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

215

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali to yield, give up yºa³ ±mÁ tyaag karaa to yield, produce Fùzaip ±mÁ ut'paadan karaa yoke ʸa½a¬ joyaal yonder L²ajp okhaane you, singular diminutive y›S tui you, singular common y›sb tumi you, singular honorific Aazsp aapani you, plural diminutive ÊyamÁ toraa YOU, plural common ÊyabmÁ tomaraa YOU, plural honorific AazpamÁ aapanaaraa to you, singular diminutive Êyaj± toke to you, singular common Êyabaj± tomaake to you, singular honorific Aazpaj± aapanaake to you, plural diminutive Êyajimj± toder-ke to YOU, plural common Êyabajim-ʱ tomaader-ke to YOU, plural honorific Aazpajim-ʱ aapanaader-ke young nfc± yubak; ymÆt tarun; AlÚc½Åþ alpabayaska; ±b c½\d kam bayasii young lion nfcs\Èã yubasinºha younger c½j\ Ê·aq bayase chota; ±spWym kanisthatar youngest c½j\ \c ʶj½ Ê·aq bayase sab ceye chota; ±spWyb kanisthatam youngster ca¬± baalak; Ê·a±mÁ chokaraa your, singular diminutive Êyam tor your, singular common Êyabam tomaar your, singular honorific Aazpam aapanaar your, plural diminutive Êyajim toder YOUR, plural common Êyabajim tomaader YOUR, plural honorific Aazpajim aapanaader yourself, oneself \Ã½È svayanº; Aazsp aapani youth, period nfc±a¬ yubakaal youth, person, female nfcyd yubatii youth, person, male nfc± yubak youthful \jy¸ satej Ênà\f¬v yooban-sulabh; ymÆt c½Åþ tarun © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

216

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali bayaska youths nfc±-nfcydmÁ yubak-yubatiiraa Z zeal Fù\aã ut'saaha; Fjiºa³ udyog; Aa‘³ã aagraha; èù\f±º oot'sakya; FédzpÁ uddiipanaa; Fiºb udyam zealous Fù\aãd ut'saahii; Aa‘³®d¬ aagrashiil; Fjiºa³d udyogii; Fiºbd udyamii zebra ʸcÍÁ jebraa zig-zag AÏa±acÏa±Á aa^kaab^aakaa; \szí¬ sarpil zonal AaÞs¬± aancalik zone AÞ¬ ancal; J¬a±Á elaakaa

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

217

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali

DECLENSION OF SINGULAR PRONOUNS (See Notes #…below these two tables) Nom.

Acc. #5

Gen.

Dat. #6

I Aasb

#1 you y›S

#1 you y›sb

#2,4 he, she Ê\

#4 it yÁ

#1,3 you Aazsp

#3,4 he, she sysp

aami

tui

tumi

se

taa

aapani

tini

me Aabaj±

you Êyaj±

aamaake

toke

my of me Aabam

your of you Êyam

aamaar

tor

me to me Aabaj±

you to you Êyaj±

aamaake

toke

Instr.1 by me Aabam #7 iÃamÁ

you him, her Êyabaj± yaj± tomaake

taake

you him, her Aazpaj± yÏaj±

taa

aapanaake

t^aake

your his, her of you of him, her Êyabam yam

its of it yam

your his, her of you of him, her Aazpam yÏam

tomaar

taar

aapanaar

taar

you him, her to you to him, her Êyabaj± yaj±

by you Êyam iÃamÁ

it yÁ

tomaake

taake

by you by him, her Êyabam yam iÃamÁ iÃamÁ

t^aar

it to it yaj±

you him, her to you to him, her Aazpaj± yÏaj±

taake

aapanaake

by it yam iÃamÁ

by you byhim,her Aazpam yÏam iÃamÁ iÃamÁ

t^aake

aamaar

tor

tomaar

taar

taar

aapanaar

t^aar

dvaaraa

dvaaraa

dvaaraa

dvaaraa

dvaaraa

dvaaraa

dvaaraa

Instr.2 via me Aabam #8 sij½

via you Êyam sij½

via you via him, her via it Êyabam yam yam sij½ sij½ sij½

Abl.

via you via him, her Aazpam yÏam sij½ sij½

aamaar

tor

tomaar

taar

taar

aapanaar

t^aar

diye

diye

diye

diye

diye

diye

diye

from

from

from

from

from

from

from

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

218

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali

#9

Loc. #10

me Aabam Êuj±

you Êyam Êuj±

you Êyabam Êuj±

him, her yam Êuj±

it yam Êuj±

you Aazpam Êuj±

him, her yÏam Êuj±

aamaar

tor

tomaar

taar

taar

aapanaar

t^aar

theke

theke

theke

theke

theke

theke

theke

in me Aabajy, Aaba½

in you Êyajy

aamaate,

tote

in you in him, her Êyabajy, yajy Êyaba½

aamaay

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

tomaate,

taate

in it yajy

in you in him, her Aazpajy yÏajy

taate

aapanaate

t^aate

tomaay

219

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali

DECLENSION OF PLURAL PRONOUNS (See Notes # below these two tables)

Nom.

Acc. #11

Gen.

we AabmÁ

#1 you ÊyamÁ

#1 you ÊyabmÁ

#2,4 they yamÁ

#4 they yamÁ

#1,3 YOU AazpamÁ

#3,4 they yÏamÁ

aami

tui

tumi

se

taa

aapani

tini

aamaraa

toraa

tomaraa

taaraa

taaraa

aapanaaraa

t^aaraa

them yajim [-j±]

them yajim taader

us Aabajim [-j±] aamaader

toder

tomaader

taader

[-ke]

[-ke]

[-ke]

[-ke]

our YOUR YOUR their of us of YOU of YOU of them Aabajim Êyajim Êyabajim yajim aamaader

Dat. #12

you you Êyajim Êyabajim [-j±] [-j±]

toder

tomaader

taader

us YOU YOU them to us to YOU to YOU to them Aabajim Êyajim Êyabajim yajim [-j±] [-j±] [-j±] [-j±]

YOU them Aazpajim yÏajim [-j±] [-j±] aapanaader

t^aader

[-ke]

[-ke]

their YOU THEIR of them of YOU of them yajim Aazpajim yÏajim taader

aapanaader

t^aader

them YOU THEM to them to YOU to THEM yajim Aazpajim yÏajim [-j±] [-j±] [-j±]

aamaader

toder

tomaader

taader

taader

aapanaader

t^aader

[-ke]

[-ke]

[-ke]

[-ke]

[-ke]

[-ke]

[-ke]

Instr.1 by me by YOU by YOU by them Aabajim Êyajim Êyabajim yajim #13 iÃamÁ iÃamÁ iÃamÁ iÃamÁ

by them by YOU THEM yajim Aazpajim yÏajim iÃamÁ iÃamÁ iÃamÁ

aamaader

toder

tomaader

taader

taader

aapanaader

t^aader

dvaaraa

dvaaraa

dvaaraa

dvaaraa

dvaaraa

dvaaraa

dvaaraa

Instr.2 via me Aabajim #14 sij½

via you via you via him, her via it Êyajim Êyabajim yajim yajim sij½ sij½ sij½ sij½

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

220

via you via him, her Aazpajim yÏajim sij½ sij½ 11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali

Abl.

#15

Loc. #16

aamaader

toder

tomaader

taader

taader

aapanaader

t^aader

diye

diye

diye

diye

diye

diye

diye

from me Aabajim Êuj±

from from from you you him, her Êyajim Êyabajim yajim Êuj± Êuj± Êuj±

from it yajim Êuj±

from from you him, her Aazpajim yÏajim Êuj± Êuj±

aamaader

toder

tomaader

taader

taader

aapanaader

t^aader

theke

theke

theke

theke

theke

theke

theke

in me Aabajim

in you in you in him, her in it Êyajim Êyabajim yajim yajim

in you in him, her Aazpajim yÏajim

aamaader

toder

tomaader

taader

taader

aapanaader

t^aader

madhye

madhye

madhye

madhye

madhye

madhye

madhye

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

221

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali Notes on Declension of Pronouns (and Nouns) #1 #2

#3 #4

#5 #6

#7 #8 #9 #10

The three forms of "you" listed from left to right are:familiar, common, and honorific. For "he" or "she" there is no distinction for gender in the Bengali pronouns. The forms Ê\ se and yÁ- taa- are often replaced throughout by "this one" - either SãÁ- ihaa- or J- e-. Underlining of you, he, she, YOU, and they indicate the honorific form. The forms listed for :yÁ- taa- and yÏÁ- t^aa are in modern Common Bengali ("chalito" language). In classical ("saadhu") literary style longer forms are used:yaãÁ- taahaaand yÏaãÁ- t^aahaaAlternative forms are Aaba½ aamaay, and Êyaba½ tomaay. See Note #5. When the sense involves respectful approach into someone's presence, the preferred form is:Aabam ±aj·

Êyam ±aj·

Êyabam ±aj·

yam ±aj·

yam ±aj·

Aazpam ±aj·

yÏam ±aj·

aamaar

tor

tomaar

taar

taar

aapanaar

t^aar

kaache

kaache

kaache

kaache

kaache

kaache

kaache

Instrumental 1 Case, "by the action of", can also use ...±yŸí± ...kartrrik, ...sij½ ...diye or ...si½Á ...diyaa Instrumental 2 Case, meaning "by way of", can also use ...si½Á ...diyaa Sometimes the possessive (Genetive Case) ending -m -r is omitted — AabÁ Êuj± aamaa theke, etc. An alternative word for "from" is ãSjy haite (ãjy hate). See Note #5. For the sense of "within me (inside of me)", etc. use:Aabam bjoº

Êyam bjoº

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

Êyabam bjoº

yam bjoº 222

yam bjoº

Aazpam bjoº

yÏam bjoº 11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali

#11

#12

aamaar

tor

tomaar

taar

taar

aapanaar

t^aar

madhye

madhye

madhye

madhye

madhye

madhye

madhye

The common forms are shortened to Aabajim aamaader, etc., similar to the Genetive Case possessive form. The full literary form is Aabajimj± aamaader-ke, etc. An alternative form of this is Aabasi³j± aamaadigake, Êyasi³j± todigake, Êyabasi³j± tomaadigake, yaãasi³j± taahaadigake, Aazpasi³j± aapanaadigake, yÏaãasi³j± t^aahaadigake. See Note #11. When the sense involves respectful approach into some person's presence, it is clearer to use:Aabajim ±aj·

#13 #14 #15

Êyajim Êyabajim ±aj· ±aj·

yajim ±aj·

yajim ±aj·

Aazpajim yÏajim ±aj· ±aj·

aamaader

toder

tomaader

taader

taader

aapanaader

t^aader

kaache

kaache

kaache

kaache

kaache

kaache

kaache

See Note #7. See Note #8. Also the group sense is emphasized by inserting bjoº madhye — Aabajim bjoº sij½ aamaader madhye diye. When the sense involves respectful departure from a person's presence, it is preferable to insert ±a· kaach Aabajim Êyajim Êyabajim yajim yajim Aazpajim yÏajim ±a· Êuj± ±a· Êuj± ±a· Êuj± ±a· Êuj± ±a· Êuj± ±a· Êuj± ±a·Êuj± aamaader

toder

tomaader

taader

taader

aapanaader

t^aader

kaach theke kaach theke kaach theke kaach theke kaach theke kaach theke kaach theke

#16

Alternative (older) forms are Aabasi³jy aamaadigate, Êyasi³jy todigate, Êyabasi³jy tomaadigate, yaãasi³jy taahaadigate, Aazpasi³jy aapanaadigate, yÏaãasi³jy t^aahaadigate.

General Note About Nouns The above declensions generally apply to nouns also, except that:i) Personal nouns are made plural in the Nom. Case by adding -JmÁ -eraa, -mÁ -raa, or -³t -gan. © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

223

11 May 2007

ii)

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali Impersonal nouns in the plural in all cases take the ending –Ós¬ -guli (or -Ój¬Á -gulo, or -³t -gan). Impersonal nouns take postposition words as listed under "it" and "they" above.

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

224

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali GRAMMAR 53.3 4

27

Identifying Verbal Noun

±mÁ

27

Infinitive Noun

±mjy karaa (±smjy

aami

Past Participle

short

tumi

kar-le karile)

short

Aasb

aami)

y›sb

tumi)

se, taa Aazsp, sysp aapani, tini Ê\, yÁãÁ (long se, taahaa) Aazsp, sysp aapani, tini)

±sm (±sm

kari kari)

±jmÁ (±m

karo kara)

±jm kare (±jm kare)

(long

y›sb

49 Conditional Participle

kar-te ±jm kare ±mj¬ karite) (±sm½Á kariyaa) (±smj¬

short

Aasb

45

Present Participle

kar-te ±mjy karite) (±smjy

short

TENSE

See Grammar 10.2

Verb Family:- Like “±mÁ” "karaa"

(long

Ê\, yÁ (long

6.1 Present Indicative: I do 43.1 Present Imperative: Let me do…! 28,29 Present Continuous: I am doing 46.2 Present Perfect: I have done

26 Future Indefinite: I will do 43.1 Future Imperative Common: (You will) do! 43.1 Future Imperative: (You will) do! 53.3 Future Continuous: I will be doing

±sm kari ±m kara ±mƱ karuk ±mÆp karun (±sm kari) (±mL karao) (±mƱ karuk) (±mÆp karun) ±ms· kar-chi ±mj·Á kar-cho ±mj· kar-che ±mj·p (±smjys· (±smjy· (±smjyj· kar-chen karitechi) karitecha) kariteche) (±smjyj·p karitechen) ±jms· karechi ±jmj·Á karecho ±jmj· kareche ±jmj·p karechen (±sm½as· (±sm½a· (±sm½aj· kariyaachi) kariyaacha) kariyaache) (±sm½aj·p kariyaachen) ±mjcÁ kar-bo ±mjc kar-be ±mjc kar-be ±mj kar-ben (±smc kariba) (±smjc karibe) (±smjc karibe) (±smj kariben) -

-

±'ÊcÁ ka'ro ±jm kare (±smL kario) (±jm kare) ±mÎc kar'ba ±mÎjc kar'be ±mÎjc kar'be (±smc/±smcL (±smjc karibe) (±smjc karibe) kariba/karba-o) ±mjy ua±jcÁ ±mjy ua±jc ±mjy ua±jc kar-te thaak-bo kar-te thaak-be kar-te thaak-be (±smjy uas±c (±smjy uas±jc (±smjy uas±jc karite thaakiba) karite thaakibe) karite thaakibe) (Gr. 46.4)

Future Perfect: I will have done

±jmp karen (±jmp karen)

Rephrase

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

(Gr. 46.4)

Rephrase 225

(Gr. 46.4)

Rephrase

±jmp karen (±jmp karen) ±mÎj kar'ben (±smj kariben) ±mjy ua±j kar-te thaak-ben (±smjy uas±j karite thaakiben) (Gr. 46.4)

Rephrase 11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali 34

±m¬ab kar-laam (±sm¬ab karilaam) 46.2,3 ±jms·¬ab Past Perfect/ karechilaam /Pluperfect /Common Past: I had done/ I did (±sm½as·¬ab kariyaachilaam) 50.1,2 ±myab Past Frequentative: kar-taam I should do (±smyab karitaam) 50.4 ±ms·¬ab Past Continuous: kar-chilaam I was doing (±smjys·¬ab karitechilaam)

Past Simple Narrative, Past Historic: I did

GRAMMAR 53.4

²aL½Á khaaoyaa

27

See Grammar 11.1

27

Infinitive Noun

45

Present Participle

Past Participle

49 Conditional Participle

ʲjy khete ʲjy khete ʲj½ kheye ʲj¬ khele (²aSjy khaaite) (²aSjy khaaite) (²aS½Á (²aSj¬ khaaile) khaaiyaa) short

Aasb

TENSE

±ms·j¬ ±ms·j¬Á ±ms·j¬p kar-chile kar-chilo kar-chilen (±smjys·j¬ (±smjys·¬ (±smjys·j¬p karitechile) karitechila) karitechilen)

Verb Family:- Like “²aL½Á” "khaaoyaa"

4 Identifying Verbal Noun

±mj¬ kar-le ±mj¬Á kar-lo ±mj¬p kar-len (±smj¬ karile) (±sm¬ karila) (±smj¬p karilen) ±jms·j¬ ±jms·j¬Á ±jms·j¬p karechile karechilo karechilen (±sm½as·j¬ (±sm½as·¬ (±sm½as·j¬p kariyaachile) kariyaachila) kariyaachilen) ±mjy kar-te ±mjyÁ kar-to ±mjyp kar-ten (±smjy karite) (±smy karita) (±smjyp kariten)

short

aami

(long

y›sb

short

tumi

(long

short

Ê\, yÁ

se, taa Aazsp, sysp aapani, tini Ê\, yÁãÁ (long se, taahaa) Aazsp, sysp aapani, tini)

(long

Aasb

aami)

y›sb

tumi)

²aS (²aS

khaai khaai)

²aL khaao (²aL khaao)

6.1 Present Indicative: I eat 43.1 Present Imperative: Let me eat…! 28,29 Present Continuous: I am eating 46.2 Present Perfect:

²aS khaai ²aL khaao (²aS khaai) (²aL khaao) ²asó· khaacchi ²ajó·Á (²aSjys· khaaccho khaaitechi) (²aSjy· khaaitecha) ʲj½s· ʲj½j·Á

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

226

²a½ (²a½

khaay khaay)

²a± khaay (²aF±… khaauk) ²ajó· khaacche (²aSjyj· khaaiteche) ʲj½j·

²ap (²ap

khaan khaan)

²ap khaan (²aFp khaaun) ²ajó·p khaacchen (²aSjyj·p khaaitechen) ʲj½j·p 11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali I have eaten

26 Future Indefinite: I will eat 43.1 Future Imperative Common: (You will) eat!

43.1 Future Imperative: (You will) eat!

53.3 Future Continuous: I will be eating

kheyechi kheyecho kheyeche kheyechen (²aS½as· (²aS½a· (²aS½aj· (²aS½aj·p khaaiyaachi) khaaiyaacha) khaaiyaache) khaaiyaachen) ²ajcÁ khaabo ²ajc khaabe ²ajc khaabe ²aj khaaben (²aSc khaaiba) (²aSjc khaaibe) (²aSjc khaaibe) (²aSj khaaiben) -

-

ʲL kheo ²a½ khaay ²ap khaan (²aSj½Á (²a½ khaay) (²ap khaan) khaaiyo) ²ac khaaba ²ajc khaabe ²ajc khaabe ²aj khaaben (²aSc/²aScL (²aSjc khaaibe) (²aSjc khaaibe) (²aSj khaaiba/ khaaiben) khaaiba-o) ʲjy ua±jcÁ ʲjy ua±jc ʲjy ua±jc ʲjy ua±j khete thaak-bo khete thaak-be khete thaak-be khete thaak-ben (²aSjy uas±c (²aSjy uas±jc (²aSjy uas±jc (²aSjy uas±j khaaite khaaite khaaite khaaite thaakiba) thaakibe) thaakiben) thaakibe) (Gr. 46.4)

Future Perfect: I will have eaten

Rephrase 34

Past Simple Narrative, Past Historic: I ate 46.2,3 Past Perfect/ /Pluperfect /Common Past: I had eaten/ I ate

50.1,2 Past Frequentative: I should eat 50.4 Past Continuous: I was eating

ʲ¬ab khelaam (²aS¬ab khaailaam) ʲj½s·¬ab kheyechilaam (²aS½as·¬ab khaaiyaachilaam) ʲyab khetaam (²aSyab khaaitaam) ²asó·¬ab khaacchilaam (²aSjys·¬ab khaaitechilaam)

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

(Gr. 46.4)

Rephrase

(Gr. 46.4)

Rephrase

(Gr. 46.4)

Rephrase

ʲj¬ khele ʲj¬Á khelo ʲj¬p khelen (²aSj¬ khaaile) (²aS¬ khaaila) (²aSj¬p khaailen) ʲj½s·j¬ ʲj½s·j¬Á ʲj½s·j¬p kheyechile kheyechilo kheyechilen (²aS½as·j¬ (²aS½as·¬ (²aS½as·j¬p khaaiyaachile) khaaiyaachila) khaaiyaachilen) ʲjy khete ʲjyÁ kheto ʲjyp kheten (²aSjy khaaite) (²aSy khaaita) (²aSjyp khaaiten) ²asó·j¬ ²asó·j¬Á ²asó·j¬p khaacchile khaacchilo khaacchilen (²aSjys·j¬ (²aSjys·¬ (²aSjys·j¬p khaaitechile) khaaitechila) khaaitechilen)

227

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali GRAMMAR 53.5 Verbs Like “³¸íajpÁ” (³¸íap”) “garjaano” (“garjaana”) 4 Identifying Verbal Noun

³¸íajpÁ garjaano

27 Infinitive Noun

See Grammar 12, 13

45

Present Participle

Past Participle

49 Conditional Participle

³¸íajy garjaate ³¸íajy garjaate ³s¸íj½ garjiye ³¸íaj¬ garjaale (³¸íaSjy (³¸íaSjy (³¸íaS½Á (³¸íaSj¬ garjaaite) khaaite) garjaaiyaa) garjaaile) short

short

Aasb

TENSE

27

aami

(long

y›sb (long

Aasb

aami)

y›sb

³¸íaS (³¸íaS ³¸íaS (³¸íaS

garjaai garjaai) garjaai garjaai)

³¸íaL (³¸íaL ³¸íaL (³¸íaL

short

tumi

short

Ê\, yÁ

se, taa Aazsp, sysp (long aapani, tini tumi) Ê\, yÁãÁ (long se, taahaa) Aazsp, sysp aapani, tini)

6.1 Present Indicative: I roar 43.1 Present Imperative: Let me roar…! 28,29 Present Continuous:

³¸íasó· garjaacchi I am roaring (³¸íaSjys· garjaaitechi) 46.2 ³s¸íj½s· Present Perfect: garjiyechi I have roared (³¸íaS½as· garjaaiyaachi) 26 ³¸íajcÁ garjaabo Future Indefinite: (³¸íaSc I will roar garjaaiba) 43.1 Future Imperative Common: (You will) roar!

43.1 Future Imperative: (You will) roar!

garjaao garjaao) garjaao garjaao)

³¸íajó·Á garjaaccho (³¸íaSjy· garjaaitecha) ³s¸íj½j·Á garjiyecho (³¸íaS½a· garjaaiyaacha) ³¸íajc garjaabe (³¸íaSjc garjaaibe)

³¸ía½ garjaay (³¸ía½ garjaay) ³¸ía± garjaay (³¸íaF±… garjaauk) ³¸íajó· garjaacche (³¸íaSjyj· garjaaiteche) ³s¸íj½j· garjiyeche (³¸íaS½aj· garjaaiyaache) ³¸íajc garjaabe (³¸íaSjc garjaaibe)

³¸íap garjaan (³¸íap garjaan) ³¸íap garjaan (³¸íaFp garjaaun) ³¸íajó·p garjaacchen (³¸íaSjyj·p garjaaitechen) ³s¸íj½j·p garjiyechen (³¸íaS½aj·p garjaaiyaachen) ³¸íaj garjaaben (³¸íaSj garjaaiben) ³¸ía½ garjaay ³¸íap garjaan (³¸ía½ garjaay) (³¸íap garjaan)

³j¸íL garjeo ³¸íaSj½Á garjaaiyo (³¸íaSj½Á garjaaiyo) ³¸íac garjaaba ³¸íajc garjaabe ³¸íajc garjaabe ³¸íaj ³¸íacL (³¸íaSjc (³¸íaSjc garjaaben garjaaba-o garjaaibe) garjaaibe) (³¸íaSj (³¸íac garjaaba garjaaiben) ³¸íacL garjaaba-o) -

-

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

228

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali 53.5 Future Continuous: I will be roaring

³¸íajy ua±jcÁ ³¸íajy ua±jc ³¸íajy ua±jc ³¸íajy ua±j garjaate garjaate garjaate garjaate thaak-bo thaak-be thaak-ben thaak-be (³¸íaSjy uas±c (³¸íaSjy (³¸íaSjy (³¸íaSjy garjaaite uas±j uas±jc uas±jc thaakiba) garjaaite garjaaite garjaaite thaakibe) thaakiben) thaakibe) (Gr. 46.4)

Future Perfect: I will have roared

(Gr. 46.4)

Rephrase 34

Past Simple Narrative, Past Historic: I roared

46.2,3 Past Perfect/ /Pluperfect /Common Past: I had roared/ I roared

50.1,2 Past Frequentative: I should roar

50.5 Past Continuous: I was roaring

³¸ía¬ab garjaalaam (³¸íaS¬ab garjaailaam) ³s¸íj½s·¬ab garjiyechilaam (³¸íaS½as·¬ab garjaaiyaachilaam) ³¸íayab garjaataam (³¸íaSyab garjaaitaam) ³¸íasó·¬ab garjaacchilaam (³¸íaSjys·¬ab garjaaitechilaam)

GRAMMAR 53.3

Present Indicative: 43.1 Present Imperative: 28,29 Present Continuous:

Rephrase

³¸íaj¬ garjaale ³¸íaj¬Á garjaalo ³¸íaj¬p (³¸íaSj¬ (³¸íaS¬ garjaalen garjaaile) garjaaila) (³¸íaSj¬p garjaailen) ³s¸íj½s·j¬ ³s¸íj½s·j¬Á ³s¸íj½s·j¬p garjiyechile garjiyechilo garjiyechilen (³¸íaS½as·j¬ (³¸íaS½as·¬ (³¸íaS½as·j¬p garjaaiyaachile) garjaaiyaachila) garjaaiyaachilen) ³¸íajyyÎ ³¸íajyÁ garjaato garjaate (³¸íaSy (³¸íaSjy garjaaita) garjaaite) ³¸íasó·j¬ ³¸íasó·j¬Á garjaacchile garjaacchilo (³¸íaSjys·j¬ (³¸íaSjys·¬ garjaaitechile) garjaaitechila)

³¸íajyp garjaaten (³¸íaSjyp garjaaiten) ³¸íasó·j¬p garjaacchilen (³¸íaSjys·j¬p garjaaitechilen)

See Grammar 53.2

Declension for Second Person Inferior “y›S” "tui"

±mÁ 6.1

(Gr. 46.4)

Rephrase

to do

TENSE

(Gr. 46.4)

Rephrase

to eat

karaa

²aL½Á

thou doest

±sm\Î

karis'

thou eatest

²aS\Î

Let thou do…!

±mÎ kar'

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

khaais'

Let thou eat…!

²Á

thou art doing

±ms·\Î kar-chis'

khaaoyaa

khaa

thou art eating

to roar

³¸íajpÁ garjaano (³¸íap garjaana) thou roarest

³¸íaS\Î garjaais' Let thou roar…!

³¸íÁ

garjaa

thou art roaring

²asó·\Î khaacchis' ³¸íasó·\Î garjaacchis' 229

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali 46.2 Present Perfect: 26

thou hast doing thou willst do

±msc

Future Indefinite: 43.1 Future Imperative Common: 43.1 Future Imperative: 53.3 Future Continuous: I will be doing 46.4 Future Perfect: 34 Past Simple Narrative, Past Historic: 46.2,3 Past Perfect/ /Pluperfect /Common Past: 50.1,2 Past Frequentative: 50.4 Past Continuous:

thou hast eaten

thou hast roared

±jms·\Î karechis' ʲj½s·\Î kheyechis' ³s¸íj½s·\Î garjiyechis' kar-bi

(thou willst) do!

±'ÊcÁ ±sm\Î

ka'ro karis'

(thou willst) do!

thou willst eat

²asc

khaabi

(thou willst) eat!

²Á\Î

khaas'

(thou willst) eat!

thou willst roar

³¸íasc garjaabi (thou willst) roar!

³s¸í\Î garjis' (thou willst) roar!

±mÎsc kar'bi ²asc khaabi ³¸íasc garjaabi ±mjy ua±sc ʲjy ua±sc ³¸íajy ua±sc kar-te thaak-bi khete thaak-bi garjaate thaak-bi thou willst have done

thou willst have eaten

thou willst have roared

Rephrase

Rephrase

Rephrase

thou didst

±ms¬

kar-li

thou hadst done/thou didst

±jms·s¬ karechili thou shouldst do

±msy\Î

kar-tis'

thou werst doing

±ms·s¬

kar-chili

thou didst

ʲj¬

kheli

thou hadst done/thou didst

thou didst

³¸ías¬

garjaali

thou hadst done/thou didst

ʲj½s·s¬ kheyechili ³s¸íj½s·s¬ garjiyechili thou shouldst eat

ʲsy\Î

khetis'

thou werst eating

thou shouldst roar

³¸íasy\Î garjaatis' thou werst roaring

²asó·s¬ khaacchile ³¸íasó·s¬ garjaacchili

The above table states the short form singular. There is also a long form, such as “²aSjys·\Δ “khaaitechis'”; “²aS½as·\Î “khaaiyaachis'”; ²aSsc “khaaibi”; “²aS½as·s¬” “khaaiyaachili”; “²aSjys·s¬” “khaaitechili”. The plural for “y›S” “tui” is “ÊyamÁ” “toraa”.

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

230

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali Cardinal Numbers: Zero, One, Two, Three … 0 0 shuunya

10 10 dash

20 20 bish

30 30 trish

40 40 callish

50 50 pan²caash

60 60 saat

ëðî

i®

sc®

sê®

¶slì®

zÞa®

¿aq

1 1 ek

11 11 egaara

21 21 ekush

31 31 ekatrish

41 41 ekacallish

51 51 ekaanna

61 61 ek-satti

J±

J³am

J±‚®

2 2 dui

12 12 baara

22 22 baaish

32 32 batrish

42 42 biyaallish

52 52 baahaanna

62 62 baasatti

ÛS

cam

caS®

csê®

sc½aslì®

caãapÐ

ca¿s‹

3 3 tin

13 13 tera

23 23 teish

33 33 tetrish

43 43 tetaallish

63 63 tesatti

syp

Êym

ÊyS®

Êysê®

Êyyaslì®

53 53 tippaanna

4 4 caar

14 14 coodda

24 24 cabbish

34 34 cootrish

44 44 cuyaallish

¶›½aslì®

J±sê® J±¶slì®

¶am

ʶàé

¶sCî

ʶàsê®

5 5 p^aac

15 15 panera

25 25 p^acish

35 35 p^ayatrish

zÏa¶

zjpm

zÏs¶®

zϽsê® zϽyaslì®

6 6 chay

16 16 sola

26 26 chaabbish

36 36 chatrish

45 45 p^ayataallish

46 46 checallish

·½

Ê¿a¬

·asCî

·sê®

7 7 saat

17 17 satera

27 27 saataash

37 37 s^aaitrish

\ay

\jym \aya® \ÏaSsê® \ay·slì®

8 8 aat

18 18 aathaara

28 28 aathaash

38 38 aat-trish

Ê·¶slì® 47 47 saat-challish

48 48 aat-callish

J±apÐ

70 70 sattar

80 80 aashi

90 90 nabbai

\»m

Aas®

pCÃS

71 71 ekaattar

81 81 ekaashi

91 91 ekaanabbai

J±as®

J±apCÃS

82 82 biraashi

92 92 biraanabbai

caãa»m scmas®

scmapCÃS

J±¿s‹ J±a»m 72 72 baahaattar

73 83 tiyaattar

83 83 tiraashi

syzÚapÐ

Êy¿s‹ sy½a»m symas®

symapCÃS

54 54 cuyaanna

64 64 coosatti

ʶà¿s‹ ¶›½a»m

84 84 curaashi

94 94 curaanabbai

¶›mas®

¶›mapCÃS

65 65 p^ayasatti

85 85 95 95 p^acaashi p^ac-aanabbai

¶›½apÐ 55 55 pan²caanna

zÞapÐ 56 56 chaappaanna

74 74 cuyaattar

75 75 p^acaattar

zϽ¿s‹ z϶a»m 66 66 chesatti

76 76 chiyaattar

z϶as®

z϶apCÃS

86 86 chiyaashi

96 96 chiyaanabbai

·azÚapÐ

Ê·¿s‹ s·½a»m s·½as®

s·½apCÃS

57 57 saataanna

67 67 saat-satti

97 97 saataanabbai

\ayapÐ 58 58 aataanna

77 77 saataattar

87 87 saataashi

78 78 aataattar

88 88 aataashi

79 79 uunaashi

89 89 uunanabbai

\ay¿s‹ \aya»m \ayas® 68 68 aat-satti

Aaq Aajwm Aawa® Aaqsê® Aaq¶slì®

AaqapÐ

Aaq¿s‹ Aaqa»m Aaqas®

9 9 nay

19 19 unnish

69 69 uunasattar

p½

59 59 uunasaat

Gsp® Gpsê® J±¶slì® GpzÞa® Gp¿aq Gp\»m Gpas® GppCÃS

29 29 uunatrish

39 39 49 49 uunacallish uunapan²caash

93 93 tiraanabbai

\ayapCÃS 98 98 aataanabbai

AaqapCÃS 99 99 niraanabbai

spmapCÃS

There are variations in spellings and use of some of these numbers:±‚sE kuri may be used for twenty instead of sc® bish sysm® tirish may be used for thirty instead of sê® trish ¿aw saath may be used for sixty instead of ¿aq saat Aaq aatmay be used for -eight instead ofqaAaw- aath- in 28, 38, 48, 68 Fp- unmay be used for "one-less-than" instead of Gp- uunin 19, 29, 39, 49, 59, 69, 79, 89 © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

231

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali ®, Ê®Á or ®y sha, sho or shat mean hundred. 100 200 is treated as "two hundreds" ÛS ® dui sha, and so on. ãa¸am or \ã\Í haajaar or sahasra mean thousand. 1000 2000 is treated as "two thousands" ÛS ãa¸am dui haajaar, and so on. ¬a² or ¬ñ laakh or laksa mean hundred thousand. 1,00,000 ʱsq or ÊêMaE koti or kror mean ten million. 10,00,000 chði brrinda means one thousand million 1,00,00,00,000 ®ç² shan¹kha is one million million 1,00,00,00,00,00,000 bãazI mahaapa is a hundred million million 1,00,00,00,00,00,00,000

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

232

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali 1/4

1/4

1/2

1/2

3/4

3/4

1 11/4 11/2 13/4 2 21/4 21/2

1 11/4 11/2 13/4 2 21/4 21/2

poyaa aadhaa tin poyaa ek p^aac poyaa der saat poyaa dui nay poyaa aaraai

Êza½Á AaoÁ syp Êza½Á J± zÏa¶ Êza½Á ÊiE \ay Êza½Á ÛS p½ Êza½Á AaEaS

For larger fractions use:+ 1/4 saoyaa (sawaa) \L½Á + 1/2 saare \ajE - 1/4 poone Êzàjp 23/4 3 31/4 31/2 33/4 4

23/4 3 31/4 31/2 33/4 4

poone tin tin saoyaa tin saare tin poone caar caar

Êzajp syp syp \L½Á syp \ajE syp Êzàjp ¶am ¶am

Ajoí± ardhek stands for the quantity of “a half” of something. Expression of other fractions is by stating: “of the total number of parts forming the whole, so many parts are present.” For example:2/3

= syp vaj³m ÛS va³

2/3

= tin bhaager dui bhaag

2/3

= out of three parts two parts (two parts out of three)

Percentages can be expressed in either of two ways “so many per © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

233

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali cent, in every hundred”; or “working in a hundred, so many”:zÏa¶ ‘zsy ®y ®y±mÁ zÏa¶

p^aac prati shat shat-karaa p^aac

5% = 5 in every hundred 5% = in a hundred, 5

GRAMMAR 57.3 Ordinal Numbers First, Second, Third.... (See Grammar 58.2 for dates) ‘zub sIÃyd½ yŸyd½ ¶y›uí zÞb ¿ø \zÙb Aøb pcb i®b

(1b) (2½) (3½) (4uí) (5b) (6ø) (7b) (8b) (9b) (10b)

pratham dvitiiya trritiiya caturtha pan²cam sasta saptam astam nabam dasham

first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth

J±ai®(yb) IÃai®(yb) êj½ai®(yb) ¶y›éí®(yb) zÞi®(yb) Ê\ama®(yb) \zÙi®(yb) Aøai®(yb) GpscÈ®(yb)

11(b) 12(b) 13(b) 14(b) 15(b) 16(b) 17(b) 18(b) 19(b)

ekaadash(tam) dvaadash(tam) trayodash(tam) caturddash(tam) pan²cadash(tam) sorash(tam) saptadash(tam) astaadash(tam) uunibinºsha(tam)

eleven(th) 11(th) twelf(th) 12(th) thirteen(th) 13(th) fourteen(th) 14(th) fifteen(th) 15(th) sixteen(th) 16(th) seventeen(th) 17(th) eighteen(th) 18(th) nineteen(th) 19(th)

scÈ®(yb) 20(b) sêÈ®(yb) 30(b) ¶YÃasÅòÈ®(yb) 40(b)

binºsha(tam) twenti(eth) trinºsha(tam) thirti(eth) catvaastrinºsha(tam) forti(eth)

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

234

(1st) (2nd) (3rd) (4th) (5th) (6th) (7th) (8th) (9th) (10th)

20(th) 30(th) 40(th) 11 May 2007

zÞa®(»b) ®y(yb) \ã\Í(yb)

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali 50(b) pan²caashat(tam) fifti(eth) 50(th) 100(b) shat(tam) hundred(th) 100(th) 1000(b) sahasra(tam) thousand(th) 1000(th)

The tabulation above shows that ordinal numbers up to “tenth” are all special, meaning that they bear little resemblance to the cardinal series given in Grammar 57.1. The ordinals listed from “eleventh” to “nineteenth” are formed by adding “-yb” “-tam” meaning “-th” to an old cardinal series. Ordinals in higher decades can be formed similarly but changing the ending to suit the tens involved. The feminine ending adds “—d” “-ii”. Pentecost being the 50th day, is “zÞa®»bdm sip” “pancaashattamiir din” It is common practice to take the simpler approach of forming ordinals by using the Possessive Case of the cardinal numbers listed in Grammar 57.1, especially for ordinals above “twentieth”. Hence, “69th” becomes “Gp\»jmm” “uunasattarer” GRAMMAR 57.4 Approximation “-J±” “-ek” is appended to a number to say approximately that number:Û'J± \ajy±

du'ek saatek

about 2 about 7

“²ajp±” “khaanek” is placed after a dimension to say approximately that value:© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

235

11 May 2007

sip ²ajp±

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali din khaanek approximately a day

“‘za½” “praay” is placed in front of a value to say approximately than amount. ‘za½ syp ´ðqÁ

praay tin ghantaa

about three hours

“‘za½ sw±” “praay thik” means “approximate”, “about right”.

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

236

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali MONTHS AND SEASONS There are 12 months in the Bengali calendar. They go from mid-month to mid-month on the English calendar. The 6 seasons each relate to a pair of Bengali months. ---------- A‘³ãa½t agrahaayan DECEMBER ------------------Êzà¿ poos JANUARY ------------------ba´ maagh FEBRUARY ------------------- xa¬ÎÓt phaal'gun MARCH ------------------˶ê ceetra APRIL ------------------- Ëc®a² beeshaakh MAY ------------------˸ºø jyeesta JUNE ------------------Aa¿aR aasaarh JULY ------------------‘®act shraaban AUGUST ------------------va‘i bhaadra SEPTEMBER ------------------Aa®Ãdp aashviin OCTOBER ------------------±aj»í± kaarttik NOVEMBER ------------------- A‘³ãa½t agrahaayan DECEMBER ---------© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

237

-----------------------------®dy shiita (winter) -----------------------------c\PÙ basanta (spring) -----------------------------‘³dÑš griisma (summer) -----------------------------c¿íÁ barsaa (rainy) -----------------------------®mù sharat' (autumn) -----------------------------ÊãbPÙ hemanta (dewy) -----------------------------11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali DATES Days of the week are listed in Vocabulary 16.2. Ordinal numbers for days in a month are:z½a¬Á payalaa first Êia\ÍÁ dosraa second Êy\ÍÁ tesraa third ʶàwÁ coothaa fourth Add “-S” “-i” to the cardinal numbers Grammar 57.1), for example:zÏa¶S p^aanc-i fifth Add “-J” “-e” to the cardinal numbers Grammar 57.1), for example:FspÐj® uunishe nineteenth

(1st) (2nd) (3rd) (4th) between 5 and 18, (see (5th) between 19 and 31, (see (19th)

TIME ON THE CLOCK Fractions of an Hour The numerical fractions given in Grammar 57.2 are combined with the particle “qÁ” “-taa” to define the time on the clock to the nearest quarter of an hour. zajp J±qÁ J±qÁ \L½Á J±qÁ ÊiEqÁ Êzàjp ÛÎ'qÁ Û'qÁ \L½Á Û'qÁ AaEaqÁ Êzàjp sypqÁ

poone ek-taa ek-taa saoyaa ek-taa der-taa poone du'taa du'taa saoyaa du'taa aaraaitaa poone tin-taa

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

a quarter to one one o'clock a quarter past one half past one a quarter to two two a quarter past two half past two a quarter to three 238

11 May 2007

sypqÁ \L½Á sypqÁ \ajE sypqÁ Êzàjp ¶amqÁ ¶amqÁ

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali tin-taa three o'clock saoyaa tin-taa a quarter past three saare tin-taa half past three poone caar-taa a quarter to four caar-taa four o'clock

O'clock “ca¸Á” "baajaa" meaning "to strike" is used for telling what the time is, what time has last struck, or what time is striking next. To state the time that has struck as a whole hour or fraction of an hour, use “...-qÁ Êcj¸j· (cas¸½aj·)” "...-taa bejeche (baajiyaache)". For example:If the time has just struck on the hour of one o'clock: It is one o'clock. = "It has struck one", or "One has struck." J±qÁ Êcj¸j· (cas¸½aj·) ek-taa bejeche (baajiyaache) Minutes After the Hour To state the time as a number of minutes past the last hour that "has struck", append the number of minutes to the time for the hour. It is seven minutes past one = "It is [has been] seven minutes after having struck one." J±qÁ Êcj¸ \ay sbspq Aaj· [or ãj½j·] ek-taa beje saat minit aache [or hayeche]. (J±qÁ cas¸½Á \ay sbspq Aaj· [or ãS½aj·] ek-taa baajiyaa saat minit aache [or haiyaache]) On a digital clock system this would be "one seven":© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

239

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali J±qÁ \ay ek-taa saat Minutes Before the Hour State the time as the number of minutes in which the next hour "is [will be] striking":It is twenty three minutes to two = "Striking two will be twenty three minutes." Û'qÁ ca¸jy ÊyS® sbspq Aaj· [ãjc] du'taa baaj-te teish minit aache [habe] (Û'qÁ cas¸jy ÊyS® sbspq Aaj· [ãSjc] du'taa baajite teish minit aache [haibe]) On a digital clock system this would be "one thirty seven":J±qÁ \Ïasê® ek-taa s^aaitrish Asking the Time To ask what the time is, you ask: "How many times has it struck?" Accordingly, "how many" is combined with the particle. This is usually shortened, and the apostrophe inserted to indicate this. What is the time? = “How many have struck? [or strike?]” “How many have struck?” ±'qÁ [±yqÁ] Êcj¸j·? ka'taa [katataa] bejeche? (±'qÁ [±yqÁ] cas¸½aj·? ka'taa [katataa] baajiyaache? © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

240

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali “How many strike?” ±'qÁ [±yqÁ] caj¸? ka'taa [katataa] baaje?

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

241

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali

REVIEW QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS Notes: 1. Words enclosed in round brackets are in calita baan°laa. 2. Words enclosed in square brackets are optional or alternatives. Study 1 1. I, you, he, you, he Aasb, y›sb, Ê\, Aazsp, sysp aami, tumi, se, aapani, tini 2. It is yÁ (yaãÁ) Aaj· taa (taahaa) aache 3. He is well Ê\ vaj¬Á (va¬) Aaj· sebhaalo (bhaala) aache 4. How are you Aazsp ʱbp Aaj·p? aapani keman aachen? 5. I am ill Aasb A\fÅÕ Aas· aami asustha aachi 6. It is good yÁ vaj¬Á Aaj· (yÁãÁ va¬ Aaj·) taa bhaalo aache (taahaa bhaala aache) 7. Verb endings used when the stem ends in a consonant 1st, 2nd, 3rd, or Honorific [2nd or 3rd]

After a stem ending in a Consonant

1.

Aasb aami

2.

y›sb tumi

3.

N.

-s-

-i

-Ê-Á (- [=A])

-o, (-a) -Ê-e

Ê\ se yÁ (yaãÁ) taa (taahaa) Aazsp sysp

aapani tini

-Ê-p

-en

Study 2 1. He is there Ê\ L²ajp Aaj· se okhaane aache 2. I am here Aasb J²ajp Aas· aami ekhaane aachi © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

242

11 May 2007

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali Where are you? y›sb ʱaua½ Aaj·Á (Aa·)? tumi kothaay (aacha)? Thank you oðîcai dhanyabaad The friend is here cï‚ J²ajp Aaj· bandhu ekhaane aache The little sister is there Ê·aq Êcap L²ajp Aaj· chota bon okhaane aache How is the little sister? Ê·aq Êcap ʱbp Aaj·? chota bon keman aache? The big brother is here cE vaS J²ajp Aaj· bara bhaai ekhaane aache The big brother is a friend cE vaS cï‚ Aaj· bara bhaai bandhu aache Who is there? ʱ L²ajp Aaj·? ke okhaane aache? Who is sick? ʱ A\fÅÕ Aaj·? ke asustha aache? Here is the big brother cE vaS J²ajp Aaj· bara bhaai ekhaane aache Where is the little friend? Ê·aq cï‚ Ê±aua½ Aaj·? chota bandhu kothaay aache?

Study 3 1. English friend SÈjm¸ cï‚ in°rej bandhu Bengali brother caåa¬d vaS baan¹gaalii bhaai 2. English language SÈjm¸d va¿Á in°rejii bhaasaa 3. Bengali language caȬÁ va¿Á baan°laa bhaasaa 4. This message [is] good J \Ècai va¬ e san°baad bhaala 5. This is Bengali language J va¿Á caȬÁ e bhaasaa baan°laa 6. Little English brother Ê·aq SÈjm¸ vaS chota in°rej bhaai 7. Big Bengali sister cE caåa¬d Êcap bara baan¹gaalii bon 8. The unwell Bengali sister is here A\fÅÕ caåa¬d Êcap J²ajp Aaj· asustha baan¹gaalii bon ekhaane aache 9. The good Bengali brother is there va¬ caåa¬d vaS L²ajp Aaj· bhaala baan¹gaalii bhaai okhaane aache 10. This work [is] good J ±a¸ vaj¬Á (va¬) e kaaj bhaalo (bhaala) © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

243

11 May 2007

11. 12. 13.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali I indeed am that brother AasbS K vaS aami-i ee bhaai This particularly [is] good work JS vaj¬Á (va¬) ±a¸ ei bhaalo (bhaala) kaaj He indeed [is] good. syspS vaj¬Á (va¬)| tini-i bhaalo (bhaala).

Study 4 1. Give the book! cS sip! bai din! 2. Take this message! JS \Ècai spp! ei san°baad nin! 3. I do, you do Aasb ±sm, y›sb ±jmÁ (±m) aami kari, tumi kara (karo) he does, you do Ê\ ±jm, Aazsp ±jmp se kare, aapani karen 4. I speak, you are Aasb cs¬, y›sb Aaj·Á (Aa·) aami bali, tumi aacha (aacho) he reads, it does Ê\ zjE, yÁ (yaãÁ) ±jm se pare, taa (taahaa) kare 5. He speaks, you do sysp cj¬p, Aazsp ±jmp tini balen, aapani karen 6. The Bengali daughter is there. caåa¬d Êbj½ L²ajp Aaj·| baan¹gaalii meye okhaane aache. 7. The little woman reads Ê·aq Åòd zjE chota strii pare 8. The big man does work cE bapf¿ ±a¸ ±jm bara maanus kaaj kare 9. Read this little English book! J Ê·aq SÈjm¸d cS zEfp! e chota in°rejii bai parun! 10. The English man reads Bengali SÈjm¸ bapf¿ caȬÁ zjE in°rej maanus baan°laa pare 11. The little son is well Ê·aq Ê·j¬ vaj¬Á (va¬) Aaj· chota chele bhaalo (bhaala) aache Study 5 1. See you again! Aacam Êi²Á ãjc (ãSjc) ! aabaar dekhaa habe (haibe) 2. He [is] a good son Ê\ vaj¬Á (va¬) Ê·j¬ se bhaalo (bhaala) chele © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

244

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali N.B. To form questions using s± ki or ±d kii "what"? Place ±d (s±) kii (ki) where you would have put "what" it is replacing in the sentence. "whether"? s± ki — Place this "key" in front of "the door you want to open" in the sentence, so to speak! "is it so"? Place s± ki at the end of the sentence. 3. God's name [is] what? D®Ãjmm pab ±d (s±)? iishbarer naam kii (ki)? 4. What [is] your name? Aazpam pab ±d (s±)? aapanaar naam kii (ki)? 5. God's book [is] what? D®Ãjmm cS ±d (s±)? iishbarer bai kii (ki)? 6. God's book [is] good. D®Ãjmm cS vaj¬Á| iishbarer bai bhaalo (bhaala). 7. What [is] this book? J cS ±d (s±) e bai kii (ki)? 8. The parents are here szyabayÁ J²ajp Aaj· pitaamaataa ekhaane aache 9. The father and son are there szyÁ JcÈ Ê·j¬ L±ajp Aaj· pitaa eban° chele okhaane aache 10. Are your parents here? Aazpam cacabÁ * s± J²ajp Aaj·? aapanaar baabaamaa * ki ekhaane aache? [* or szyabayÁ pitaamaataa] 11. Are you well? y›sb s± vaj¬Á (Aa·)? tumi ki bhaalo (bhaala) aacha? 12. Is the little man well? Ê·aq bapf¿ s± vaj¬Á (va¬) Aaj·? chota maanus ki bhaalo (bhaala) aache? 13. My, your, her, its, your, his Aabam, Êyabam, yam (yaãam), yam (yaãam), Aazpam, yÏam (yÏaãam) aamaar, tomaar, taar (taahaar), taar (taahaar), aapanaar, t^aar (t^aahaar) 14. Your good friend Êyabam vaj¬Á (va¬) cï‚ tomaar bhaalo (bhaala) bandhu 15. Your Bengali book Aazpam caȬÁ cS aapanaar baan°laa bai 16. His unwell daughter is where? yam (yaãam) A\fÅÕ Êbj½ ʱaua½ Aaj·? taar (taahaar) asustha meye kothaay aache? © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

245

11 May 2007

17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali God's D®Ãjmm, ʲaiam iishvarer, khodaar Of the sister Êcajpm boner Of the little man Ê·aq bapfj¿m chota maan Of the big book cE cSJm bara baier The name of the big book cE cSJm pab bara baier naam The work of the Bengali sister caåa¬d Êcajpm ±a¸ baan¹gaalii boner kaaj The English brother's mother's name SÈjm¸ vaSj½m bayam pab in°rej bhaaiyer maataar naam The name of the book of the Bengali sister caåa¬d Êcajpm cSJm pab baan¹gaalii boner baier naam Your friend's Bengali work Êyabam cï‚m caȬÁ ±a¸ tomaar bandhur baan°laa kaaj

Study 6 1. Witness, question, answer, yes, no \añd, ‘z®Ð, F»m, ãÏÁ (ãϺÁ), pÁ saaksii, prashna, uttar, hy^aa (h^aa), naa 2. Many, not many, holy, understand Ajp±, AlÚ, zscê, cf¹Á anek, alpa, pabitra, bujhaa Study 7 1. Witnesses do preaching \añdmÁ ‘z¶am ±jm saaksiiraa pracaar kare 2. God's commandment [is] good D®Ãjmm Aa¡Á vaj¬Á (va¬) iishbarer aajnaa [aagyaa] bhaalo (bhaala) 3. Jesus [is] king D\Á ma¸Á iisaa raajaa 4. God does good sysp vaj¬Á (va¬) ±jmp tini bhaalo (bhaala) karen 5. We, YOU, they, YOU, they AabmÁ, ÊyabmÁ, yamÁ (yaãamÁ), AazpamÁ, yÏamÁ (yÏaãamÁ) aamaraa, tomaraa, taaraa (taahaaraa), aapanaaraa, t^aaraa (t^aahaaraa) 6. We do work AabmÁ ±a¸ ±sm aamaraa kaaj kari 7. We understand God's will AabmÁ D®Ãjmm * Só·Á cfs¹ aamaraa iishbarer * icchaa bujhi © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

246

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

[* or ʲaiÁm khodaar] The parents do more work cacabaj½mÁ * AamL ±a¸ ±jm baabaamaayeraa * aar-o kaaj kare [* or szyabayamÁ pitaamaataaraa] The little children do less work Ê·aq Ê·j¬jbj½ ±b ±a¸ ±jm chota chelemeye kam kaaj kare Our, YOUR, their, YOUR, their Aabajim, Êyabajim, yajim (yaãajim), Aazpajim, yÏajim (yÏaãajim) aamaader, tomaader, taader (taahaader), aapanaader, t^aader (t^aahaader) Our friend is here Aabajim cï‚ J²ajp Aaj· aamaader bandhu ekhaane aache Where is YOUR little sister? Aazpajim Ê·aq Êcap ʱaua½? aapanaader chota bon kothaay? Their word is our commandment. yÏajim (yÏaãajim) ±uÁ Aabajim Aa¡Á| t^aader (t^aahaader) kathaa aamaader aajnaa [aagyaa].

Study 8 1. Two women [generally] ÛS¸p Åòd duijan strii two women [by number] ÛS Åòd dui strii 2. Three Bengali sisters syp¸p caåa¬d Êcap tin-jan baan¹gaalii bon 3. One elder J±¸p ‘za¶dp vaS ek-jan praaciin bhaai 4. Sinners zazdmÁ, zazd³t paapiiraa, paapiigan 5. Idols ‘zsyba³t, ‘zsybaÓs¬ pratimaagan, pratimaaguli 6. Books cSÓs¬, cSÓj¬Á, cS\±¬, cS³t baiguli, baigulo, baisaksal, baigan 7. Friends cï‚mÁ bandhuraa 8. Little daughters Ê·aq Ê·aq Êbj½ [or Ê·aq Êbj½mÁ] chota chota meye [or chota meyeraa] 9. Many faithful ones sc®Ãa\dmÁ, sc®Ãa\d³t bishbaasiiraa, bishbaasiigan Study 9 [Vocabulary 9.1] and Study 10 © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

247

11 May 2007

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali I bring the message Aasb \Ècai Aasp aami san°baad aani I call God's name Aasb D®Ãjmm pab eas± aami iishbarer naam daaki Sinners die zazdmÁ [or zazd³t] ‰jm paapiiraa [or paapiigan] mare I read the book Aasb cS zsE aami bai pari He sits here Ê\ J²ajp cj\ se ekhaane base The faithful survive sc®Ãa\dmÁ cÏaj¶ bishbaasiraa b^aace

Study 11 1. Insert the verb endings [used when the stem ends in a vowel] 1st, 2nd, 3rd, or Honorific [2nd or 3rd] 1. 2. 3. N. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

After a stem ending in a Vowel Aasb aami y›sb tumi Ê\ se yÁ (yaãÁ) taa (taahaa) Aazsp aapani sysp tini

-S -L -½

-i -o -y

-p

-n

I want Aasb ¶aS aami caai you go y›sb naL tumi yaao he gets Ê\ za½ se paay You eat Aazsp ²ap aapani khaan he desires sysp ¶ap tini caan We prove to be AabmÁ ãS aamaraa hai YOU do not prove to be ÊyabmÁ ãL pÁ tomaraa hao naa I take Aasb spS aami ni-i [nei] you take y›sb ÊpL tumi neo he takes Ê\ Êp½Î se ney They take yÏamÁ spp t^aaraa nin (yÏaãamÁ Êpp t^aahaaraa nen)

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

248

11 May 2007

7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali YOU take AazpamÁ spp aapanaaraa nin AazpamÁ Êpp aapanaaraa nen we take AabmÁ spS aamaraa ni-i AabmÁ ÊpS aamaraa nei They don't sing [sing not] yamÁ (yaãamÁ) ³a½ pÁ taaraa (taahaaraa) gaay naa We don't get peace AabmÁ ®asPÙ zaS pÁ aamaraa shaanti paai naa My book gives a good answer Aabam cS vaj¬Á (va¬) F»m Êi½ aamaar bai bhaalo (bhaala) uttar dey Many children do not eat Ajp± Ê·j¬jbj½ ²a½ pÁ anek chelemeye khaay naa We go there. AabmÁ L²ajp naS aamaraa okhaane yaai

Study 12 1. Their faith [is] dead 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

8.

yajim (yaãajim) sc®Ãa\ bhy taahaader (taader) bishbaas mrrita Is our faith alive? Aabajim sc®Ãa\ s± ¸dscy? aamaader bishbaas ki jiibita? Much violence happens Ajp± sãÈ\Á ´jq anek hin°saa ghate We see a little [not much] rain there AabmÁ L²ajp AlÚ chsø Êis² aamaraa okhaane alpa brristi dekhi I run, you run, he runs Aasb ÊiàEaS, y›sb ÊiàEaL, Ê\ ÊiàEa½ aami dooraai, tumi dooraao, se dooraay You run, she runs Aazsp ÊiàEap, sysp ÊiàEap aapani dooraan, tini dooraan We flee AabmÁ za¬aS aamaraa paalaai you sleep y›sb ´fbaL tumi ghumaao they hide yamÁ (yaãamÁ) ¬f±a½ taahaaraa lukaay We want peace AabmÁ ®asPÙ ¶aS aamaraa shaanti caai

Study 13 1. I become awake [myself] © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

Aasb ¸as³ 249

11 May 2007

2. 3. 4. 5.

6.

7.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali [= I awake] aami jaagi I cause [someone] to wake up Aasb ¸a³aS [=I arouse] aami jaagaai I move around [myself] Aasb ¶s¬ [= I go] aami cali I cause [someone] to move Aasb ¶a¬aS [= I drive] aami caalaai I see Aasb Êis² aami dekhi I cause [someone] to see Aasb Êi²aS [= I show] aami dekhaai You learn y›sb Ê®j²Á (s®²) tumi shekho (shikha) You cause [someone] to learn y›sb s®±aL [= you teach] tumi shikhaao He returns Ê\ sxjm se phire He causes [someone/thing] to return Ê\ sxma½ [= he turns or returns] se phiraay He causes the mind to turn round Ê\ [bp] sxma½ [=he repents] se [man] phiraay

Study 14 1. Event, sign, creator, earth ´qpÁ, s¶ãM, \hsø±yíÁ (\hsø±»íÁ), zhsucd ghatanaa, cihna, srristikartaa (srristikarttaa), prrithibii 2. I believe Aasb sc®Ãa\ ±sm aami bishbaas kari you believe y›sb sc®Ãa\ ±jmÁ (±m) tumi bishbaas karo (kara) he believes Ê\ sc®Ãa\ ±jm se bishbaas kare 3. You believe Aazsp sc®Ãa\ ±jmp aapani bishbaas karen he believes sysp sc®Ãa\ ±jmp tini bishbaas karen 4. He creates sysp \hsø ±jmp tini srristi karen 5. Jehovah delivers snjãacÁ mñÁ ±jmp yihobaa raksaa karen 6. He destroys this world sysp J ¸³ù O¢È\ ±jmp tini e jaagat' dhvan°sa karen © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

250

11 May 2007

7. 8.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali They make many prayers yamÁ (yaãamÁ) Ajp± ‘zauípÁ ±jm taahaaraa (taaraa) anek praarthanaa kare People of false religion make war v›¬ [sbuºÁ] ojbím ʬa± nfÄ ±jm bhul [mithyaa] dharmer lok yuddha kare

Study 15 [See also idioms in Study 54] 1. We are pleased AabmÁ \Pßø ãS aamaraa santusta hai 2. (It) feels cold ®dy ¬aj³ shiit laage 3. (It) takes time \b½ ¬aj³ samay laage We spend time there aamaraa okhaane samay laagaai AabmÁ L²ajp \b½ ¬a³aS 4. He comes back Ê\ sxjm (sxsm½Á) Aaj\ se phire (phiriyaa) aase 5. He goes away Ê\ ¶j¬ (¶s¬½Á) na½ se cale (caliyaa) yaay 6. That builds up our faith yÁ (yaãÁ) Aabajim sc®Ãa\ ³jE (³sE½Á) Êyaj¬ taa (taahaa) aamaader bishbaas gare (gariyaa) tole

N.B. The Verb Endings in the Present Tense:Person: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 2nd Honorific or 3rd Honorific 1. I we 2. you YOU 3. he, she they it they

After a Stem After a Stem Ending in a ending in a Consonant Vowel Aasb aami -S -i AabmÁ aamaraa y›sb tumi -Ê-Á -o ÊyabmÁ tomaraa (- [=A] -a) Ê\ se -Ê-e yamÁ taaraa (yaãamÁ taahaaraa) yÁ (yaãÁ) taa (taahaa) yamÁ taaraa

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

251

-S -i -Ê-Á -o -½ -y

11 May 2007

N.

you YOU he, she they

(yaãamÁ Aazsp AazpamÁ sysp yÏamÁ (yÏaãamÁ

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali taahaaraa) aapani -Ê-p -en -p -n aapanaaraa tini t^aaraa t^aahaaraa)

Study 16 1. When do we see you? AabmÁ ±²p Êyabaj± Êis²? aamaraa kakhan tomaake dekhi? 2. When they come, then we study the Bible. yamÁ (yaãamÁ) n²p Aaj\, AabmÁ y²p naS| taaraa (taahaaraa) yakhan aase, aamaraa takhan yaai. 3. This time period is bad. J ±a¬ bði e kaal manda. 4. Come this week, on Wednesday, in the morning! J \zÙaã Aa\fp, cfÄcam \±aj¬! e saptaah aasun, buddhabaar sakaale! 5. Yesterday, today, tomorrow. ³y ±a¬, Aa¸j±, Aa³abd ±a¬ gata kaal, aaj-ke, aagaamii kaal 6. What is the address of our Hall? Aabajim ãj¬m sw±apÁ s±? aamaader haler thikaanaa ki? Study 17 1. Do you know that we do not make war? y›sb s± ¸ajpÁ (¸ap) Ên AabmÁ nfÄ ±sm pÁ? tumi ki jaana (jaano) ye aamaraa yuddha kari naa? Study 18 1. Are we perfect or sinful? 2.

AabmÁ s± s\Ä pÁ As\Ä? aamaraa ki siddha naa asiddha? Is this world good - or not? J ¸³ù s± vaj¬Á (va¬) - pÁ s± e jagat' ki bhaalo (bhaala) - naa ki?

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

252

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali Study 19 1. The books of various religions are many. scsvpÐ ojbím cSÓs¬ Ajp± Aaj· bibhinna dharmer baiguli anek aache. 2. The childrens' parents are here Ê·j¬jbj½jim szyabayÁ J²ajp Aaj· chelemeyeder pitaamaataa ekhaane aache. 3. Are these religions' fruits good or bad? J obíÓs¬m x¬ s± vaj¬Á (va¬) pÁ bði? e dharmagulir phal ki bhaala naa manda? 4. We want the deliverance of the righteous. AabmÁ oasbí±jim bfs»M ¶aS aamaraa dhaarmik-der mukti caai. Study 20 1. What is this? J ±d 2. Violence is the result of what? 3. 4. 5. 6.

e kii? sãÈ\Á s±j\m x¬Î hin°saa kiser phal? In what do you hope y›sb s±j\ sc®Ãa\ ±jmÁ (±m) tumi kise bishbaas karo (kara)? How do you know? ʱbp ±jm ¸ajpp? keman kare jaanen? Which sayings are true? ±d ±d (s± s±) ±uÁ \yº ã½? kii kii (ki ki) kathaa satya hay? Why do you say that? Aazsp ʱp yÁ (yaãÁ) cj¬p? aapani kena taa (taahaa) balen?

Study 21 1. In the picture there is a woman and three daughters. s¶jê [p±®a½, ·scjy] J± Åòd JcÈ syp Êbj½ Aaj·| citre [nakashaay, chabite] ek strii eban° tin meye aache. 2. In our book there is a chapter on this very subject. Aabajim cSjy JS sc¿j½ J±sq Aoºa½ Aaj·| aamaader baite ei bisaye ek-ti adhyaay aache. 3. We do a chapter on Friday. AabmÁ ëêMcajm J±sq Aoºa½ ±sm| aamaraa shukrabaare ek-ti adhyaay kari. 4. We see many religions. Is one alone right? Ajp± obí Êis²| J±qÁS s± su± ã½? © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

253

11 May 2007

5.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali anek dharma dekhi. ek-taa-i ki thik hay? What is the effect of these prayers? J ‘zauípaÓs¬m ‘zvac ±d e praarthanaagulir prabhaab kii?

Study 22 and 23 1. We want peace and security. AabmÁ ®asPÙ L spmaz»Á ¶aS aamaraa shaanti o niraapattaa caai. 2. They get trouble and hardship. yamÁ (yaãamÁ) ±ø L A\fscoÁ za½| taahaaraa (taaraa) kasta o asubidhaa paay. 3. Many leaders oppress the people. Ajp± ojbím ÊpyamÁ ʬa±j± Ayºa¶am ±jm| anek dharmer netaaraa lok-ke atyaacaar kare. 4. Those leaders' works are bad. K Êpyajim ±a¸ bði ee netaader kaaj manda. 5. Their result is peoples' trouble. yajim (yaãajim) x¬ ʬa±jim ±ø ã½ taader (taahaader) phal lok-der kasta hay. 6. Does a propiatory sacrifice give us a ransom? J±sq ‘za½sô¶» cs¬iap s± Aabajimj± bfs»Mm bg¬º Êi½? ek-ti praayashcitta balidaan ki aamaader-ke muktir muulya dey? 7. His love comes {to the faithful}. [See "Declension on Pronouns" Note #6 in the dictionary]. yÏam (yÏaãam) Ê‘zb {sc®Ãa\djim ±aj·} Aaj\| t^aar (t^aahaar) prem {bishbaasiider kaache} aase. 8. Through him we learn the truth. (Case I1) AabmÁ yÏam (yÏaãam) ±yŸí± \yº s®s²| aamaraa t^aar (t^aahaar) {kartrrik} satya shikhi. ([or] AabmÁ yÏam (yÏaãam) {IÃamÁ} \yº s®s²| aamaraa t^aar (t^aahaar) {dvaaraa} satya shikhi.) 9. Through his love we gain forgiveness. (Case I2) yÏam (yÏaãam) Ê‘zb {IÃamÁ} AabmÁ ñbÁ zaS| t^aar (t^aahaar) prem {dvaaraa} aamaraa ksamaa paai. ([or] yÏam (yÏaãam) Ê‘zb {sij½/si½Á} AabmÁ ñbÁ zaS| t^aar (t^aahaar) prem {diye/diyaa} aamaraa ksamaa paai.) © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

254

11 May 2007

10.

11.

12.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali We desire freedom from our sins. AabmÁ Aabajim zazÓs¬ {Êuj±/ãjy} bfs»M ¶aS| aamaraa aamaader paap-guli {theke/hate} mukti caai. ([or] AabmÁ Aabajim zaz\±¬ {ãSjy} bfs»M ¶aS aamaraa aamaader paap-sakal {haite} mukti caai.) Our message comes from God. Aabajim \Ècai D®Ãm * {ãjy/Êuj±} Aaj\| aamaader san°baad iishbar * {hate/theke} aase. ( Aabajim \Ècai D®Ãm * {ãSjy} Aaj\| aamaader san°baad iishbar * {haite} aase.) [* or ʲaiÁ khodaa] We see love in our meetings among our brothers and sisters. AabmÁ Aabajim \vaÓs¬jy Aabajim vaSjcap{Êim bjoº} Ê‘zb Êis²| aamaraa aamaader sabhaagulite aamaader bhaaibon-{der madhye} prem dekhi.

Study 24 1. Love is indeed among us.

Ê‘zb Aabajim bjoºS Aaj·| prem aamaader madhyei aache. JS (SãaS) Aabajim ¸d| ei (ihaai) aamaader jiiban.

2.

This indeed [is] our life.

3.

They believe in this one. yamÁ JÏjy sc®Ãa\ ±jm| taaraa e^te bishbaas kare. (yaãamÁ SÏãajy sc®Ãa\ ±jm| taahaaraa i^haate bishbaas kare.) In this one do we not see sin? JÏjy (SÏãajy) AabmÁ s± zaz Êis² pÁ? e^te (i^haate) aamaraa ki paap dekhi naa? Among those ones people do not learn peace. Ljim (Fãajim) bjoº ʬaj± ®asPÙ s®j² pÁ| oder (uhaader) madhye loke shaanti shikhe naa.

4. 5.

Study 25 1. This message is for you. © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

255

11 May 2007

2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7.

8.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali J \Ècai Êyabam ¸ðî Aaj·| e san°baad tomaar janya aache. Below the picture what do you read? Aazsp ·scm [p±®am/s¶jêm] pdj¶ ±d Êij²p? aapani chabir [nakashaar/citrer] niice kii dekhen? We keep our faith until the end of this world. AabmÁ J ¸³jym Ê®¿ zníºPÙ Aabajim sc®Ãa\ mas²| aamaraa e jagater shes paryyanta aamaader bishbaas raakhi. In front of us are many troubles. Aabajim \Bšfj² Ajp± ±ø Aaj·| aamaader sammukhe anek kasta aache. We speak about love. AabmÁ Ê‘zb \BÃjï cs¬| aamaraa prem sambandhe bali. These wars occur because of hatred. J nfÄÓs¬ ´htam ±amjt ´jq| e yuddhaguli ghrrinaar kaarane ghate. Despite their religion, they fight. yajim obí \j»¢L yamÁ nfÄ ±jm| taader dharma sattbeo taaraa yuddha kare. (yaãajim obí \j»¢L yaãamÁ nfÄ ±jm| taahaader dharma sattbeo taahaaraa yuddha kare.) Apart from this we do not know another reason. J cºsyjmj± AabmÁ Aam ʱap ±amt ¸asp pÁ| e byatireke aamaraa aar kona kaaran jaani naa.

Study 26 : Short Form 1. What will he do? sysp ±d ±mj? tini kii kar-ben? 2. We will go now. AabmÁ J²p nac| aamaraa ekhan yaaba. 3. Will you be there? Aazsp s± L²ajp ãj? aapani ki okhaane haben? 4. This name will stand forever. J pab ApPÙ ±a¬ iÏamajc| e naam ananta kaal d^aaraabe. 5. Will you speak to him next week? y›sb s± Aa³abd \zÙaã yaj± c¬jc? tumi ki aagaamii saptaah taake bal-be? © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

256

11 May 2007

6.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali The faithful will gain salvation. sc®Ãa\dmÁ zsmêat zajc| bishbaasiiraa paritraan paabe.

Study 26 : Long Form 1. What will he do? sysp ±d ±smj? tini kii kariben? 2. We will go now. AabmÁ J²p naSc aamaraa ekhan yaaiba. 3. Will you be there? Aazsp s± L²ajp ãSj? aapani ki okhaane haiben? 4. This name will stand forever. J pab ApPÙ ±a¬ iÏamaSjc| e naam ananta kaal d^aaraaibe. 5. Will you speak to him next week? y›sb s± Aa³abd \zÙaã yaãaj± cs¬jc? tumi ki aagaamii saptaah taahaake balibe? 6. The faithful will gain salvation. sc®Ãa\dmÁ zsmêat zaSjc| bishbaasiiraa paritraan paaibe. Study 27 and 28 : Long Form 1. We are speaking about this work. AabmÁ J ±a¸ \BÃŒjo cs¬jys·| aamaraa e kaaj sambandhe balitechi. 2. My father is sleeping. Aabam szyÁ (cacÁ) ´fbaSjyj·p| aamaar pitaa [baabaa] ghumaaitechen. 3. My mother is cooking. Aabam bÏÁ [bayÁ] mapÐÁ ±smjyj·p| aamaar m^aa [maataa] raannaa karitechen. 4. I am just now going out. Aasb J²pS casãjm [caSjm/Êcm] naSjys·| aami ekhan-i baahire [baaire/ber] yaaitechi. 5. This message is giving hope. J \Ècai Aa®Á sijyj·| e san°baad aashaa diteche. 6. What are you eating? y›sb ±d ²aSjy·? tumi kii khaaitecha? Study 29 : Short Form © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

257

11 May 2007

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali We are speaking about this work. AabmÁ J ±a¸ \BÃjï c¬s·| aamaraa e kaaj sambandhe bal-chi. My father is sleeping. Aabam szyÁ [cacÁ] ´fbajó·p| aamaar pitaa [baabaa] ghumaacchen. My mother is cooking. Aabam bÁ mapÐÁ ±mj·p| aamaar maa raannaa kar-chen. I am just now going out. Aasb J²pS caSjm [Êcm] nasó·| aami ekhan-i baaire [ber] yaacchi. This message is giving hope. J \Ècai Aa®Á sijó·| e san°baad aashaa dicche. What are you eating? y›sb ±d ²ajó·Á? tumi kii khaaccho?

Study 30 1. Can you read Bengali? Aazsp s± caȬÁ zEjy (zsEjy)| aapani ki baan°laa parite (par-te) paaren? 2. Do you want to speak English? y›sb s± SÈjm¸d c¬jy (cs¬jy) ¶aL? tumi ki in°rejii bal-te (balite) caao? 3. We can give proof that our message is good. AabmÁ ‘zbat sijy zasm Ên Aabajim \Ècai vaj¬Á (va¬)| aamaraa pramaan dite paari ye aamaader san°baad bhaalo (bhaala). 4. I try to speak Bengali. Aasb caȬÁ c¬jy (cs¬jy) ʶøÁ ±sm| aami baan°laa bal-te (balite) cestaa kari. Study 31 1. Normally, they do not want to listen. \aoamty yamÁ Ê®apjy [ëpjy/\fpjy] ¶a½ pÁ| saadhaaranatahh taaraa shon-te [shun-te/sun-te] caay naa. (\aoamty@ yaãamÁ Ê®aspjy [ëspjy/\fspjy] ¶a½ pÁ.) saadhaaranatahh taahaaraa shonite [shunite/sunite] caay naa.) 2. Perhaps a few will listen today. © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

258

11 May 2007

3.

4.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali ã½ ÊyÁ AlÚ Ê¬a± [±j½± ¸p] Aa¸j± Ê®apjc| hay to alpa lok [kayek jan] aaj-ke shon-be. (ã½ y AlÚ Ê¬a± [±j½± ¸p] Aa¸j± Ê®aspjc hay ta alpa lok [kayek jan] aaj-ke shonibe.) As we come regularly, we will know the people. sp½sby vajc Aa\jy Aa\jy AabmÁ ʬa±j± ¸apc [s¶pc]| niyamita bhaabe aas-te aas-te aamaraa lok-ke jaan-ba [cin-ba]. (sp½sby vajc Aas\jy Aas\jy AabmÁ ʬa±j± ¸aspc [s¶spc] niyamita bhaabe aasite aasite aamaraa lok-ke jaaniba [ciniba].) Possibly some will want to be our brothers. \BÖcy s±·› ʬa± Aabajim vaS ãjy ¶aSjc| sambhabata kichu lok aamaader bhaai hate caaibe. (\BÖcy@ s±·› ʬa± Aabajim vaS ãSjy ¶aSjc. sambhabatahh kichu lok aamaader bhaai haite caaibe.)

Study 32 1. We want peace, but we get disturbance. AabmÁ ®asPÙ ¶aS, s±Pß A®asPÙ zaS| aamaraa shaanti caai, kintu ashaanti paai. 2. The righteous and the unrighteous become unwell. oasbíj±mÁ JcÈ Aoasbíj±mÁ A\fÅÕ ã½ [or ãj½ zjE]| dhaarmikeraa eban° adhaarmikeraa asustha hay [or haye pare]. 3. For an imperfect man everlasting life is impossible. As\Ä bapfj¿m ¸ðî ApPÙ ¸d A\BÖc ã½| asiddha maan janya ananta jiiban asambhab hay. 4. He was not without sin. Ê\ zazãdp s·¬ pÁ| se paap-hiin chila naa. 5. A person without spirit is dead, and faith without works is dead. AaYšascãdp cºs»M bhy, JcÈ ±bíscãdp [±a¸scãdp] sc®Ãa\ bhy| aatmaabihiin byakti mrrita, eban° karmabihiin [kaaj-bihiin] bishbaas mrrita. Study 33 1. [Option 1] I am not a perfect man. Aasb s\Ä bapf¿ pS (psã)| aami siddha maans nai (nahi). © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

259

11 May 2007

2. 3.

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

10. 11. 12. 13.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali [Option 1] He is not my father, he is my big brother. Ê\ Aabam szyÁ p½ (pjã), Ê\ Aabam vaS| se aamaar pitaa nay (nahe), se aamaar bhaai. [Option 1] They think that we are not your neighbours. yamÁ (yaãamÁ) bjp ±jm Ên AabmÁ Êyabajim ‘zsyjc®dmÁ pS (psã)| taaraa (taahaaraa) mane kare ye aamaraa tomaader pratibeshiiraa nai (nahi). [Option 1] Is that not so? yaS p½ s±? (yaãaS pjã s±?) taai nay ki? (taahaai nahe ki?) [Option 1] He is not of this world. Ê\ J ¸³jym p½ (pjã)| se e jagater nay (nahe). [Option 2] In this world there is no peace. J ¸³jy ®asPÙ ÊpS (paS)| e jagate shaanti nei (naai). [Option 2] His mother is not. [= He has no mother.] yam bÁ ÊpS| (yaãam bÁ paS|) taar maa nei. (taahaar maa naai.) [Option 2] In him there is no bad work. yÏajy bði ±a¸ ÊpS| (yÏaãajy bði ±a¸ paS|) t^aate manda kaaj nei. (t^aahaate manda kaaj naai.) [Option 2] There is no man like this. Jbp ʱajpÁ bapf¿ ÊpS| (Jbp ʱap bapf¿ paS|) eman kono maanus nei. (eman kona maanus naai). [Option 3] That work is absolutely not good. J ±a¸ vaj¬Á (va¬) pÁ| e kaaj bhaalo (bhaala) naa. I do not understand. Aasb cfs¹ pÁ| aami bujhi naa. He will not go. Ê\ najc (naSjc) pÁ| se yaabe (yaaibe) naa. YOU are not listening. ÊyabmÁ ëpj·Á pÁ| (ÊyabmÁ ëpjy· pÁ|) tomaraa shun-cho naa. (tomaraa shun-techa naa.)

Study 34 1. We prayed.

AabmÁ ‘zauípÁ ±m¬ab (±sm¬ab)| aamaraa praarthanaa kar-laam (karilaam).

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

260

11 May 2007

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali We studied. AabmÁ Aoº½p ±m¬ab (±sm¬ab)| aamaraa adhyayan kar-laam (karilaam). She was ill. Ê\ A\fÅÕ s·j¬Á (s·¬)| se asustha chilo (chila). She was not in the meeting. Ê\ \vajy [\va½] s·j¬Á (s·¬) pÁ| se sabhaate [sabhaay] chilo (chila) naa. My father went away today. Aabam szyÁ [cacÁ] Aa¸j± ¶j¬ ʳj¬p| aamaar pitaa [baabaa] aaj-ke cale gelen. (Aabam szyÁ Aa¸j± ¶s¬½Á ʳj¬p| aamaar pitaa aaj-ke caliyaa gelen.) He went into work. Ê\ ±aj¸ ʳj¬Á (ʳ¬) se kaaje gelo (gela). You ate a little, but you got a lot. y›sb AlÚ Ê²j½j·Á, s±Pß Ajp± Êzj½j·Á| tumi alpa kheyecho, kintu anek peyecho. (y›sb AlÚ ²aS½a·, s±Pß Ajp± zaS½a·|) tumi alpa khaaiyaacha, kintu anek paaiyaacha. They stood there. yÏamÁ L²ajp iÏamaj¬Á| t^aaraa okhaane d^aaraalo. (yÏaãamÁ L±ajp iÏamaS¬ t^aahaaraa okhaane d^aaraaila.) They showed that book. yÏamÁ K cS Êi²aj¬Á| t^aaraa ee bai dekhaalo. (yÏaãamÁ K cS Êi²aS¬| t^aahaaraa ee bai dekhaaila.) Our brother gave the message. Aabajim vaS \Ècaisq sij¬p| aamaader bhaai san°baad-ti dilen. The man took a book. bapf¿sq J±sq cS spj¬Á (sp¬)| [or Ê\ bapf¿ J±sq …] maanus-ti ekti bai nilo (nila). [or se maanus ek-ti …]

Study 35 1. They did this.

yamÁ J ±mj¬Á| (yaãamÁ J ±sm¬ They did not do that. yamÁ K ±jm sp|

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

261

taaraa e kar-lo. taahaaraa e karila.) taaraa ee kare ni. 11 May 2007

2.

3.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali (yaãamÁ K ±jm paS| taahaaraa ee kare naai.) He went into work. Ê\ ±aj¸ ʳj¬Á (ʳ¬)| se kaaje gela (gelo). He did not go to the meeting. Ê\ \va½ na½ sp (paS). se sabhaay yaay ni (naai). The son wanted a study, but his parents did not want our message. Ê·j¬sq J±sq Aoº½p ¶aSj¬Á, s±Pß yam cacabÏÁ Aabajim \Ècai ¶a½ sp| cheleti ek-ti adhyayan caailo, kintu taar baabaam^aa aamaader san°baad caay ni. (Ê·j¬sq J±sq Aoº½p ¶aS¬, s±Pß yaãam szyabayÁ Aabajim \Ècai ¶a½ paS| cheleti ek-ti adhyayan caaila, kintu taahaar pitaamaataa aamaader san°baad caay naai.)

Study 36 1. If you come, then I will show you. y›sb nsi Aaj\Á [Aa\jc], yjc Aasb Êyabaj± Êi²ajcÁ| tumi yadi aaso [aas-be], tabe aami tomaake dekhaabo. (y›sb nsi Aa\ [Aas\jc], yjc Aasb Êyabaj± Êi²aSc| tumi yadi aasa [aasibe], tabe aami tomaake dekhaaiba.) 2. If they kill their fellow-believers, how will God be pleased? yamÁ nsi yajim \ãsc®Ãa\djim ãyºÁ ±jm, yjc ʲaiÁ ʱbp ±jm \Pßø ãj? taaraa yadi taader sahabishbaasiider hatyaa kare, tabe khodaa keman kare santusta haben? (yaãamÁ nsi yaãajim \ãsc®Ãa\djim ãyºÁ ±jm, yjc ʲaiÁ ʱbp ±sm½Á \Pßø ãSj? taahaaraa yadi taahaader sahabishbaasiider hatyaa kare, tabe khodaa keman kariyaa santusta haiben?) 3. If we do not clean our lives, then who will listen to our prayers? AabmÁ nsi Aabajim ¸d[ʱ] ës¶ pÁ ±sm * , yjc ʱ Aabajim ‘zauípaÓs¬ ëpj (ëspj)| © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

262

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali

4.

5.

[* or ±mjcÁ (±smc)] aamaraa yadi aamaader jiiban[ke] shuci naa kari * , tabe ke aamaader praarthanaaguli shuniben (shun-ben)? [* or kariba (kar-bo)] If all these ones do not say just one thing, among them there are liars! JmÁ nsi \±j¬ J±S ±uÁ pÁ cj¬, yjc yajim (yaãajim) bjoº sbuºacaid Aaj·! eraa yadi sakale ek-i kathaa naa bale, tabe taader (taahaader) madhye mithyaabaadii aache! If we love him, then we will obey his commandments. AabmÁ nsi yÏaj± Ê‘zb ±sm, yjc AabmÁ yÏam Aa¡aÓs¬ za¬p ±mjcÁ| aamaraa yadi t^aake prem kari, tabe aamaraa t^aar aajnaaguli ["aagyaaguli"] paalan kar-bo. (AabmÁ nsi yÏaãaj± Ê‘zb ±sm, yjc AabmÁ yÏaãam Aa¡aÓs¬ za¬p ±smc| aamaraa yadi t^aahaake prem kari, tabe aamaraa t^aahaar aajnaaguli ["aagyaaguli"] paalan kariba).

Study 37 1. With this all will know that we are his disciples. Jjy \caS ¸apjc Ên AabmÁ yÏam s®¿º *| ete sabaai jaan-be ye aamaraa t^aar shisya *. (Sãajy \±j¬ ¸aspjc Ên AabmÁ yÏaãam s®¿º *| ihaate sakale jaanibe ye aamaraa t^aahaar shisya *.) [* no need to say s®j¿ºmÁ shisyeraa 2. Many say that the time of this world is reduced. Ajpj± cj¬ Ên J ¸³jym \b½ \ÈsñzÙ| aneke balee ye e jagater samay san°ksipta. 3. People say that their religion is right. ʬaj± cj¬ Ên yajim (yaãajim) obí sw±| loke bale ye taader (taahaader) dharma thik. 4. The world's situation shows that people do not love one © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

263

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali

5.

another. ¸³jym AcÅÕÁ Êi²a½ Ên ʬaj± zmÅÚm Ê‘zb ±jm pÁ| jagater abasthaa dekhaay ye loke paraspar prem kare naa. [* or Jj± Aðîj± eke anyake or Jj± Azmj± eke apar-ke] Everyone will get a nice place of residence and work. \±j¬ vaj¬Á ca\ÅÕap L ±a¸ zajc| sakale bhaalo baasasthaan o kaaj paabe. (\±j¬ va¬ ca\ÅÕap L ±a¸ zaSjc| sakale bhaala baasasthaan o kaaj paaibe.)

Study 38 1. What do you want? ±d ¶aL? kii caao? 2. What [=That which] you showed, [that indeed] I want. y›sb nÁ Êi²aj¬ yaS ¶aS tumi yaa dekhaale taai caai. (y›sb naãÁ Êi²aSj¬, yaãaS ¶aS tumi yaahaa dekhaaile, taahaai caai.) 3. Where were you? y›sb ʱaua½ s·j¬? tumi kothaay chile? 4. Where [= into which place] you sent me, there [into that place indeed] I went. y›sb Ên²ajp Aabaj± zawaj¬ (zawaSj¬), Ê\²ajpS Aasb ʳ¬ab| tumi yekhaane aamaake paathaale (paathaaile), sekhaane-i aami gelaam. 5. When did you come? y›sb ±jc Aa\j¬ * ? tumi kabe aas-le *? (y›sb ±²p Aas\j¬? tumi kakhan aasile?) [* or Jj¬ ele] 6. When [=At which time] you called, then [at that time] I came. tumi yakhan * daak-le, takhan-i aami aas-laam **. (tumi yakhan daakile, takhan-i aami aasilaam.) [* or Ên \bj½ ye samaye] [** or AaS¬ab/J¬ab aailaam/elaam] 7. WHO will get Jehovah's blessings? © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

264

11 May 2007

8.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali ʱ snjãacam Aa®dcíaiÓs¬ zajc (zaSjc)| ke yihobaar aashiirbaad-guli paabe (paaibe)? Those who [=Which ones] follow his will, [these ones] make him happy. namÁ yÏam Só·Á za¬p ±jm, JmÁ yÏaj± Aapsðiy ±jm| yaaraa t^aar icchaa paalan kare, eraa t^aake aanandita kare. (naãamÁ yÏaãam Só·Á za¬p ±jm, SãamÁ yÏaãaj± Aapsðiy ±jm| yaahaaraa t^aahaar icchaa paalan kare, ihaaraa t^aahaake aanandita kare.)

Study 39 1. We will wait until that time. AabmÁ Ê\ \b½ zníPÙ AjzñÁ ±mjcÁ| aamaraa se samay paryanta apeksaa kar-bo. (AabmÁ Ê\ \b½ zníºPÙ AjzñÁ ±smc| aamaraa se samay paryyanta apeksaa kariba). 2. He will be with us until that time comes [while that time does not come]. sysp Aabajim \jå ãj, Ên zníPÙ Ê\ \b½ pÁ Aj\| tini aamaader san¹ge haben ye paryanta se samay naa aase. (sysp Aabajim \jå ãSj n²p zníºPÙ Ê\ \b½ pÁ Aaj\| tini aamaader san¹ge haiben yakhan paryyanta se samay naa aase.) 3. How long have you been in this country? y›sb ±y sip * J Êij® Aaj·Á ** ? tumi kata din * e deshe aacho ** ? (y›sb ±y sip * J Êij® Aaj·Á ** ? tumi kata din * e deshe aacha ** ?) [* or ba\ maas or cù\m bat'sar] [** or uaj±Á thaako (ua± thaaka)] Study 40 1. I came to give [giving] you good news. Aasb Aazpaj± \f\ba¶am sijy Jj\s· (Aas\½as·)| © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

265

11 May 2007

2.

3.

4.

5. 6.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali aami aapanaake susamaacaar dite esechi (aasiyaachi). We are coming to give [for the sake of giving, so as to give] hope. AabmÁ Aa®Á sicam ¸ðî Aa\s· (Aas\jys·)| aamaraa aashaa dibaar janya aas-chi (aasitechi). We will come again next Friday, [for the purpose] that you gain more knowledge. AabmÁ Aa³abd ëêMcam Aa\jcÁ (Aas\c), Ênp y›sb AamL ¡ap zajc (zaSjc)| aamaraa aagaamii shukrabaar aas-bo (aasiba), yena tumi aar-o jnaan [gyaan] paabe (paaibe). Our brother asks more questions at the end, [for the purpose] that we do not forget. Aabajim vaS Ê®j¿ AamL ‘z®Ð s¸¡a\Á ±jmp, Ênp AabmÁ pÁ v›s¬| aamaader bhaai shese aar-o prashna jijnaasaa ["jigyaasaa"] karen, yena aamaraa naa bhuli. He asks again lest we forget. sysp Aacam s¸¡a\Á ±jmp, zaj· AabmÁ Êvas¬| tini aabaar jijnaasaa ["jigyaasaa"] karen, paache aamaraa bholi. I will call again before Saturday lest [so as to prevent that] you do not . Aasb ®spcajmm Aaj³ Aacam ea±jcÁ (eas±c) zaj· y›sb Åšmt pÁ ±jmÁ (±m)| aami shanibaarer aage aabaar daak-bo (daakiba), paache tumi smaran naa karo (kara).

Study 41 1. Many die because people make war. Ajp± bjm ±amt ʬaj± nfÄ ±jm| aneke mare kaaran loke yuddha kare. 2. Our brothers and sisters keep peace, because we love one another. Aabajim vaSjcajpmÁ ®asPÙ maj², ʱppÁ AabmÁ zmÅÚm Ê‘zb © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

266

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali

3.

4.

±sm| aamaader bhaaiboneraa shaanti raakhe, kenanaa aamaraa paraspar prem kari. Given that YOUR word is true, YOU will always love one another. Êyabam ±uÁ sw± ã½ cj¬, ...ÊyabmÁ \c \b½ zmÅÚm Ê‘zb ±mjc (±smjc)| tomaar kathaa thik hay bale, ...tomaraa sab samay paraspar prem kar-be (karibe). [In the situation of] God being almighty, his name will stand forever. ʲaiÁ \cí®s»Mbap ãL½ajy * , yÏam pab ApPÙ ±a¬ iÏaEajc| khodaa sarbashaktimaan haoyaate * , t^aar naam ananta kaal d^aaraabe. (ʲaiÁ \CÃí®s»Mbap ãL½ajy * , yÏaãam pab ApPÙ ±a¬ iÏamaSjc| khodaa sarbbashaktimaan haoyaate * , t^aahaar naam ananta kaal d^aaraaibe.) [* or ãL½a½ haoyaay]

Study 42 1. You did not answer so I went away. y›sb F»m ÊiL sp, yaS Aasb ¶j¬ ʳ¬ab| tumi uttar deo ni, taai aami cale gelaam. (y›sb F»m siL paS, yaS Aasb ¶s¬½Á ʳ¬ab| tumi uttar dio naai, taai aami caliyaa gelaam.) 2. I was ill, consequently I could not come. Aasb A\fÅÕ s·¬ab, \fymaÈ Aa\jy zasm sp| aami asustha chilaam, sutaraan° aas-te paari ni. (Aasb A\fÅÕ s·¬ab, \fymaÈ Aas\jy zasm paS| aami asustha chilaam, sutaraan° aasite paari naai) 3. They do not read this book, so they don't rely on it. yamÁ J cS zjE pÁ, Ê\¸ðî yamÁ yam Fzjm * spvím ±jm pÁ| taaraa e bai pare naa, sejanya taaraa taar upare nirbhar kare * © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

267

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali

4.

5.

naa. (yaãamÁ J cS zjE pÁ, Ê\¸ðî yaãamÁ yaãam Fzjm spvm ±jm pÁ| taahaaraa e bai pare naa, sejanya taahaaraa taahaar upare nirbhar * kare naa.) [* or yajy taate (yaãajy taahaate)] You do not believe in anything at all, therefore you have no hope. y›sb s±·›Sjy sc®Ãa\ ±jmÁ pÁ, AyJc Êyabam Aa®Á ÊpS| tumi kichuite bishbaas karo naa, ataeb tomaar aashaa nei. (y›sb s±·›Sjy sc®Ãa\ ±m pÁ, AyJc Êyabam Aa®Á paS| tumi kichuite bishbaas kara naa, ataeb tomaar aashaa naai.) Each person is involved in the issue of Jehovah's sovereignty. ‘zjyº± cºs»M snjãacam \aCÃíjvàbjYÃm sc¿j½ ¸sEy Aaj·| pratyek byakti yihobaar sarbbabhoomatber bisaye jarita aache.

Study 43 1. Come, [won't you]! Aa\L pÁ! / J\L pÁ! (AaS\L pÁ! 2. You must come! Aa\L / Jj\Á! (Aas\L! 3. You will come! Aa\'Êc / Aa\jc! (Aas\jc! 4. Do not come! Aa\'Êc pÁ! / Aa\jc pÁ! (Aas\jc pÁ! 5. Let's come! Aas\! 6. Let him come! Aa\f±! / J\f±! (AaS\f±! © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

268

aas-o naa! / es-o naa! aais-o naa!) aa-so / eso! aasio!) aas'be / aas-be! aasibe!) aas'be naa! / aas-be naa! aasibe naa! aasi! aasuk! / esuk! aaisuk!) 11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali 7. Be it that you come to Jehovah! y›sb Ênp snjãacam ±aj· Aaj\Á * (Aa\)! tumi yena yihobaar kaache* aaso (aasa)! [* or Jj\Á! eso!] Study 44 1. • Did she see you? Ê\ s± Êyabaj± Êi²j¬Á (Êis²¬)? se ki tomaake dekh-lo (dekhila)? • No, she didn't! pÁ, Ê\ Aabaj± Êij² sp (paS)! naa, se aamaake dekhe ni (naai)! 2. • Can you come tomorrow? y›sb s± Aa³abd ±a¬ Aa\jy zajmÁ? tumi ki aagaamii kaal aas-te paaro (y›sb s± Aa³abd ±a¬ Aas\jy zam? tumi ki aagaamii kaal aasite paara)? • No, I can't. pÁ, Aasb Aa\jy (Aas\jy) zasm pÁ| naa, aami aas-te (aasite) paari naa. [or omit “Aasb Aa\jy (Aas\jy)” “aami aas-te (aasite)” ] Study 45 1. [Short form] Done come ±jm Aaj\ / Jj\ kare aase / ese 2.

eaten ʲj½ kheye

slept ´fsbj½ ghumiye

been ãj½ haye

taken spj½ niye,

gone s³j½ giye

taken sp½Á niyaa,

gone s³½Á giyaa

(Long form

Done ±sm½Á kariyaa

come eaten slept been AasS½Á ²aS½Á ´fbaS½Á ãÎS½Á aasiyaa khaaiyaa ghumaaiyaa haiyaa

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

269

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali Study 46 1. He has done much work. se anek kaaj kareche (kariyaache). 2. You have asked a good question. tumi ek-ti bhaalo prashna jijnaasaa [jigyaasaa] karecho. (tumi ek-ti bhaala prashna jijnaasaa [jigyaasaa] kariyaacha.) 3.

I have eaten a little but slept much. Aasb AlÚ Ê²j½s· s±Pß Ajp± ´fsbj½s·| aami alpa kheyechi kintu anek ghumiyechi. (Aasb AlÚ ²aS½as· s±Pß Ajp± ´fbaS½as·| aami alpa khaaiyaachi kintu anek ghumaaiyaachi ).

4.

They had given me this book. yamÁ Aabaj± J cS sij½j·| taaraa aamaake e bai diyeche. (yaãamÁ Aabaj± J cS si½aj·| taahaaraa aamaake e bai diyaache.) We had all gone. AabmÁ \±j¬ s³j½s·¬ab (s³½as·¬ab)| aamaraa sakale giyechilaam (giyaachilaam).

5.

Study 47 1. Crying, he ed he war. k^ede se yuddha smaran kar-lo. (k^aadiyaa se yuddha smaran karila.) 2. By doing good, you show your faith. bhaalo kare tumi tomaar bishbaas dekhaao. (bhaala kariyaa tumi tomaar bishbaas dekhaao.) 3. This world is ing away. J ¸³ù cjã * najó·| e jagat' bahe * yaacche. [* or Ê®¿ ãj½ shes haye] (J ¸³ù csã½Á ** naSjyj·| © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

270

11 May 2007

4.

5. 6.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali e jagat' bahiyaa ** yaaiteche.) [** or Ê®¿ ãS½Á shes haiyaa] Today's study has finished. Aa¸j±m Aoº½p [Ê®¿] ãj½j³j·| aaj-ker adhyayan [shes] hayegeche. (Aa¸j±m Aoº½p [Ê®¿] ãS½as³½aj·| aaj-ker adhyayan [shes] haiyaagiyaache.) He got up and left. Ê\ Fjw ¶j¬ ʳj¬Á| se uthe cale gelo. (Ê\ Fsw½Á ¶s¬½Á ³j¬| se uthiyaa caliyaa gela.) They hit her and ran away. yamÁ yaj± Êbjm ÊiàjE ¶j¬ ʳj¬Á| taaraa taake mere doore cale gelo. (yaãamÁ yaãaj± basm½Á ÊiàsE½Á ¶s¬½Á taahaaraa taahaake maariyaa dooraaiyaa caliyaa gela.)

Study 48 1. Will the meek ones will live in peace forever? bhÛ®dj¬mÁ * s± ApPÙ ±a¬ ®asPÙjy cÏa¶jc (cÏas¶jc)? mrridushiileraa * ki ananta kaal shaantite b^aac-be (b^aacibe)? [* or pmb ʬaj±mÁ naram lokeraa] 2. Being imperfect does not help a clear conscience. As\Ä ãL½Á \ù\Èjcij± * \aãanº ±jm pÁ| asiddha haoyaa sat'san°bed-ke * saahaayya kare naa. [* or ëÄ scjc±j± shuddha bibek-ke] 3. He sent this message here - for what purpose? sysp J \Ècai zawaj¬p (zawaSj¬p) - ʱapÎ Fjéj®º? tini e san°vaad paathaalen (paathaailen) - kon' uddeshye? 4. He was here in the flesh. sysp baÈj\ J²ajp s·j¬p| tini maan°se ekhaane chilen. 5. This indeed is a vital work. JqaS Ayºacôî± ±a¸ ã½| © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

271

11 May 2007

6.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali etaa-i atyaabashyak kaaj hay. In order to get this knowledge we go to our meetings. J ¡ap zacam (zaScam) * ¸ðî AabmÁ \vajy ** naS| e jnaan ["gyaan"] paaibaar (paabaar) * janya aamaraa sabhaate ** yaai. [* or zaL½am paaoyaar] [** or \va½ sabhaay]

Study 49 1. If you do work, then you will eat. tumi yadi kaaj karo, tabe khaabe. (tumi yadi kaaj kara, tabe khaaibe). 2. [In the case with =] With you doing work you will eat. y›sb ±a¸ ±mj¬ ²ajc| tumi kaaj kar-le khaabe. (y›sb ±a¸ ±smj¬ ²aSjc| tumi kaaj karile khaaibe.) 3. If you do not do work, then you will not eat. y›sb nsi ±a¸ pÁ ±jmÁ, yjc y›sb ²ajc pÁ| tumi yadi kaaj naa karo, tabe tumi khaabe naa. (y›sb nsi ±a¸ pÁ ±m, yjc y›sb ²aSjc pÁ| tumi yadi kaaj naa kara, tabe tumi khaaibe naa.) 4. [In the case with =] With you not doing work you will not eat. [y›sb] ±a¸ pÁ ±mj¬ [y›sb] ²ajc pÁ| [tumi] kaaj naa kar-le [tumi] khaabe naa. ([y›sb] ±a¸ pÁ ±smj¬ [y›sb] ²aSjc pÁ| [tumi] kaaj naa karile [tumi] khaaibe naa.) 5. Even if you do work, even then you will not eat. y›sb nsiL ±a¸ ±jmÁ (±m), ycfL ±ajc (²aSjc) pÁ| tumi yadi-o kaaj karo (kara), tabu-o khaabe (khaaibe) naa. 6. Even [in the case with =] with you working you will not eat. y›sb ±a¸ ±mj¬L ²ajc pÁ| tumi kaaj kar-le-o khaabe naa. (y›sb ±a¸ ±smj¬L ²aSjc pÁ| © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

272

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali tumi kaaj karile-o khaaibe naa.) 7. If you do good work, you will get benefit. y›sb nsi vaj¬Á ±a¸ ±jmÁ, * ¬av zajc| tumi yadi bhaalo kaaj karo, * laabh paabe. (y›sb nsi va¬ ±a¸ ±m, * ¬av ;zaSjc| tumi yadi bhaala kaaj kara, * laabh paaibe.) [* or yjc y›sb tabe tumi] 8. If you pray to Him in the right manner, you will gain strength. y›sb nsi sw± vajc yÏam ±aj· ‘zauípÁ ±jmÁ,* ®s»M zajc| tumi yadi thik bhaabe t^aar kaache praarthanaa karo, * shakti paabe. (y›sb nsi sw± vajc yÏaãam ±aj· ‘zauípÁ ±m, * ®s»M zaSjc| tumi yadi thik bhaabe t^aahaar kaache praarthanaa kara, * shakti paaibe.) [* or yjc y›sb tabe tumi] or sw± vajc yÏam ±aj· ‘zauípÁ ±mj¬ ®s»M zajc| thik bhaabe t^aar kaache praarthanaa kar-le shakti paabe. (sw± vajc yÏaãam ±aj· ‘zauípÁ ±smj¬ ®s»M zaSjc| thik bhaabe t^aahaar kaache praarthanaa karile shakti paaibe.) 9. If he comes then he will see the message. Ê\ nsi Aaj\ \Ècai Êi²jc| se yadi aase san°baad dekh-be. (Ê\ nsi Aaj\ \Ècai Êis²jc| se yadi aase san°baad dekhibe.) or Aa\j¬ Ê\ \Ècai Êi²jc| aas-le se san°baad dekh-be. (Aas\j¬ Ê\ \Ècai Êis²jc| aasile se san°baad dekhibe.) 10. If he does not look then he will not get the book. Ê\ nsi pÁ Êij² yajc cS zajc (zaSjc) pÁ| se yadi naa dekhe tabe bai paa-be (paaibe) naa. © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

273

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali or 11.

pÁ Êi²j¬ (Êis²j¬) Ê\ cS zajc (zaSjc) pÁ| naa dekh-le (dekhile) se bai paabe (paaibe) naa. Even if you read these words, can you understand their meaning? y›sb nsiL J ±uaÓs¬ zjEÁ, yjc y›sb s± yajim AuíÁ cf¹jy zamjc? tumi yadi-o e kathaaguli paro, tabe tumi ki taader artha bujh-te paar-be? (y›sb nsiL J ±uaÓs¬ zE, yjc y›sb s± yaãajim Auí cfs¹jy zasmjc? tumi yadi-o e kathaaguli para, tabe tumi ki taahaader artha bujhite paaribe?)

or J ±uaÓs¬ zamj¬L y›sb s± cf¹jy zamjc? e kathaaguli par-le-o tumi ki bujh-te paar-be? (J ±uaÓs¬ zsEj¬L y›sb s± cfs¹jy zasmjc e kathaaguli parile-o tumi ki bujhite paaribe?) Study 50 1. He used to [= would] work here. Ê\ J²ajp ±a¸ ±smjyÁ (±smy)| se ekhaane kaaj karito (karita). 2. If I used to work, then I would eat. Ê\ nsi ±a¸ ±myab, yjc ʲyab| aami yadi kaaj kar-taam, tabe khetaam. (Aasb nsi ±a¸ ±smyab, yjc ²aSyab| aami yadi kaaj karitaam, tabe khaaitaam.) or Aasb ±a¸ ±mj¬ ʲyab| aami kaaj kar-le khetaam. (AÁsb ±a¸ ±smj¬ ²aSyab| aami kaaj karile khaaitaam.) 3. If you would work, then you would eat. y›sb nsi ±a¸ ±smjyÁ, yjc ʲjy| tumi yadi kaaj karito, tabe khete. © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

274

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali (y›sb nsi ±a¸ ±smy, yjc ²aSjy| tumi yadi kaaj karita, tabe khaaite.) or 4.

5.

±a¸ ±mj¬ ʲjyÁ| kaaj kar-le kheto. (±a¸ ±smj¬ ²aSy| kaaj karile khaaita.) When they used to work, then they would eat. yamÁ n²p ±a¸ ±my y²p ʲjyÁ| taaraa yakhan kaaj kar-ta takhan kheto. (yaãamÁ n²p ±a¸ ±smy y²p ²aSy| taahaaraa yakhan kaaj karita takhan khaaita.) If Adam would stay perfect, then he would not die. Aaib nsi s\Ä ua±jyÁ, bmjyÁ pÁ| aadam yadi siddha thaak-to, mar-to naa. (Aaib nsi s\Ä uas±y, bsmy pÁ| aadam yadi siddha thaakita, marita naa. )

or

6.

Aaib s\Ä ua±j¬ bmjyÁ pÁ| aadam siddha thaak-le mar-to naa. (Aaib s\Ä uas±j¬ bsmy pÁ| aadam siddha thaakile marita naa.) If YOU stayed perfect, then YOU would not die. Aazsp nsi s\Ä ua±jyp, yjc bmjyp pÁ| aapani yadi siddha thaak-ten, tabe mar-ten naa. (Aazsp nsi s\Ä uas±jyp, yjc bsmjyp pÁ| aapani yadi siddha thaakiten, tabe mariten naa.)

or

7.

Aazsp s\Ä ua±j¬ bmjyp pÁ| aapani siddha thaak-le mar-ten naa. (Aazsp s\Ä uas±j¬ bsmjyp pÁ| aapani siddha thaakile mariten naa.) [In the case with =] With Adam not staying faithful then he would die. Aaib sc®Ãa\d pÁ ua±j¬ bmjyÁ| aadam bishbaasii naa thaak-le mar-to.

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

275

11 May 2007

8.

9.

10.

11. 12.

13.

14.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali (Aaib sc®Ãa\d pÁ uas±j¬ bsmy| aadam bishbaasii naa thaakile marita.) They would stay in that little house. yamÁ K Ê·aq casEjy ua±jyÁ| taaraa ee chota baarite thaak-to. (yaãamÁ K Ê·aq casEjy uas±y| taahaaraa ee chota baarite thaakita.) Even if he were visible again on the earth, even then would every one accept him? sysp nsiL Aacam zhsucdjy ihôîy ãjyp, ycfL \±j¬ s± yÏaj± ‘³ãt ±mjyÁ? tini yadi-o aabaar prrithibiite drrishyata haten, tabu-o sakale ki t^aake grahan kar-to? (sysp nsiL Aacam zhsucdjy ihôîy@ ãSjyp, ycfL \±j¬ s± yÏaãaj± ‘³ãt ±smy? tini yadi-o aabaar prrithibiite drrishyatahh haiten, tabu-o sakale ki t^aahaake grahan karita ?) In the case of Adam not sinning, would he die or not die? Aaib zaz pÁ ±mj¬ bmjyÁ cÁ bmjyÁ pÁ? aadam paap naa kar-le mar-to baa mar-to naa? (Aaib zaz pÁ ±smj¬ bsmy cÁ bsmy pÁ? aadam paap naa karile marita baa marita naa?) Would there be [= remain] disturbance, violence, liars? A®asPÙ, sãÈ\Á, sbuºacaid s± ua±jyÁ (uas±y)? ashaanti, hin°saa, mithyaabaadii ki thaak-to (thaakita)? What is your feeling about this? J \BÃjï Êyabam bjpavac * s±? e sambandhe tomaar manobhaab * ki? [* or Apfvœsy anubhuuti] God is looking at you and at me. ʲaiÁ * Êyabaj± L Aabaj± Êi²j·p (Êis²jyj·p)| khodaa * tomaake o aamaake dekh-chen (dekhitechen). [* or D®Ãjmm iishbar] Were you receiving love and peace?

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

276

11 May 2007

15.

16.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali y›sb s± Ê‘zb L ®asPÙ Êzjys·j¬ (zaSjys·j¬)| tumi ki prem o shaanti paaitechile (petechile). I was learning about God's purposes. Aasb ʲaiamÁ* FjéôîÓs¬ \BÃjï s®²s·¬ab| aami khodaar * uddeshyaguli sambandhe shikh-chilaam. (Aasb ʲaiam * FjéôîÓs¬ \BÃjï s®s²jys·¬ab| aami khodaar * uddeshyaguli sambandhe shikhitechilaam.) [* or D®Ãjmm iishbar] Where were you living? Aazsp ʱaua½ ca\ ±ms·j¬p (±smjys·j¬p)| aapani kothaay baas kar-chilen (karitechilen).

Study 51 1. [Use "nije"] I wrote it myself. Aasb spj¸ yÁ s¬²¬ab| aami nije taa likh-laam. (Aasb spj¸ yaãÁ s¬s²¬ab| aami nije taahaa likhilaam.) 2. [Use "svayan°"] They learned Bengali themselves. yamÁ \Ã½È caȬÁ s®²j¬Á| taaraa svayan° baan°laa shikh-lo. (yaãamÁ \Ã½È caȬÁ s®s²¬| taahaaraa svayan° baan°laa shikhila.) 3. [Use "aapani"] He himself gave [made] this promise. sysp Aazsp J ‘zsy¡Á ±mj¬p| tini aapani e pratijnaa ["pratigyaa"] kar-len (karilen). 4. [Decline "nije"] This person changed himself into Satan. J cºs»M spj¸j± ®½yajp zsmty ±mj¬Á (±sm¬)| e byakti nijeke shayataane parinata kar-lo (karila). 5. [Decline "aapani"] He gave himself in sacrifice for us. sysp Aabajim ¸ðî Aazpaj± cs¬iajp sij¬p| tini aamaader janya aapanaake balidaane dilen. 6. [Decline "nije"] I wanted from myself to do this. Aasb s¸j¸m ãjy J ±mjy ʶ¬ab| © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

277

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali aami nijer hate e kar-te celaam. (Aasb spj¸m ãSjy J ±smjy ʶ¬ab| aami nijer haite e karite caailaam.) 7. [Decline "aapani"] He did not speak from himself. sysp AazpÁ ãjy cj¬p sp| tini aapanaa hate balen ni (tini aapanaa haite balen naai.) 8. [Decline "nije"] Bring your own work. spj¸m ±a¸ AapL (Aap) nijer kaaj aan-o (aana). 9. [Decline "nije"] They take their own books. yamÁ (yaãamÁ) spj¸jim cSÓs¬ * Êp½| taaraa (taahaaraa) nijeder baiguli * ney. [* or cS bai] 10. [Another form of "nije"] We examine our own lives. AabmÁ sp¸ sp¸ ¸d zmdñÁ ±sm| aamaraa nij nij jiiban pariiksaa kari. 11. [Decline "aapan"] They hate their own brothers. yamÁ (yaãamÁ) Aazp * vaSjimj± ´htÁ ±jm| taaraa (taahaaraa) aapan * bhaaider-ke ghrrinaa kare. [* or Aazpajim aapanaader] 12. [Decline "aapan"] We do not hate our own brothers. AabmÁ Aazp * vaSjimj± ´htÁ ±sm pÁ| aamaraa aapan * bhaaider-ke ghrrinaa kari naa. [* or Aazpajim aapanaader] 13. [Decline "aapan"] YOU will know that your [=own] deliverance is near. ÊyabmÁ ¸apjc * (¸aspjc) Ên Êyabajim * bfs»M \spбq| tomaraa jaan-be (jaanibe) ye tomaader * mukti sannikat. [* or Aazp aapan] 14. Are they selfless or selfish? yamÁ (yaãamÁ) s± \ÃauíãÎdp pÁ \Ãauízm? taaraa (taahaaraa) ki svaarthahiin naa svaarthapar? 15. In his words there is self-contradiction. yam (yaãam) ±uaÓs¬m bjoº AaYšscjmao Aaj·| © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

278

11 May 2007

16.

17. 18.

19.

20.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali taar (taahaar) kathaagulir * madhye aatmabirodh aache. [* or ±uaÓj¬am kathaagulor] With there being (conditional participle of "thaakaa") no doing of self-examination, they deceive themselves. AaYšzmdñÁ pÁ ±mj¬ yamÁ sp¸j± xÏas± Êi½| aatmapariiksaa naa kar-le taaraa nij-ke ph^aaki dey. (AaYšazmdñÁ pÁ ±smj¬ yaãamÁ sp¸j± xÏas± Êi½| aatmapariiksaa naa karile taahaaraa nij-ke ph^aaki dey.) In these days people seek their own interests. J ±aj¬ ʬaj± \Ãauí ʶøÁ ±jm| e kaale loke svaartha cestaa kare. He will not examine us according to the work of others. sysp Aðîjim ±aj¸m Apf\ajm Aabajimj± zmdñÁ ±mj (±smj) pÁ| tini anyader kaajer anusaare aamaader-ke pariiksaa kar-ben (kariben) naa. Will the righteous possess the earth? oasbíj±mÁ s± Êij®m Aso±amd ãjc? dhaarmikeraa ki desher adhikaarii habe? (oasBšíj±mÁ s± Êij®m Aso±amd ãSjc? dhaarmikeraa ki desher adhikaarii haibe?) Doing personal study is essential. cºs»M³y Aoº½p ±mÁ Ayºacôî±| byaktigata adhyayan karaa atyaabashyak.

Study 52 1. Work is done. ±a¸ ±mÁ ã½| kaaj karaa hay. 2. Prayers are said [made]. ‘zauípÁ ±mÁ na½| praarthanaa karaa yaay. 3. The Bible does get read a little. caSjc¬ AlÚ zEÁ na½| baaibel alpa paraa yaay. 4. The Bible used to be read much more. caSjc¬ Ajp± Êcs® zEÁ ÊnjyÁ (naSy)| baaibel anek beshii paraa yeto (yaaita). © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

279

11 May 2007

5. 6. 7.

8. 9.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali The loving invitation is made known. Ê‘zbb½ spbPòt ¸apajpÁ (¸apap) ã½| premamay nimantran jaanaano (jaanaana) hay. Women and children get killed. ÅòdmÁ L Ê·j¬jbj½mÁ bamÁ na½| striiraa o chelemeyeraa maaraa yaay. News of the kingdom is getting preached. maj¸ºm \ba¶am * ‘z¶am ±mÁ najó· (naSjyj·)| raajyer samaacaar * pracaar karaa yaacche (yaaiteche). [* or ²cm khabar] It will be given to you. Êyabaj± ÊiL½Á ãjc (ãSjc)| tomaake deoyaa habe (haibe). He will be called [spoken of as] this one's son. yÏaj± JÏm zfê * c¬Á najc| t^aake e^r putra * balaa yaabe. (yÏaãaj± SÏãam zfê * c¬Á naSjc| t^aahaake i^haar putra * balaa yaaibe.) [* or Ê·j¬ chele]

Study 53 1. The enemy has roared, is roaring, and will roar for a little more time. ®êÆ ³s¸íj½j·, ³¸íajó·, L AamL AlÚ \bj½m ¸ðî ³¸íajc| shatru garjiyeche, garjaacche, o aar-o alpa samayer janya garjaabe. (®êÆ ³s¸í½aj·, ³¸íaSjyj·, L AamL AlÚ \bj½m ¸ðî ³¸íaSjc| shatru garjiyaache, garjaaiteche, o aar-o alpa samayer janya garjaaibe.) 2. How art thou? y›S ʱbp Aas·\Î? tui keman aachis'? 3. Read thy little book to him. yaj± (yaãaj±) Êyam Ê·aq cS zEÎ| taake (taahaake) tor chota bai par'. 4. Thy sister is laughing. Êyam Êcap ãa\j· (ãas\jyj·)| tor bon haas-che (haasiteche). 5. A funny thing came from thee. © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

280

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali Êyam ±a· Êuj± ãas\m ±uÁ Aa\j¬Á (Aas\¬)| tor kaach theke haasir kathaa aas-lo (aasila). Study 54 1. How have you got hurt? y›sb ʱbp ±jm Fj¶aq ʲj½j·Á? tumi keman kare ucot kheyecho? (y›sb ʱbp ±sm½Á Fj¶aq ²aS½a·? tumi keman kariyaa ucot khaaiyaacha?) 2. To smoke is bad for us. ofbzap ±mÁ Aabajim ¸ðî ²amaz| dhum-paan karaa aamaader janya khaaraap. 3. Shall I take off my shoes? Aasb s± Aabam ¸›yÁ ²f¬jcÁ (²fs¬c)? aami ki aamaar jutaa khul-bo (khuliba)? 4. I don't want to let the opportunity slip. Aasb \fjna³ ·aEjy (·asEjy) ¶aS pÁ| aami suyog chaar-te (chaarite) caai naa. 5. What sort of fruit does this path bear? J zu s± m±b * x¬ ojm? e path ki rakam * phal dhare? [* or ‘z±am / mÇz prakaar / ruup] 6. With paying attention * we can learn. bjpajna³ sij¬ ** AabmÁ s®²jy (s®s²jy) zasm| manoyog dile ** aamaraa shikh-te (shikhite) paari. [* This is a conditional participle] [** or ±mj¬ kar-le (±smj¬ karile)] 7. My writing has finished. Aabam ʬ²Á Ê®¿ ãj½j· (ãS½aj·)| aamaar lekhaa shes hayeche (haiyaache). 8. My daughter gets the giggles. Aabam Êbj½m ãas\ za½| aamaar meyer haasi paay. 9. Please turn on the light! i½Á ±jm sc¸¬d casy æ¢aj¬Á! © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

281

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali dayaa kare bijalii baati jvaalo! (i½Á ±sm½Á sc¸¬d casy æ¢a¬L! dayaa kariyaa bijalii baati jvaal-o! ) 10. It does not take much time. Ajp± \b½ ¬aj³ pÁ| anek samay laage naa. 11. For this book how much does it cost? J cSJm ¸ðî ±y qa±Á ¬aj³? e bai-er janya kata taakaa laage? 12. With applying * a little time and logic we can see the truth. AlÚ \b½ L nfs»M ¬a³aj¬ AabmÁ \yº Êi²jy zasm| alpa samay o yukti laagaale aamaraa satya dekh-te paari. (AlÚ \b½ L nfs»M ¬a³aSj¬ AabmÁ \yº Êis²jy zasm| alpa samay o yukti laagaaile aamaraa satya dekhite paari.) [* This is a conditional participle] 13. With not putting the truth to use we do not get benefit. satya kaaje naa laagaaile (laagaale) aamaraa laabh paai naa. 14. I have a belief. Aabam sc®Ãa\ Aaj·| aamaar bishvaas aache. 15. They have no hope. yajim Aa®Á ÊpS| taader aashaa nei. (yaãajim Aa®Á paS| taahaader aashaa naai.) 16. He has your message. Êyabam \Ècai yam (yaãam) ±aj· Aaj·| tomaar san°baad taar (taahaar) kaache aache. 17. They do not have our book. Aabajim cS yajim ±aj· ÊpS| aamaader bai taader kaache nei. (Aabajim cS yaãajim ±aj· paS| aamaader bai taahaader kaache naai.) 18. One must go now. J²p Ênjy ãjc| ekhan yete habe. (J²p naSjy ãSjc| ekhan yaaite haibe.) 19. Why must [you] learn Bengali? * ʱp caȬÁ s®²jy ãjc? * kena baan°laa shikh-te habe? (* ʱp caȬÁ s®s²jy ãSjc? * kena baan°laa shikhite haibe?) © 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

282

11 May 2007

20.

21. 22. 23.

24.

25.

26.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali [* or Êyabam / Êyabam IÃamÁ / Êyabam ±yŸí± tomaar / tomaar dvaaraa / tomaar kartrrik] You must pray to him. * yÏam ±aj· ‘zauípÁ ±mjy ãjc| *t^aar kaache praarthanaa kar-te habe. (* yÏaãam ±aj· ‘zauípÁ ±smjy ãSjc| * t^aahaar kaache praarthanaa karite haibe.) [* or Aazpam / Aazpam IÃamÁ / AazpÁ ±yŸí± aapanaar / aapanaar dvaaraa / aapanaa kartrrik] It [indeed] is so. yaS cjq taa-i bate. (yaãaS cjq taahaa-i bate.) But you certainly want peace. s±Pß y›sb ÊyÁ (y) ®asPÙ ¶aL| kintu tumi to (ta) shaanti caao. Ever-lasting, s¶mÅÕa½d cirasthaayii spirit-lacking, AaYšascãdp aatmaabihiin self-loving, AaYšs‘z½ aatmapriya world-wide, sc®Ãcºazd bishvabyaapii faith-worthy [fit for] sc®Ãa\jna³º bishvaas-yogya There have been wars and famine going on. nfÄÓj¬Á L Ûsvíñ mj½j·| yuddhagulo o durbhiksa rayeche. (nfÄÓs¬ L Ûsvíñ mj½j·| yuddhaguli o durbhiksa rahiyaache.) Those events have been going on with us for many years. J ´qpaÓs¬ Ajp± cù\m Aabajim \jå mj½j· (msã½aj·)| e ghatanaaguli anek bat'sar aamaader san¹ge rayeche (rahiyaache). This world is lying in whose hands? J ¸³ù ±am ãjÅÙ * mj½j·? e jagat' kaar haste * rayeche? (J ¸³ù ±aãam ãjÅÙ * msã½aj·? e jagat' kaahaar haste * rahiyaache?) [* or add \fS½Á suiyaa]

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

283

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali Study 55 1. [Qualifying] big bigger biggest. cE AamL cE \cj¶j½ cE bara aar-o bara sab-ceye bara. 2. [Qualifying] good better best. vaj¬Á AamL vaj¬Á \cj¶j½ vaj¬Á bhaalo aar-o bhaalo sab-ceye bhaalo. (va¬ AamL va¬ \cj¶j½ va¬ bhaala aar-o bhaala sab-ceye bhaala.) 3. [Modifying] dear dearer dearest ‘zd½ ‘zd½ym ‘zd½yb priiya priiyatara priiyatama 4. The Greatest Man \cí bãap zfmÆ¿ sarbamahaan purus (\CÃí bãap zfmÆ¿ sarbbamahaan purus) 5. Almighty. \cí®s»Mbap sarbashaktimaan (\CÃí®s»Mbap sarbbashaktimaan) Universal sovereignty. (\acíjvàbYà saarbabhoomatba. (\aCÃíjvàbYà saarbbabhoomatba.) 6. The nearest house. \cj¶j½ sp±q casE sab-ceye nikat baari. 7. This teaching is more loving. J s®ñÁ AamL Ê‘zbb½| e shiksaa aar-o premamay. Study 56 1. brother, sister vaS, Êcap bhaai, bon 2. gentleman, lady bãa®½, bãa®½Á mahaashay, mahaashayaa 3. male student, female student ·aê, ·aêd chaatra, chaatrii 4. male teacher, female teacher s®ñ±, s®sñ±Á shiksak, shiksikaa 5. Dear Mr. Rahman, I got your cheque.

s‘z½ ¸pac * maã…bap, priya janaab * raah'maan, [* cÁ bãa®½] [* or mahaashay] Aasb Êyabam ʶ±… aami tomaar cek' Êzj½s· (zaS½as·)| peyechi (paaiyaachi).

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

284

11 May 2007

Thank you. Greetings, Mrs. A. Target 6.

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali oðîcai| dhanyabaad. Ssy, * iti, * [* cÁ vipd½] [* or bhadaniiya] ‘®dbyd J qaj³íq shriimatii e. taarget

Dear "Prem", Ê\Ðjãm “Ê‘zb” sneher "prem", See you on Saturday at noon. Aasb ®spcajm Ûzfjm Êyabaj± Êi²jcÁ (Êis²c)| aami shanibaare dupure tomaake dekh-bo (dekhiba). Your brother, Raaj Êyabam vaS, ma¸ tomaar bhaai, raaj The son and daughter of my brother. Aabam iaiÁ sisi aamaar daadaa didi Your older sister's husband. Êyabam iaiacacf tomaar daadaabaabu My younger brother's wife. Aabam cFbÁ aamaar baumaa My paternal grandparents. Aabam wa±‚m iaiabÁ aamaar thaakur-daadaamaa His maternal uncle. yam (yaãam) babÁ taar (taahaar) maamaa Our paternal aunt. Aabam szs\bÁ * aamaar pisiimaa * [* or szs\ pisi] His parents-in-law. yam (yaãam) ®Ãaëm ®aëmd taar (taahaar) shvaashur shaashurii The wife's sister-in-law. Åòdm wa±‚ms¹ * striir thaakur-jhi * [* or ppi nanad] Our children and grandchildren. Aabajim Ê·j¬jbj½ L paydpaypd aamaader chelemeye o naatiinaatanii His great-grandchildren. yam (yaãam) zfsyzfypd taar (taahaar) putiputanii This husband's brother-in-law. J \Ãabdm ®a¬Á e svaamiir shaalaa

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

285

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali Study 57 1. 0 1 2 0 1 2 2. zero ëðî shunya 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 one two three four five. J± ÛS syp ¶am zÏa¶ ek dui tin caar p^aac. six seven eight nine ten ·½ \ay Aaq p½ i® chay saat aat nay dash twenty thirty forty fifty sc® sê® ¶slì® zÞa® bish trish callish pancaash sixty seventy eighty ninety ¿aq \»m Aas® pCÃS saat sattar aashi nabbai twenty-four ¶sCî cabbish sixty-five. zϽ¿s‹ p^ayasatti. sixty-nine Gp\»m uunasattar ninety-nine. spmapCÃS niraanabbai. a hundred two hundred three hundred J± ® ÛS ® syp ® ek sha dui sha tin sha a hundred thousand J± ¬ñ ek laksa. “thousands” \ã\Íaso± sahasraadhik. ten million J± ÊêMaE ek kror [koti]. “millions” ¬ñaso± laksaadhik. one and a half ÊiE der two and a half AaEaS aaraai five and a quarter \L½Á zÏa¶ saoyaa p^aac ten and a half \ajE i® saare dash ten and three quarters Êzàjp J³am poone egaara three fifths zÏa¶ vaj³m syp va³ p^aac bhaager tin bhaag 15 per cent zjpm ‘zsy ®y panera prati shat the first day of the week \zÙjãm ‘zub sip

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

286

11 May 2007

19.

20. 21. 22. 23.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali saptaaher pratham din On the fiftieth day they received the spirit. zÞa®»b sijp yamÁ AaYšÁ Êzj¬Á| pancaashattama dine taaraa aatmaa pelo. (zÞa®»b sijp yaãamÁ AaYšÁ zaS¬| pancaashattama dine taahaaraa aatmaa paaila.) the thirtieth book. sêÈ®yb cS trin°shatam bai. about ten days later ‘za½ i® sip zjm praay dash din pare approximately an hour. ´ðqÁ ²ajp± ghantaa khaanek. about two days. Û'J± sip du'ek din.

Study 58 1. What is today's date? 2. 3. 4. 5.

6. 7.

Aa¸j± ʱapÎ yasm²? aaj-ke kon' taarikh? The day after tomorrow will be what day? Aa³abd zmë ʱapÎ sip ãjc (ãSjc)? aagaamii parashu kon' din habe (haibe)? What is the season now? J²p ʱapÎ Hy› ´qj· (´sqjyj·)? ekhan kon' rritu ghat-che (ghatiteche) After six months what will the season be? ·½ ba\ zjm ʱapÎ Hy› ãjc (ãSjc)? chay maas pare kon' rritu habe (haibe)? Within April, May, and June there are the months of beeshaakh and jyeesta. Js‘z¬, Êb, JcÈ ¸›p ba\Ós¬m bjoº Ëc®a² L ˸ºø ba\ ã½| epril, me, eban° jun maas-gulir madhye beeshaakh o jyeesta maas hay. The summer happens then. ³hÅš y²p ´jq| grrisma takhan ghate. Thirteenth [day/date/"taarikh"] of February in the year nineteen hundred and ninety-five ÊxcÍÆAasm baj\m ÊymS yasm² FspЮ ® z϶apCÃS \aj¬ phebruaari maaser terai taarikh unnish sha p^acaanabbai saale.

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

287

11 May 2007

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali On the first [day/date] my mother will come with me. ‘zub yasmj² Aabam bÁ Aabam \jå Aa\j (Aas\j)| pratham taarikhe aamaar maa aamaar san¹ge aas-ben (aasiben). At half past two I will try again. AaEaya½ Aasb Aacam ʶøÁ ±mjcÁ (±smc)| aaraaitaay aami aabaar cestaa kar-bo (kariba). Come at a quarter to four this afternoon. Aa¸j± Êzàjp ¶amqa½ Aa\fp| aaj-ke poone caar-taay aasun. It is three o'clock. sypqÁ Êcj¸j·| tin-taa bejeche. (sypqÁ cas¸½aj·| tin-taa baajiyaache.) It is eight minutes past two. ÛSqÁ Êcj¸ (cas¸½Á) Aaq sbspq Aaj·| dui-taa beje (baajiyaa) aat minit aache. The train starts off at six ten. Êq÷p ·½qÁ ij® mLpÁ ã½| tren chay-taa dashe raonaa hay. The meeting starts at seven twenty five in the evening. \vÁ ‘zsy \ïºajc¬a½ \ayqa½ zÏs¶j® AamBÖ ã½| sabhaa prati sandhyaabelaay saat-taay p^acishe aarambha hay. It is twelve minutes to seven. \ayqÁ ca¸jy (cas¸jy) cam sbspq Aaj·| saat-taa baaj-te (baajite) baara minit aache. It is now nine fifty-seven. J²p p½qÁ \ayapÐ Aaj·| ekhan nay-taa saataanna aache. What is the time [How many have struck]? ±'qÁ Êcj¸j·? ka'taa bejeche? ±'qÁ * cas¸½aj·? (ka'taa * baajiyaache?) [* or ±yqÁ katataa] What is the time [How many strike]? ±'qÁ caj¸? ka'taa baaje?

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

288

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

289

11 May 2007

Primary Dictionary English to Bengali

© 2007 B J Burford & E J Burford

290

11 May 2007